initial commit of ebook 29383HEADmain

35 files changed, 13709 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/29383-8.txt b/29383-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bd985e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3978 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Hawaiian Islands, by 
+The Department of Foreign Affairs
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Hawaiian Islands
+
+Author: The Department of Foreign Affairs
+
+Release Date: July 12, 2009 [EBook #29383]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Steven Giacomelli, Andrew D. Hwang and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+(This file was produced from images generously made
+available by Case Western Reserve University Preservation
+Department Digital Library)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS
+
+THEIR RESOURCES AGRICULTURAL,
+COMMERCIAL AND FINANCIAL.
+
+
+[Illustration (Cover image).]
+
+
+[Illustration: MAP of the HAWAIIAN ISLANDS.]
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+CHAPTER I.              3
+CHAPTER II.            12
+CHAPTER III.           16
+CHAPTER IV.            20
+CHAPTER V.             37
+CHAPTER VI.            43
+CHAPTER VII.           52
+CHAPTER VIII.          58
+OFFICIAL DIRECTORY.    85
+
+
+LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+MAP OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS.
+SANFORD B. DOLE, President of the Republic of Hawaii.
+EXECUTIVE BUILDING. / JUDICIARY BUILDING.
+EWA MILL. / VALLEY SCENE, HAWAII.
+PAUOA VALLEY RICE FIELDS. / PINEAPPLE PLANTATION.
+COFFEE PLANTATION, HAMAKUA. / COFFEE PLANTATION, PUNA.
+OCEANIC STEAMSHIP AUSTRALIA. / VOLCANO HOUSE.
+KOHALA RAILROAD. / RICE FIELD, PEARL CITY.
+NUUANU AVENUE, HONOLULU. / WAIKIKI BEACH.
+LUNALILO HOME, FOR AGED HAWAIIANS. / KAMEHAMEHA SCHOOL.
+OAHU COLLEGE. / PAUAHI HALL, OAHU COLLEGE.
+MASONIC TEMPLE. / KAMEHAMEHA MUSEUM.
+KAWAIAHAO CHURCH (Hawaiian). / CENTRAL UNION CHURCH.
+
+
+[Illustration: SANFORD B. DOLE. President of the Republic of Hawaii.]
+
+
+
+
+THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS
+
+THEIR RESOURCES AGRICULTURAL, COMMERCIAL AND FINANCIAL.
+
+
+Coffee,
+_THE COMING STAPLE PRODUCT._
+
+
+ISSUED UNDER THE AUSPICES
+OF THE
+DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS,
+1896.
+
+
+HONOLULU:
+PRINTED BY THE HAWAIIAN GAZETTE COMPANY.
+
+
+
+
+The following pamphlet has been compiled for the purpose of giving
+information to those intending to invest in the industries of the
+Hawaiian Islands. The information can be vouched for as correct. The
+portion dealing with agriculture is from the pen of Joseph Marsden,
+Esq., Commissioner of Agriculture. The digest of the land law has been
+prepared by J. F. Brown, Esq., Commissioner of Public Lands. The
+historical portion has been written by Prof. Alexander, Chief of the
+Government Survey and author of a "Short History of the Hawaiian People"
+and other works. The pamphlet has been planned, edited and in part
+written by Alatau T. Atkinson, Esq., ex-Inspector General of Schools,
+and now General Superintendent of Census.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+
+GENERAL INFORMATION.
+
+The Hawaiian Islands are situated in the North Pacific Ocean and lie
+between longitudes 154° 40' and 160° 30' West, and latitudes 22° 16' and
+18° 55' North. They are thus on the very edge of the tropics, but their
+position in mid-ocean and the prevalence of the northeast trade wind
+gives them a climate unequalled by any other portion of the globe--a
+perpetual summer without an enervating heat. In the Hawaiian Islands
+Americans and Europeans can and do work in the open air, at all seasons
+of the year, as they cannot in countries lying in the same latitudes
+elsewhere. To note an instance, Calcutta lies a little to the north of
+the latitude of Kauai, our most northerly Island, and in Calcutta the
+American and European can only work with his brain; hard physical labor
+he cannot do and live. On the Hawaiian Islands he can work and thrive.
+
+
+RAINFALL AND TEMPERATURE.
+
+The rainfall varies, being greater on the windward side of the Islands,
+and increasing up to a certain elevation. Thus, at Olaa, on the Island
+of Hawaii, windward side and elevation of about 2,000 feet, the rainfall
+from July 1st, 1894, to June 30, 1895, was 176.82 inches, while at
+Kailua, on the leeward side, at a low level, it was only 51.21 inches
+during the same period.
+
+The temperature also varies according to elevation and position. On the
+Island of Hawaii you can get any climate from the heat of summer to actual
+winter at the summits of the two great mountains. A meteorological record,
+kept carefully for a period of twelve years, gives 89° as the highest and
+54° as the lowest temperature recorded, or a mean temperature of 71° 30'
+for the year. A case of sunstroke has never been known. People make no
+special precautions against the sun, wearing straw and soft felt hats
+similar to those worn in the States during the summer months.
+
+
+WINDS.
+
+The prevailing winds, as mentioned above, are the northeast trades.
+These blow for about nine months of the year. The remainder of the
+period the winds are variable and chiefly from the south. The Islands
+are outside the cyclone belt, and severe storms accompanied by thunder
+and lightning are of rare occurrence.
+
+
+HEALTH.
+
+The Islands possess a healthy climate. There are no virulent fevers such
+as are encountered on the coast of Africa or in the West India Islands.
+Epidemics seldom visit the Islands, and when they do they are generally
+light. A careful system of quarantine guards the Islands now from
+epidemics from abroad. Such grave diseases as pneumonia and diphtheria
+are almost unknown. Children thrive wonderfully.
+
+
+AREA.
+
+For practical purposes--and these lines are written for practical
+men--there are eight Islands in the Hawaiian group. The others are mere
+rocks, of no value to mankind at present. These eight Islands, beginning
+from the northwest, are named Niihau, Kauai, Oahu, Molokai, Lanai,
+Kahoolawe, Maui and Hawaii. The areas of these Islands are as follows:
+
+             =Square Miles.=
+
+  Niihau             97
+  Kauai             590
+  Oahu              600
+  Molokai           270
+  Maui              760
+  Lanai             150
+  Kahoolawe          63
+  Hawaii           4210
+                   ----
+  Total            6740
+
+The Islands that interest an intending immigrant are Hawaii, Maui, Oahu
+and Kauai. It is on these Islands that coffee, fruits, potatoes, corn
+and vegetables can be raised by the small investor, and where land can
+be obtained on reasonable terms.
+
+
+HAWAII.
+
+The Island of Hawaii is the largest in the group, and presents great
+varieties of soil and climate. The windward side, which includes the
+districts of North Kohala, Hamakua, Hilo and Puna, is copiously watered
+by rains and, in the Hilo district, the streams rush impetuously down
+every gulch or ravine. The leeward side of the Island, including South
+Kohala, North and South Kona, and Kau, is not exposed to such strong
+rains, but an ample supply of water falls in the rain belt. The Kona
+district has given the coffee product a name in the markets of the world.
+
+On this Island are now situated numerous sugar plantations. Coffee
+employs the industry of several hundred owners, ranging from the man
+with 200,000 trees to him who has only an acre or so. There are
+thousands upon thousands of acres at present uncultivated and only
+awaiting the sturdy arms and enterprising brains of the men of the
+temperate zone to develop them.
+
+
+MAUI.
+
+Maui is also a very fine Island. Besides its sugar plantations, it has
+numerous coffee lands, especially in the eastern part, which are just
+now being opened up. The western slopes of Haleakala, the main mountain
+of Maui, are covered with small farms where are raised potatoes, corn,
+beans and pigs. Again, here, thousands of acres are lying fallow.
+
+
+HONOLULU.
+
+On Oahu is the capital, Honolulu. It is a city numbering thirty thousand
+inhabitants and is pleasantly situated on the south side of the Island.
+The city extends a considerable distance up Nuuanu Valley and has wings
+extending northwest and southeast. It is a city of foliage. Except in
+the business blocks, every house stands in its own garden, and some of
+the houses are wonderfully beautiful.
+
+The city is lighted with electric light; there is a very complete
+telephone system, and tram cars run at short intervals along the
+principal streets and continue out to a sea-bathing resort and public
+park, four miles from the city. There are numerous stores where all
+kinds of goods can be obtained. In this particular Honolulu occupies
+a position ahead of any city of similar size. The public buildings
+are handsome and commodious. There are numerous churches, schools, a
+public library of over 10,000 volumes, Y. M. C. A. Hall, Masonic Temple,
+Odd Fellows' Hall and Theater. There is frequent steam communication
+with San Francisco, once a month with Victoria (British Columbia), and
+twice a month with New Zealand and the Australian Colonies. Steamers
+also connect Honolulu with China and Japan. There are three evening
+daily papers published in English, one daily morning paper, and two
+weeklies. Besides these there are papers published in the Hawaiian,
+Portuguese, Japanese and Chinese languages, and also monthly magazines
+in various tongues.
+
+
+OAHU'S OPPORTUNITIES.
+
+The Island of Oahu presents excellent opportunities for the investor.
+Acres upon acres of land remain undeveloped among its teeming valleys,
+the energies and wealth of the population having been devoted to the
+development of the sugar lands on the larger Islands.
+
+A line of railroad has been constructed which at present runs along the
+coast to a distance of thirty miles from the city. It is proposed to
+continue this line completely around the Island. This railroad opens up
+rich coffee and farming lands and affords ready means of transport for
+the produce, and an expeditious method for obtaining the necessary
+supplies, etc., from the capital. The management of the railroad offers
+special inducements for would-be investors to see the country, and
+special rates should they conclude to settle.
+
+
+KAUAI.
+
+Kauai is called the "Garden Island," it is so well watered and so
+luxuriant in vegetation. The Island is at present largely devoted to the
+cultivation of sugar. Rice also cuts a considerable figure in the
+agricultural production of Kauai. That it can produce coffee is
+undoubted, but there is a timidity about embarking in the industry,
+because some forty years ago the experiment of a coffee plantation was
+tried, and owing to misjudgment of location and soil, failed. Since then
+the cultivation of coffee has come to be more thoroughly understood, and
+there is no doubt that quantities of land suitable for such cultivation
+are now lying, like the sleeping beauty, waiting for the kiss of
+enterprise to make them awake into usefulness and profit for mankind.
+
+There is room on the Hawaiian Islands for at least ten times the present
+population. The climate, soil and social conditions all tend to make
+them a desirable home for those who are willing to work, and have a
+moderate capital to begin with.
+
+
+GOVERNMENT.
+
+The Government of the Hawaiian Islands is a Republic. Up to the year
+1893 it had been a limited monarchy, but at that date it was felt, by
+the progressive party in the state, that monarchy had had its day, and
+that the friends of such a form of government should give way to more
+liberal institutions, assimilating to the institutions of the United
+States, and to become a part of which Great Republic is the earnest
+desire of all those who have the interests of the Islands at heart. The
+monarchy, in a bloodless revolution, disappeared and the Republic took
+its place.
+
+The Republic is a republic of progress, and under the Government thus
+established every facility has been given for developing and improving
+the country. The President is elected for six years. The Legislature
+consists of a Senate and House of Representatives, all members being
+elected by popular vote. The Senators are elected for a term of six
+years, and voters for Senators must have real property worth $1,500, or
+personal property worth $3,000, or an income of not less than $600 per
+annum. The vote for Representatives is based on manhood suffrage.
+
+
+TAXATION.
+
+All males between the ages of 20 and 60 pay a personal tax of $5, viz:
+Poll tax, $1; road tax, $2; school tax, $2. Land pays a tax of one per
+cent. on the cash value, and personal property a similar rate. Carts pay
+$2, brakes $3, carriages $5, dogs $1, female dogs $3. From the above it
+will be seen that the taxes are not heavy as compared with other
+countries; moreover, there are no local taxes of any kind.
+
+
+METHOD OF ACQUIRING LAND.
+
+Land can be obtained from the Government by two methods, viz.; The cash
+freehold system, and the right of purchase leases. Under the first
+system the land is sold at auction. The purchaser pays one-quarter in
+cash and the rest in equal installments of one, two and three years,
+interest being charged at the rate of six per cent. upon the unpaid
+balance. Under this system the purchaser is bound to maintain a home on
+the land from the commencement of the second year to the end of the
+third. The right of purchase leases are drawn for twenty-one years at a
+rental of eight per cent. on the appraised value of the land. The lessee
+has the privilege of purchasing the land, after the third year, _at the
+original appraised value_, provided 25 per cent. of the land is reduced
+to cultivation, and other conditions of the lease filled. In this case a
+home must be maintained from the end of the first year to the end of the
+fifth year. The limit of first-class agricultural land obtainable is 100
+acres. This amount is increased on lands of inferior quality. Under the
+above conditions the applicant must be 18 years of age and obtain
+special letters of denization. Land can also be obtained from the
+various land and investment companies, and from private parties. The
+full land law will be treated of in Chapter VI. of this pamphlet.
+
+[Illustration: EXECUTIVE BUILDING.]
+
+[Illustration: JUDICIARY BUILDING.]
+
+
+JUDICIARY, POLICE, ETC.
+
+There is a thoroughly efficient judiciary consisting of a Supreme Court,
+five Circuit Courts in which trials by jury are conducted, and District
+Courts in every district. The higher courts are presided over by well
+trained, educated men. There is an efficient police force in every part
+of the group. The inhabitants are law-abiding and crimes of violence are
+very rare. There is very little petty theft, and even in Honolulu, the
+greatest center of population and a seaport town, many of the houses are
+left with doors unlocked at night.
+
+
+SCHOOLS.
+
+There is an excellent system of free public schools taught in the
+English language, the teachers in many cases being imported from the
+United States. The main plan of the system is modelled upon the public
+school system of the United States, modified to meet the wants of a
+heterogeneous population. The children are instructed in writing,
+reading, composition, arithmetic, geography, both local and general. The
+books are uniform and obtainable at the same price as in the United
+States. The schools are strictly non-sectarian. There is no district,
+however remote, in which there is no school. The only people who cannot
+read and write are those who come from abroad. Those born in the Islands
+are compelled by law to take advantage of the education offered. Besides
+the common school education, opportunities are given at various centers
+for a higher education equivalent to the grammar grade of the United
+States, and in Honolulu a high school and collegiate course can be
+obtained at a small cost.
+
+
+CHURCHES.
+
+The various Christian denominations are represented and all forms are
+tolerated. The country churches of the Protestant denominations are
+chiefly conducted by Hawaiian pastors, the Roman Catholic by French and
+German priests, who are mostly good linguists and speak Hawaiian,
+English and Portuguese, besides their mother tongue. Wherever there is a
+large collection of English speaking people a Protestant church is
+usually supported by them. In Honolulu there is a large number of
+churches, Congregational, Roman Catholic, Episcopalian, Methodist and
+Mormon. There is a Sunday law, and all work which is not absolutely
+necessary is prohibited on that day. Rational outdoor amusement is not
+prohibited, such as riding, boating, shooting, etc., and the Government
+Band plays at the public park at Waikiki every Sunday afternoon.
+
+
+PHYSICIANS.
+
+In every district of the Islands the Government supports a doctor, who
+gives his services to indigent Hawaiians free of charge--others have to
+pay. In many places there are physicians settled who carry on a private
+practice.
+
+
+TELEPHONES.
+
+The Islands of Oahu, Kauai and Hawaii have telephones to every
+accessible point. The rent of the instrument is moderate, and a small
+charge is made for those who do not care or cannot afford to possess an
+instrument of their own. On Maui the telephone is at present established
+only in part.
+
+
+COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE ISLANDS.
+
+Communication between the Islands is by steamer; of these some seventeen
+are constantly plying from port to port, affording weekly communication
+with the capital. The regular passenger steamers are well fitted with
+cabins, have electric bells and electric lights and all modern
+accommodations.
+
+
+POSTAL MATTERS.
+
+There is a regular postal system, and on the arrival of a steamer at
+any main point, mail carriers at once start out to distribute the
+mail through the district. The Hawaiian Islands belong to the Postal
+Union, and money orders can be obtained to the United States, Canada,
+Great Britain, Germany, Norway, Sweden, Denmark, the Netherlands,
+Portugal, Hong Kong and Colony of Victoria, as well as local orders
+between the Islands.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+
+AGRICULTURAL INDUSTRIES.
+
+The mainstay of the Hawaiian Islands has, for the last thirty-five
+years, been the sugar industry. From this source a large amount of
+wealth has been accumulated. But the sugar industry requires large
+capital for expensive machinery, and has never proved remunerative to
+small investors. An attempt has been made at profit-sharing and has met
+with some success, the small farmer cultivating and the capitalist
+grinding at a central mill. Of late years, moreover, the small farmer
+has been steadily developing in the Hawaiian Islands and attention has
+been given to other products than sugar.
+
+Rice, neither the European nor the American can cultivate as laborers.
+It requires working in marshy land, and though on the Islands it yields
+two crops a year, none but the Chinaman can raise it successfully. A
+dry-land or mountain rice has been introduced, which will be treated
+under the head of Agricultural possibilities.
+
+The main staple after sugar and rice is coffee. Of this hundreds of
+thousands of trees have been planted out within the last five years.
+This is essentially the crop of the future and bids fair to become as
+important a staple as sugar. Coffee does not require the amount of
+capital that sugar does, and it can be worked remuneratively upon a
+small area. It is estimated that at the end of the fourth year the
+return from a 75-acre coffee plantation will much more than pay the
+running expenses, while from that time on a return of from eight to ten
+thousand dollars per annum may be realized.
+
+On page 32 will be found an estimate of the cost of establishing a
+75-acre coffee plantation from the first to the seventh year.
+
+Fruits can also be cultivated to advantage. At present the banana trade
+of the Islands amounts to over 100,000 bunches per annum, valued at over
+$100,000, and the quantity might be very easily quadrupled. The banana
+industry may be regarded as in its infancy. The export of the fruit is
+only from the Island of Oahu, but there are thousands of acres on the
+other Islands of the group which could be profitably used for this
+cultivation and for nothing else. The whole question of the banana
+industry hinges on the market. At present the market is limited.
+
+Limes and oranges can be cultivated and the fruit can be easily packed
+for export; at present the production does not meet the local market.
+The fruits can be raised to perfection. The Hawaiian orange has a fine
+flavor and the Hawaiian lime has an aroma and flavor far superior to
+that cultivated in Mexico and Central America. In the uplands of Hawaii
+and Maui potatoes can be and are raised. Their quality is good. Corn is
+also raised. In these industries many Portuguese, Norwegians and others
+have embarked. Both these products find an ample local market. The corn
+is used largely for feed on the plantations. The corn is ground with the
+cob and makes an excellent feed for working cattle, horses and mules.
+
+In the uplands, where the climate is temperate, as at Waimea, Hawaii,
+vegetables of all kinds can be raised; excellent cauliflowers, cabbages
+and every product of the temperate zone can be grown to perfection.
+
+Cattle raising in so small a place as the Hawaiian Islands does not
+present great opportunities except for local consumption. Pigs are
+profitable to the small farmer. In the Kula district of Maui pigs are
+fattened upon the corn and potatoes raised in the district. The price of
+pork, dressed, is 25 cents per pound in Honolulu and about 15 cents per
+pound in the outside districts. The Chinese, of whom there are some
+15,000 resident on the various Islands, are extremely fond of pork, so
+that there is a large local market, which has to be supplemented by
+importations from California.
+
+Attention has lately been given to fiber plants, for which there are
+many suitable locations. Ramie grows luxuriantly, but the lack of proper
+decorticating and cleaning machinery has prevented any advance in this
+cultivation.
+
+Sisal hemp and Sansevieria have been experimented with, but without any
+distinct influence upon the trade output.
+
+The cultivation of pineapples is a very growing industry. In 1895 pines
+were exported from the Islands to San Francisco to the value of nearly
+$9,000. This has grown up in the last half dozen years. There is every
+reason to think that canning pineapples for the Coast and other markets
+can be made profitable.
+
+The guava, which grows wild, can also be put up to profit, for the
+manufacture of guava jelly. It has never been entered upon on a large
+scale, but to the thrifty farmer it would add a convenient slice to his
+income, just as the juice of the maple adds an increase to the farmer of
+the Eastern States. Well made guava jelly will find a market anywhere.
+In England it is regarded as a great delicacy, being imported from the
+West India Islands. Besides the guava there are other fruits which can
+be put up to commercial profit, notably the poha or Cape gooseberry
+(Physalis Edulis). This has been successfully made into jams and jelly,
+which command an extensive local sale and should find their way into
+larger markets.
+
+In point of fact, outside the great industries of sugar, coffee and
+rice, there is a good field for many minor industries which can be
+carried on with profit by those who know what work is, and are willing
+to put their shoulders to the wheel.
+
+In the Hawaiian Islands a simple life can be lived, and entering
+gradually upon the coffee industry, a good competence can be obtained
+long before such could be realized by the agriculturalist elsewhere.
+However, it is useless to come to the Islands without the necessary
+capital to develop the land that can be obtained.
+
+Between arriving and the time that the crops begin to give returns there
+is a period where the living must be close, and cash must be paid out
+for the necessary improvements. The land is here, the climate is here;
+it only requires brains, a small capital and energy to realize such
+comfort and independence as can not be realized in old countries, in
+one-fourth of the time.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+
+COFFEE.
+
+The most promising of all the Island products, outside of sugar, is
+coffee. No finer coffee in the world is produced than that of the
+Hawaiian Islands. It requires care and does not produce a crop until the
+third year, but it remains till the fifth year to make a proper
+realization upon the investment. It is evidently necessary to give a
+very full description of the coffee plant and its method of culture to
+assure intending immigrants of what is before them.
+
+Coffee is a shrub belonging to the family of the Rubiaceae. Botanists
+divide it into many species, but it can be practically divided into two
+sections, Arabian coffee and Liberian coffee, or in point of fact,
+Asiatic and African. In the Hawaiian Islands coffee grows best between
+500 and 2,000 feet above the sea level, though there are cases in which
+it has done well close to the sea. It requires a loose porous soil and
+does not thrive well in heavy clayey ground which holds much water. Of
+such heavy land there is very little in the Hawaiian Islands. The soil
+is generally very porous.
+
+It is very evident that coffee will thrive and give good results in
+varying conditions of soil and degrees of heat. In these Islands it grows
+and produces from very nearly at the sea level to the elevation of 2,600
+feet. The highest elevation of bearing coffee, known here, is twenty-five
+miles from the town of Hilo and in the celebrated Olaa district.
+
+[Illustration: EWA MILL.]
+
+[Illustration: VALLEY SCENE, HAWAII.]
+
+With such a range it is evident that, in a tropical climate, the
+cultivation of coffee presents greater opportunities for an investor
+than other tropical products.
+
+For years it was thought that coffee would only grow to advantage in the
+Kona district of Hawaii. Practical experiment has shown that it can be
+grown with success in almost any part of the Islands.
+
+The opening up of the Olaa portion of the Puna district, by a well
+macadamized road leading from Hilo to the Volcano, may be regarded as
+the commencement of the coffee industry on a large scale on the Hawaiian
+Islands. There are now over fifty plantations where six years ago there
+was nothing but tangled and dense forest. The Olaa land is Government
+property and can be acquired under the land law. There are still 10,000
+acres not taken up. The location is very desirable as there is direct
+communication with Hilo by an excellent road and the crop can be readily
+taken to the shipping point. Indeed it can not be long before a railroad
+will be built; when this takes place a far larger extent of land will be
+available for coffee growing in this section of the country. The soil in
+the Olaa district is deep and wonderfully prolific.
+
+Other portions of Puna also present many fertile lands, and coffee
+plantations in those parts are coming to the front showing excellent
+results. A considerable number of investors have opened up coffee
+plantations in them, all of which are doing excellently. These
+plantations, to the knowledge of the writer are, many of them, carried
+on out of the savings made by workers in Honolulu, who are thus
+preparing for themselves a provision for their early middle age. On the
+Island of Hawaii are the great coffee districts of Olaa, Puna, Kona and
+Hamakua, in each of which thriving coffee plantations are established,
+while tens of thousands of acres of the very finest lands are yet
+undisturbed. Government lands in these districts are being opened up for
+settlement as fast as circumstances will permit.
+
+On the Island of Maui there is a large area of splendid coffee lands.
+The extensive land of Keanae belonging to the Government will be opened
+for settlement as soon as the preliminary work of surveying is completed.
+
+On the Island of Molokai the industry is making progress and there are
+several plantations along the leeward valleys.
+
+So also on the Island of Oahu there is much good coffee land, which is
+being experimented upon, and considerable capital invested in the
+undertaking.
+
+As the case now stands for the investor, land can be obtained for coffee
+growing in:--
+
+  ISLAND OF HAWAII.
+      North and South Kona,
+      Hilo,
+      Puna, including Olaa,
+      Hamakua.
+
+  ISLAND OF MAUI.
+      Keanae,
+      Nahiku,
+      Lahaina,
+      Kaupo.
+
+  ISLAND OF MOLOKAI.
+
+  ISLAND OF OAHU.
+
+  ISLAND OF KAUAI.
+
+In addition to the large tracts of Government lands on Hawaii and Maui,
+there are many fine tracts of first-class coffee lands owned or
+controlled by private parties. It is the policy of the Government to
+encourage the settlement of its lands by small farmers. Hence the amount
+of land, granted to one party or that one party can take up, while amply
+sufficient to enable one person or family, with honest endeavor, to
+acquire an independence, is not large enough to offer inducements for
+the employment of large amounts of capital.
+
+That areas of land, for the establishment of large coffee plantations,
+can be acquired is reasonably certain as large owners are evincing a
+disposition to sell and lease their lands.
+
+There is no agricultural investment that offers better opportunities for
+the profitable employment of capital, than a well managed coffee estate.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+
+CULTIVATION OF THE COFFEE TREE IN THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS.
+
+In order to obtain the best results the coffee tree requires to be
+properly planted, and during its life time needs frequent and
+intelligent cultivation.
+
+The various operations incidental to the opening and carrying on of a
+coffee plantation will be taken up in their proper order and described
+in as plain language as possible, and as briefly as is consistent with a
+clear explanation of the subject.
+
+The very first thing the planter should do after obtaining possession of
+his land is to plant a nursery, so that he may have, as soon as
+possible, an abundant supply of strong healthy plants. Many planters
+have planted their fields with wild stumps, these are young coffee
+plants that are found under wild growths of coffee trees. The young
+trees are cut off about six inches above the ground, they are then taken
+up and the lateral roots trimmed close to the tap root. The thready end
+of the tap root is cut off and the stump is ready to plant. In some
+cases the young plants are taken up, from under the wild trees, and
+planted just as they are. This method can be dismissed at once as the
+worst possible method of planting the coffee tree. The very best plants
+are strong healthy nursery plants, that is, plants that have been grown
+from the best seed in a properly prepared nursery. The next best plants
+to use are nursery stumps. These are nursery trees that have grown too
+large to safely transplant. By cutting them down and trimming the roots
+they can be safely transplanted to the field, where they will grow into
+good healthy trees. Stumps soon after planting send up several shoots,
+these, with the exception of the strongest one, are taken off. This
+latter shoot is to grow and make the coffee trees.
+
+
+MAKING THE NURSERY.
+
+The size of the nursery will depend on how large the plantation is to
+be. For a 75-acre plantation, one acre of ground will more than supply
+all the plants required. It is always desirable to have a greater number
+of plants than is needed to just plant the acreage the plantation is to
+be, for after the fields are planted some of the plants may get injured
+from dry weather and require replacing with plants from the nursery. Any
+surplus left, after the trees in the fields are well established, can be
+sold to some later planter, who will find it to his advantage to
+purchase good nursery plants for his first planting and thereby save one
+year of time. It is advisable for all planters to buy plants for their
+first planting, but for the second year's planting they should have a
+nursery of their own from which they can select the strongest and most
+forward plants.
+
+The land for the nursery should be selected as close as possible to
+where the plantation is to be. It should be on a slight slope to insure
+drainage, and free from rocks and stones. The soil should be ploughed or
+dug over to the depth of one foot and made as fine as possible. Beds
+should be thrown up six inches high and three feet wide. The surface of
+the beds should be made quite smooth and level; the seeds should be
+planted six inches apart and three quarters of an inch deep. A good way
+to ensure even and regular planting is to make a frame three feet wide
+each way. Pegs, three quarters of an inch long and five eighths of an
+inch diameter, should be fastened to one side of the frame, placing
+them exactly six inches apart. The frame, thus prepared, is placed, pegs
+down, on the bed. A slight pressure will sink the pegs into the soil.
+The frame is now lifted and you have the holes for the seeds all of one
+depth and equi-distant from each other. The seeds can now be dropped one
+in each hole. The seeds should be placed flat side down, and covered by
+brushing over the surface of the bed. If the weather is at all dry it is
+a good plan to mulch the surface of the bed with dry grass or fern
+leaves. The soil should be kept moist, and if there is not sufficient
+rain the beds must be watered. In six or seven weeks the seeds should
+sprout and show above ground. The mulching should now be moved from over
+the plants and arranged in the rows. It has been the practice of some
+planters to plant the seed much closer than six inches apart, but it
+will be found that plants at six inches apart can be more easily and
+safely transplanted than from close planted beds. It will be advisable
+in taking up plants from the beds, to take only every other one, this
+will give the remaining plants more room to develop and grow more stocky
+than would be the case if all the plants were taken up from each bed as
+they were required.
+
+
+CLEARING THE LAND.
+
+The next thing for the planter to do is to get his land cleared. This
+can be done more satisfactorily and cheaply by contract than can be done
+by days' work. Gangs of Chinese and Japanese undertake the clearing of
+land and will make a contract to clear the land as per specification. In
+the Olaa District land costs from $20 to $50 per acre to clear,
+according to the kind of clearing done. The land is forest land and some
+planters have the trees cut down and everything burned making the land
+quite clear, while others just have the vines and ferns cut and the
+trees felled, leaving everything on the land to rot. This method while
+costing much less than burning up everything, makes it more expensive to
+lay out and plant the land. The planter must decide for himself which of
+the two methods he will pursue. However, it can be said in the case of
+those who only cut and fell, in a few years everything, trees, vines and
+ferns rot down and greatly increase the fertility of the soil. The next
+thing is to lay out the land for the digging of the holes where it is
+intended to set out the young trees. There is a wide diversity of
+opinion as to the proper distance apart to plant coffee trees. From
+10x12 feet down to 5x6 and all intermediate distances are practiced. It
+is a significant fact that planters who formerly planted their trees at
+the wider distances are now setting out trees as close as 6x5. Trees
+planted 6x6 will probably yield better results per acre than trees
+planted at a wider or closer distance. Having fixed upon the distance
+apart the trees are to be planted, the planter proceeds to mark with
+pegs the places where he wants the holes dug. This is usually done with
+a line or rope that has pieces of red rag fastened in the strands, at
+the distance apart at which it is intended to dig the holes. The line is
+drawn tightly across one end of the clearing and a peg driven into the
+soil at every place that is marked on the line. The men, holding the two
+ends of the line, are each provided with a stick the exact length that
+the rows are to be apart. After one row is pegged, the line is advanced
+one length of the stick and the operation repeated until the whole
+clearing is pegged. After the first line is pegged a line should be laid
+at exactly right angles to the first line so that the rows will be
+straight both ways. The pegging being completed, the holes should be dug
+not less than 18 inches wide and 18 inches deep. The top soil should be
+carefully placed on one side of the hole and the subsoil on the other,
+the holes should remain open as long as possible and should only be
+filled in a week or so before planting the trees. The bottoms of the
+holes should be explored with a light crowbar and, if any rocks or
+stones are found, they should be removed. In filling the holes the top
+soil (that has been placed on one side) should be placed in the bottom
+of the hole and other top soil should be taken from between the rows
+until the hole is full, the subsoil can now be disposed of by scattering
+it between the rows. The holes after filling should have the marking
+pegs replaced in the center of the filling, this will serve as a guide
+for planting the trees.
+
+
+PLANTING.
+
+There is no operation in all the work of establishing a coffee
+plantation that requires such careful supervision as that of planting
+out the young trees. If the work is carelessly done and the slender tap
+root is doubled up or, if it is shortened too much, the tree will never
+thrive. It may grow fairly well for a time, perhaps until the time for
+the first crop, then the foliage will turn yellow and the tree show
+every sign of decay. The effort to produce a crop is too much for the
+tree and the sooner it is pulled up and replaced by a properly planted
+tree the better.
+
+The closest supervision is necessary in order that the planter may be
+certain that the tap roots are placed perfectly straight in the ground;
+and the lateral roots placed in a natural position. In order to effect
+this, with the least amount of trouble, transplanters have been used. A
+transplanter that has been used with success is made as follows: two
+pieces of sheet iron (galvanized) are bent into two half circles, which,
+when placed together, form a cylinder 3 inches in diameter and seven
+inches long. A piece of hoop iron is bent to a ring, that will fit over
+the cylinder, and riveted. The mode of using is as follows: The two
+halves of the cylinder are pressed into the ground, one on each side of
+the young coffee tree. They are pressed down until the upper ends are
+level with the surface of the soil. The hoop iron ring is then
+pressed over the ends of the two halves of the cylinder, binding them
+firmly together. The cylinder can now be lifted from the ground bringing
+with it the young tree with all its roots in the position in which they
+grew. In this condition the young trees are carried to the field and,
+the holes being opened, the cylinder, holding the tree, is placed in the
+ground and the soil packed firmly around it. The hoop iron ring is then
+removed and the two halves of the cylinder withdrawn. The soil is again
+compacted around the roots and the tree is planted. There is another
+transplanter, invented in America, that would probably be better and
+more economical in working than the one described above. This
+transplanter consists of a cylinder of thin sheet steel. These are made
+in America of various sizes to suit different kinds of trees. For a
+coffee tree a good size would be 7 inches long and 5 inches in diameter.
+The cylinder has an opening, five-eighths of an inch wide, running the
+whole length of the cylinder and exactly opposite this opening a handle
+is riveted. This handle is of half inch round iron, 18 inches long with
+a cross bar on top. The rod is bent outward in the form of a bow, so
+that in working, the branches of the young tree may not be injured. The
+mode of working the transplanter is as follows: the cylinder is placed
+on the ground with the tree in the center of the cylinder. This can be
+done by allowing the stem of the young tree to pass through the slot in
+the cylinder. Then, by means of the cross handle, the cylinder is turned
+and pressed into the soil until the upper end is level with the surface
+of the ground. Then, by lifting on the stem of the tree and the handle
+of the transplanter at the same time, the tree is taken from the ground
+with its roots undisturbed. Should the end of the tap root project below
+the end of the cylinder, the thready end should be pinched off with the
+thumb nail. By placing the lower end of the cylinder on the bottom of a
+box and inserting a wedge-shaped piece of wood in the slot, the cylinder
+is sprung open and can be withdrawn, leaving the young tree, with a
+cylinder of earth around its roots, standing on the bottom of the box.
+This operation can be repeated until the box is full of the young trees,
+when it is carried to the field and the trees placed one at each hole.
+By using a duplicate transplanter a cylinder of earth is removed from
+the spot where the tree is to be placed, and the tree with its cylinder
+of earth is placed in the round hole, which it exactly fits, the earth
+being slightly compacted around the roots. The tree is thus planted with
+the absolute certainty that the roots are in their natural position.
+
+[Illustration: PAUOA VALLEY RICE FIELDS.]
+
+[Illustration: PINEAPPLE PLANTATION.]
+
+
+WEEDING.
+
+The old adage, "a stitch in time saves nine," will bear its fullest
+application in the care and weeding of a coffee estate. From the time
+the land is first cleared, weeding should commence, and it is
+astonishing how little it will cost if care is taken that no weed be
+allowed to run to seed. The bulk of Hawaiian coffee lands is situated in
+the forests where the land is covered with a dense undergrowth of ferns
+and vines and there are no pernicious weeds to bother. But soon after
+clearing, the seeds of weeds are dropped by the birds and are carried in
+on the feet and clothing of the laborers and visitors. We have no weeds
+that run to seed in less than thirty days, and if the fields are gone
+over, once a month, and any weed that can be found pulled up and buried,
+the work of weeding will be reduced to a minimum. But if the weeds, that
+are bound to spring up, are allowed to run to seed, the work of weeding
+will be greatly increased and will require the labor of a large gang to
+keep the fields in order. If taken in time, the labor of one man will
+keep from 15 to 25 acres quite clean. During the first year after
+setting out the fields, all that is required is to keep the fields clear
+of weeds and the replacing, with a healthy tree from the nursery, any
+tree that from any cause looks sickly and does not come along well.
+
+It will be found that in parts of the field some trees, while looking
+healthy, do not grow as fast as the average of the trees, this is often
+due to the soil not being of as good a quality. Knolls and side hills
+are not generally so rich as the hollows and valleys, and the coffee
+trees, planted in the poorest parts of the field, should be fertilized
+until they are as vigorous as the trees in the best parts.
+
+
+HANDLING.
+
+During the second year the young trees will have begun to make a good
+growth and will require handling. In order to make clear the description
+of the operations of handling and pruning, it may be well to describe
+here the component parts of the coffee tree.
+
+The underground portion consists of a tap root and numerous lateral or
+side roots. The parts above ground consist of:
+
+1st. The stem or trunk.
+
+2d. The primaries or first branches; these grow from the trunk in pairs
+at intervals of from two to four inches, the two primaries, making a
+pair, grow one opposite to the other, the pair above radiating out at a
+different angle and so on to the top of the tree.
+
+3rd. The secondaries; these are the branches that grow in pairs from the
+primaries.
+
+4th. The tertiaries; these are the third branches that grow in pairs
+from the secondaries in the same manner as the secondaries grow on the
+primaries.
+
+5th. The leaves that grow on all the branches.
+
+During the whole of the second year, the field should be gone over at
+least every two months and all the secondaries that make their
+appearance should be rubbed off; this can be done by a touch of the
+fingers, if the secondaries are not more than two or three inches long.
+If allowed to grow longer, the knife must be used, or there is danger
+of tearing out the eye or bud, which we depend upon for growing new
+secondaries at the proper time. During the second year, the secondaries
+will make their appearance only on the lower sets of primaries, the
+upper sets as they grow being too young to grow secondaries. At the
+beginning of the third year all the secondaries should be allowed to
+grow till they attain a length of six inches; then the trees should be
+carefully gone over and all but five of the secondaries on each primary
+cut off with a sharp pruning knife. No pairs should be left, and only
+the strongest and most vigorous should be retained. They should be
+disposed on alternate sides of the primary and none left in a space of
+six inches from the stem of the tree. The object of this is to allow the
+light to penetrate to the center of the tree, for the coffee tree bears
+fruit in greater profusion on branches that are exposed to the light
+than on those that are shaded.
+
+During this third year the tree will blossom and bear the first or
+maiden crop. In some cases the tree will blossom in the second year, but
+it is a wise plan to rub all the blossoms off, as it only weakens the
+tree to bear a crop at such an early age. It is of the utmost importance
+that in the first crop, as well as in all future crops, the tree should
+not be overburdened with a superabundance of growing wood. If left to
+itself, the lower primaries will grow a mass of secondaries, so much so
+that no blossom will set on them, and the first crop will come only on
+the upper primaries, and be only a third or fourth of the crop that
+would be produced if the trees were properly handled. By handling, as
+described above, the tree is relieved of all superfluous wood and only
+such secondaries are left as are needed to bear the fourth year's crop,
+and the maiden crop will grow on the primaries. It may be well to
+mention here, that coffee only grows on wood of the second year's
+growth, and does not grow on the same wood twice.
+
+During the third year, the secondaries will come on the upper primaries.
+When they are well set, they should be reduced in number and in no case
+should more than five be left to grow. In some cases four or even three
+will be sufficient. Whatever the number that may be left, it must be
+understood that these are the branches that will bear the crop for the
+fourth year. During the third year new secondaries will grow from the
+places where the former secondaries grew. Sometimes two will grow from
+one bud, they should all be removed, the trees being gone over two
+months, but at the last handling before blossoming time, which varies
+greatly with the elevation above sea level, enough of these new
+secondaries should be left to make wood for the fifth year's crop. From
+this time on the coffee planter should be able to point out the wood on
+which the present and the next year's crop will be borne, and it is this
+wood and that only, that should be allowed to grow. All other shoots,
+suckers, etc., should be rubbed off each time the tree is handled,
+provision being made each year for the wood for the crop two years hence.
+
+During the third year, the trees will require topping. As to the height
+at which a coffee tree should be topped, there is a great diversity of
+opinion. Some planters advocate topping as low as four and a half feet,
+others at six or seven feet; as a matter of fact the coffee tree will
+bear fruit if topped as low as one and one half feet or if not topped at
+all. The only valid reason for topping as low as four and a half feet is
+for the convenience of picking the crop. Five and a half or six feet is
+a good height to top a coffee tree on the rich lands of the Hawaiian
+Islands. In fact the planters should not be guided by the number of
+feet, but by the number of primaries he desires the tree to carry.
+Eighteen to twenty pairs are a reasonable number for a coffee tree to
+carry in this country, and it will be found that by not counting those
+primaries that grow on the stem within fifteen inches from the ground,
+eighteen or twenty pairs of primaries will come on the stem within six
+feet from the ground. Before topping the tree, it should be allowed to
+grow somewhat higher that it is intended to top, so that the wood may be
+hardened and not decay as it sometimes does if topped when the wood is
+too young. Topping is performed by cutting off the top of the tree at a
+point an inch above a pair of primaries. Both primaries should also be
+cut off an inch from the stem. This will leave the top in the form of a
+cross; a knot will form at this point from which the tree will
+constantly send up shoots striving to make a new top. These should be
+torn off every time the tree is handled.
+
+We have now arrived at the time when the tree is bearing the first or
+maiden crop. Through careful handling the tree has been divested of all
+superfluous shoots, branches, etc., and the crop is maturing on the
+primaries. If the trees are situated on good rich soil, and the trees
+are well grown, there should be at least thirteen pairs of primaries
+bearing crop. At an average of fifty berries to each primary there will
+be a yield of over one and a quarter pounds of clean coffee to the tree.
+This yield for the first crop has been much exceeded in this country,
+but it can only be assured by careful cultivation and handling as
+described in this paper.
+
+We will now take a look at the condition of our three years old trees.
+They have all been topped and are carrying from thirty-six to forty
+primaries, of which all except the upper six or eight are carrying four
+or five secondaries that are well advanced and which will bear the crop
+for the fourth year. There will also be four or five secondaries, that
+are one or two months old, which are intended to bear the fifth year's
+crop. All other growth should be removed as before up to the time of
+blossoming for the fourth year's crop. This may be estimated as follows:
+There should be at least twenty-four primaries that have on each of them
+say, four bearing secondaries. At thirty berries to each secondary, the
+yield would be close to three pounds of clean coffee to each tree. This
+again has been exceeded in this country for four year old trees, but it
+must be borne in mind, that in order to obtain these results, proper
+cultivation, handling and pruning must be done. Without proper care such
+results would be impossible, the coffee cannot grow an abundance of wood
+and coffee at the same time. As soon as the crop of the fourth year is
+gathered the work of pruning must commence without delay. This consists
+of cutting off with a sharp knife the secondaries that have borne the
+crop. They must not be cut so close as to injure the eye or bud. About
+three-sixteenths of an inch from the stem of the primary will be quite
+safe, and the secondaries for the fifth year's crop will soon make their
+appearance. Care should be taken to leave the stem of the tree clear of
+shoots and foliage for a space of six inches from the stem; the tree
+will want all the light it can get. The coffee tree can be said to be in
+full bearing when all the primaries are carrying bearing secondaries.
+During the life of the coffee tree, the planter must keep a close watch
+on his trees and restrict their wood-bearing propensities to the wood
+that is to bear his crops; nothing else should be allowed to grow. If
+the work is commenced rightly and carried on systematically, the work
+will not be difficult and no crops will be lost. But on the other hand,
+if the work is neglected, the trees will become matted and all the lower
+primaries die off. These, if once lost, will not grow again. The tree
+under these conditions will only bear a tithe of the crop it would bear
+with proper attention, and furthermore it is a most difficult matter to
+bring a neglected tree into proper shape and it can only be done at a
+loss of one and perhaps two years' time. There are many minor details
+connected with the care of the coffee tree which would occupy too much
+space to describe here, and which the coffee planter can easily learn as
+he carries on the work of coffee planting. Without doubt coffee planting
+in this country is destined to become a great industry. We have large
+tracts of the finest coffee lands in the world, only waiting to be
+cultivated to make prosperous and happy homes. One parting word to the
+intending coffee planter, take Davie Crockett's motto, "Be sure you're
+right and then go ahead."
+
+
+ESTIMATE OF COST OF ESTABLISHING AND MAINTAINING A COFFEE PLANTATION OF
+75 ACRES, FROM THE FIRST TO THE SEVENTH YEAR.
+
+FIRST YEAR.
+
+  Purchase of 100 acres of Government land
+  at $10.00 per acre                           $1,000 00
+
+  Manager's house and water tank                  600 00
+
+  Laborers' quarters and water tank               350 00
+
+  Clearing 50 acres of land, at $20 per acre    1,000 00
+
+  Fencing                                         300 00
+
+  Purchase of 65,000, 1-year old coffee
+  plants at $5.00 per M                           325 00
+
+  Lining, holing and planting 50 acres            600 00
+
+  Manager's salary, 1 year                      1,200 00
+
+  Labor of 6 Japanese, 1 year at $15 per
+  month                                         1,080 00
+
+  Purchase of tools and starting nursery          500 00
+                                               ---------
+                                               $6,955 00     $6,955 00
+
+SECOND YEAR.
+
+  Manager's salary                             $1,200 00
+
+  Labor, 6 Japanese                             1,080 00
+
+  Extra labor lining, holing and planting
+  25 acres                                        300 00
+
+  Sundries                                        500 00
+                                               ---------
+                                               $3,080 00    $10,035 00
+
+THIRD YEAR.
+
+  Manager's salary                             $1,200 00
+
+  Labor, 9 Japanese                             1,620 00
+
+  Pulping shed and drying house                   500 00
+
+  Pulper, with engine and boiler                  500 00
+
+  Extra help for picking, pulping and drying
+  20,000 lbs. of coffee from 50 acres
+  (at 4 cents per lb.)                            800 00
+
+  Hulling, polishing and grading 20,000 lbs.
+  of coffee at 1 cent                             200 00
+
+  Sundries: bags, freight, etc.                   250 00
+                                               ---------
+                                               $5,070 00      5,070 00
+
+                                                            $15,105 00
+
+CREDIT.
+
+  By sale of 20,000 lbs. of coffee at 18 cents                3,600 00
+                                                             ---------
+                                                            $11,505 00
+
+FOURTH YEAR.
+
+  Manager's salary                             $1,200 00
+
+  Labor, 9 Japanese                             1,620 00
+
+  Extra labor picking, pulping and drying
+  50,000 lbs. of coffee from 50 acres
+  (at 4 cents per lb.)                          2,000 00
+
+  10,000 lbs. from 25 acres (3-year-old trees)    400 00
+
+  Hulling, polishing and grading 60,000 lbs.
+  at 1 cent                                       600 00
+
+  Sundries: bags, freight, etc.                   400 00
+                                               ---------
+                                               $6,220 00      6,220 00
+                                                             ---------
+                                                            $17,725 00
+
+CREDIT.
+
+  By sale of 60,000 lbs. of coffee at 18c                    10,800 00
+                                                             ---------
+                                                            $ 6,925 00
+
+FIFTH YEAR.
+
+  Manager's salary                             $1,200 00
+
+  Labor, 9 Japanese                             1,620 00
+
+  Picking, pulping and drying 60,000 lbs.
+  coffee from 50 acres and 25,000 lbs.
+  from 25 acres, at 4 cents                     3,400 00
+
+  Hulling, polishing and grading 85,000 lbs.
+  at 1 cent per lb.                               850 00
+
+  Sundries: bags, freight, etc.                   500 00
+                                               ---------
+                                               $7,570 00      7,570 00
+                                                             ---------
+                                                            $14,495 00
+
+CREDIT.
+
+  By sale of 85,000 lbs. coffee at 18 cents                  15,300 00
+                                                             ---------
+  Balance on hand                                           $   905 00
+
+SIXTH YEAR.
+
+  Manager's salary                             $1,200 00
+
+  Labor, 9 Japanese                             1,620 00
+
+  Picking, pulping and drying 75,000 lbs. of
+  coffee from 50 acres, and 25,000 lbs. from
+  25 acres, 100,000 lbs. at 4 cents             4,000 00
+
+  Hulling, polishing and grading 100,000 lbs.
+  at 1 cent                                     1,000 00
+
+  Sundries: bags, freight, etc.                 1,000 00
+                                               ---------
+                                               $8,820 00    $ 8,820 00
+
+CREDIT.
+
+  By sale of 100,000 lbs. of coffee at 18 cents              18,000 00
+                                                             ---------
+  Balance on hand                                           $10,085 00
+
+SEVENTH YEAR.
+
+  Manager's salary                             $1,200 00
+
+  Labor, 12 Japanese                            2,160 00
+
+  Picking, pulping and drying 125,000 lbs.
+  of coffee at 4 cents                          5,500 00
+
+  Hulling, polishing and grading 125,000 lbs.
+  at 1 cent                                     1,250 00
+
+  Sundries: bags, freight, etc.                 1,200 00
+                                               ---------
+                                              $11,310 00    $11,310 00
+
+CREDIT.
+
+  By sale of 125,000 lbs. of coffee at 18 cents              22,500 00
+                                                             ---------
+  Balance to credit of Plantation at
+  end of seventh year                                       $21,275 00
+
+The yields as given in the above estimate are far below what may be
+attained by thorough cultivation and fertilizing. The coffee tree
+responds readily to good treatment, but will disappoint its owner if
+neglected.
+
+[Illustration: COFFEE PLANTATION, HAMAKUA.]
+
+[Illustration: COFFEE PLANTATION, PUNA.]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+
+AGRICULTURAL POSSIBILITIES.
+
+While the coffee trees are growing and during the time that will elapse
+before the planter receives returns from his investment, it would be a
+wise thing for him to plant such things, as will not only provide the
+greater part of the food for himself and family, but may also yield a
+moderate return in money. The soil and climate of the Hawaiian Islands
+will grow almost anything that grows in any other country. All Northern
+fruits can be grown if one will only go high enough on the mountain
+slopes of Maui and Hawaii. But the coffee planter must confine himself
+to such things as will thrive in the vicinity in which his coffee trees
+are planted, and it is for the information of intending planters that
+this chapter is written.
+
+In the first place, almost all kinds of vegetables will grow in such
+profusion as will astonish those who have lived only in Northern climes.
+Green and sweet corn, potatoes, Irish and sweet, cabbages, tomatoes,
+beans, lettuce, radishes and many other kinds of vegetables, all of the
+finest quality and in the greatest profusion, can be had every day in
+the year. Strawberries and raspberries can also be had all the year
+round. In addition to oranges and limes, which grow to perfection in
+this country, many fruits peculiar to tropical and semi-tropical
+climates grow well and flourish in these Islands. Among the more
+important is the Avocado Pear (Persea Gratissima), commonly called the
+Alligator Pear. This tree grows well and bears fruit, of splendid
+quality, in from 3 to 5 years from seed. The fruit is much esteemed by
+all classes. A small quantity of the fruit is shipped to California;
+what reaches there in good condition is quickly bought at high prices.
+It can only be carried safely in cold storage, and this is very
+expensive freight. A native peach does well, and will bear fruit in two
+years from seed. The fruit is much smaller than the American peach,
+which by the way does not do well on elevations below 4000 feet, but
+very sweet and juicy and makes excellent preserves and pies. Without
+doubt this peach could in a few years be improved so as to rival peaches
+of any other country. The Mango (Mangifera Indica) is a tropical fruit
+tree that grows in the greatest profusion and bears enormous crops of
+delicious fruit. It comes into bearing in 5 or 6 years from seed and
+does well from sea level to an elevation of 2000 feet. The fruit is much
+liked by every one; the green fruit is made into a sauce resembling, but
+much superior to, apple butter.
+
+The Guava (Psidium Guayava) grows wild in all parts of the Islands
+below 3000 feet. The fruit, of which there is a great abundance, is
+made into jam and the very finest jelly in the world. In the fruiting
+season large quantities of the jelly can be made, and without doubt,
+exported at a profit.
+
+The Poha (Physalis edulis) is a quick growing shrub bearing a berry that
+makes excellent jelly and jam. The shrub grows wild on elevations
+between 1000 and 4000 feet. A patch of pohas planted in a corner of a
+garden, will grow and yield a bountiful supply of fruit almost without
+cultivation.
+
+Pineapples are at home on these Islands; a small plot planted with the
+best varieties of this king of fruits will keep the table supplied the
+year round.
+
+Another valuable fruit indigenous to this country is the Papaia (Carica
+papaya). This fine fruit can be raised in enormous quantities and is a
+most fattening food for pigs and chickens. The tree fruits in eight or
+nine months from the seed, and thence forward for years it yields ripe
+fruit every month in the year. The fruit is of the size of a small
+melon and is very rich in sugar. The unripe fruit contains a milky juice
+that, even when diluted with water, renders any tough meat, that is
+washed in it, quite tender. A small piece of the unripe fruit placed in
+the water in which meat or tough chicken is boiled makes it tender and
+easily digestible.
+
+A very valuable food plant, indigenous to these Islands, is the taro
+(Colocasia esculenta). The variety known as dry land taro will grow on
+land that is moist enough for the coffee trees. The taro is a grand food
+plant, the tubers containing more nutriment for a given weight than any
+other vegetable food. The young tops when cooked are hard to distinguish
+from spinach. The tubers must be cooked before they can be used for
+food, in order to dissipate a very acrid principle that exists in both
+leaves and root.
+
+Another important food plant that has been introduced and yields
+abundantly is the Cassava (Manihot utilissima). This plant furnishes the
+staple food for the population of Brazil. It is easily propagated by the
+planting pieces of the woody portions of the stems and branches. The
+tubers are available in nine or ten months after planting. There are two
+kinds, the sweet and the bitter; the latter being the more prolific. The
+sweet kind can be fed to pigs without cooking. The bitter kind contains
+a poisonous substance which is entirely destroyed by cooking. There is
+no danger of animals eating the bitter kind in a raw state, for no stock
+will touch it, while the sweet kind is eagerly eaten in the raw state by
+pigs, horses, cows, etc. The tubers are prepared for human food by
+grating them. The juice is then expelled by pressure, and the residue
+pounded into a coarse meal, which is made into thin cakes. It is an
+excellent food, and said to be much more digestible than bread and other
+foods made from wheat. Pigs can be very cheaply raised on the sweet
+variety of this plant. A field of the plant being ready to gather, a
+portion is fenced off, and the pigs turned into it. They will continue
+to feed until every vestige of the tubers is eaten, leaving the ground
+in a fine condition for replanting. The tubers never spoil in the
+ground, in fact the soil is the very best storehouse for them. However
+if left for two or three years the tubers grow very large and tough.
+
+Bananas, in great variety, are grown in all parts of the Islands where
+there is sufficient moisture. Any land that will grow coffee will grow
+bananas. The yield of fruit from this remarkable plant is something
+astonishing. It commences to bear fruit in a little over one year from
+the time of planting. The stem decays after the formation of a bunch
+of fruit; this will weigh from 50 to 100 pounds and upwards. Numerous
+suckers spring up from around the decaying stem and bear fruit in
+their turn. One-half an acre planted with bananas would not only
+furnish a large family with an abundance of delicious and nutritious
+fruit, but would also yield a large supply of feed for pigs, chickens
+and other stock.
+
+The tea plant (Camellia Thea) grows well in this country and yields
+a tea of good quality. It is hardly likely that it will become an
+article of export from this country, as we cannot compete with the
+very low prices paid for labor in the great tea countries, India,
+Ceylon, and China. But it can be grown for home consumption, and
+there is no reason why every coffee planter should not have a patch
+of tea growing on his land. An eighth of an acre, planted out in tea
+plants, would yield more tea than could be consumed by a large family;
+the work of cultivation and preparation is light and easy and could be
+done by women and children.
+
+The coffee lands are situated in forested tracts in which there is
+little or no pasturage for animals. Every coffee planter should keep one
+or more cows to obtain the milk and butter which will furnish a large
+addition to the food supply for himself and family. In order to do this,
+it will be necessary to plant such things as will furnish food for
+the animals. We have several fodder plants that will yield a large
+quantity of feed and which will only grow in tropical and semi-tropical
+countries.
+
+[Illustration: OCEANIC STEAMSHIP AUSTRALIA.]
+
+[Illustration: VOLCANO HOUSE.]
+
+First among these is the Teosinte Reana (Euchlacna luxurians). This
+plant is a native of Guatamala, and grows splendidly in this country;
+each plant requires sixteen feet of ground for its full development. It
+is an annual if allowed to run to seed; but its growth can be continued
+by cutting when four or five feet high, and green feed obtained all the
+year round.
+
+Guinea grass (Panicum Maximum), one of the grandest of fodder plants,
+has been introduced and finds a congenial home in this country. It is
+purely a tropical grass, it grows to a height of eight feet forming
+large bunches which, when cut young, furnish an abundance of sweet and
+tender feed. In districts when there is sufficient moisture, it can be
+cut every two months. Caffir corn, Egyptian millet and Sorghum grow
+well, and should be planted in order to have a change of feed.
+
+Pumpkins and squash grow to an enormous size and yield an immense
+quantity of feed, much relished by cows and pigs.
+
+A dry land rice is being tried in the coffee districts of Olaa and Kona,
+on the Island of Hawaii, and there is every reason to believe that it
+will be successful. Nearly all the laborers on the coffee plantations
+use rice as their staple food and it has to be brought from the Island
+of Oahu to the Islands of Hawaii and Maui. There is no doubt but that
+the rice used by the labor on the coffee plantations, can be raised on
+the spot, reducing the cost of living to the laborers, and making them
+more contented.
+
+It will be seen from the foregoing that many things can be grown that
+will enable the coffee planter to not only reduce the outlay for living
+expenses for himself and family but will also allow them to enjoy many
+of the comforts and luxuries of life.
+
+While our main industries, sugar, coffee and rice, are being vigorously
+carried on, new products are not lost sight of. Experiments are in
+progress that promise to greatly diversify our industries and increase
+the number of our exports.
+
+Several fiber plants are receiving attention, particularly the Sisal
+Hemp (Agave Sisalana) and Sansevieria or bow string Hemp. The Sisal
+plant will grow and flourish on lands that are too dry for any other
+cultivation. Many thousands of the plants have been introduced and at
+least one plantation is being set out.
+
+The bow string Hemp requires a wet, rich land in order to do well. It
+probably yields the best fiber of all the leaf fiber plants.
+
+Ramie (Boehmeria nivea) grows splendidly in this country and after being
+well established will yield 4 to 6 crops per annum. Whenever a machine
+is invented that will economically decorticate the Ramie fiber, its
+cultivation will become an important industry in this country. Ramie
+will grow and do well wherever the coffee tree will grow, and whenever
+the machine is available, the coffee planter will have a profitable
+industry, to go hand in hand with coffee and employ the slack time
+between the coffee picking seasons.
+
+Cocoa (Theobroma Cacao) is the tree that produces the fruit from which
+chocolate is made. It grows and bears well in moist humid districts, and
+many of the coffee planters are setting out numbers of the trees.
+
+There are many other economic plants that are well suited for culture in
+this country. The country is entering on a new era, and as the lands
+become settled and population increases, many small cultures will become
+possible, which will afford many persons the opportunity of making an
+easy living in a land of eternal summer.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+
+DIGEST OF THE LAND ACT OF 1895.
+
+(With reference to unoccupied lands.)
+
+The Land Act of 1895, having for its special object the settlement and
+cultivation of the Government agricultural and pastoral land, vested the
+control and management of Public Lands in a Board of Three
+Commissioners, composed of the Minister of the Interior and two persons
+appointed and removable by the President, one of whom is designated the
+Agent of Public Lands; but excepting from the control of the
+Commissioners, town lots, landings, tracts reserved for Public purposes,
+etc., which remain under the control of the Minister of the Interior.
+
+For the purposes of the Act, the Republic of Hawaii is divided into Six
+Land Districts, as follows:
+
+  1st. Hilo and Puna on the Island of Hawaii.
+  2d. Hamakua and Kohala on the Island of Hawaii.
+  3rd. Kona and Kau on the Island of Hawaii.
+  4th. The Islands of Maui, Molokai, Lanai and Kahoolawe.
+  5th. The Island of Oahu.
+  6th. The Island of Kauai.
+
+The Commissioners are represented by a Sub-Agent in each District.
+
+Public Lands for the purposes of this Act are classified as follows:
+
+I. Agricultural Lands. First Class: Land suitable for the cultivation of
+Fruit, Coffee, Sugar or other perennial crops with or without irrigation.
+
+Second Class: Land suitable for the cultivation of annual crops only.
+
+Third Class: Wet lands such as kalo and rice lands.
+
+II. Pastoral Land. First Class: Land not in the description of
+Agricultural land but capable of carrying livestock the year through.
+
+Second Class: Land capable of carrying livestock only part of the year,
+or otherwise inferior to First Class Pastoral land.
+
+III. Pastoral Agricultural Land: Land adapted in part for pasturage and
+in part for cultivation.
+
+IV. Forest Land: Land producing forest trees but unsuitable for
+cultivation.
+
+V. Waste Land. Land not included in the other classes.
+
+The Act provides three principal methods for the acquirement of Public
+Lands, under systems known as
+
+I. Homestead Lease.
+
+II. Right of Purchase Lease.
+
+III. Cash Freehold.
+
+
+GENERAL QUALIFICATION OF APPLICANTS.
+
+Applicants for land under systems named above, must be over eighteen
+years of age, must be citizens by birth or naturalization or have
+received letters of denization or special rights of citizenship, be
+under no civil disability for any offense, nor delinquent in the payment
+of taxes. Special qualifications are named under the respective systems.
+
+
+HOMESTEAD LEASE SYSTEM.
+
+The Homestead Lease system permits the acquirement of Public Land by
+qualified persons without other payments than a fee of two dollars upon
+application and a fee of five dollars upon issuance of Homestead Lease.
+
+The limit of area in the different classes of land which may be acquired
+under Homestead Lease is:
+
+  8 acres first-class agricultural land;
+  16 acres second-class agricultural land;
+  1 acre wet (rice or taro) land;
+  30 acres first-class pastoral land;
+  60 acres second-class pastoral land;
+  45 acres pastoral-agricultural land.
+
+
+SPECIAL QUALIFICATIONS OF APPLICANTS FOR HOMESTEAD LEASE.
+
+Any person having the general qualifications (as to citizenship, etc.)
+who is not the owner in his own right of any land in the Hawaiian
+Islands, other than "wet land" (rice, taro, etc.) and who is not an
+applicant for other land under the Act may apply under this part of
+the Act, and such application may cover one lot of wet land in addition
+to other land, if reasonably near. Husband and wife may not both be
+applicants.
+
+Applications must be made in person at the office of Sub-Agent of the
+District, accompanied by sworn declaration of qualifications, and a fee
+of $2.
+
+
+CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPATION.
+
+The successful applicant receives a certificate of occupation which
+entitles him to occupy the described premises and to receive a homestead
+lease for Nine Hundred and Ninety-Nine Years, if conditions of
+certificate of occupation have been fulfilled, the conditions being:
+
+That the occupier shall, before the end of two years, build a dwelling
+house and reside on the premises. He shall maintain his home on the
+premises from and after the end of two years from date of certificate.
+He shall before the end of six years from date of certificate have in
+cultivation not less than 10 per cent. of the land, or have in
+cultivation 5 per cent. of the land and, in good growing condition, not
+less than ten timber, shade or fruit trees per acre on agricultural
+land, or if pastoral land, fence the same within six years.
+
+He shall pay the taxes assessed upon the premises within sixty days
+after the same are delinquent.
+
+He shall perform any conditions of the certificates for the planting or
+protection of trees, or prevention or destruction of vegetable pests
+that may be on the premises.
+
+
+CONDITIONS OF HOMESTEAD LEASE.
+
+The Lessee or his successors must maintain his home on the leased
+premises, must pay the taxes assessed upon the premises, within sixty
+days after the same are delinquent, and perform any conditions of the
+lease relating to protection or planting of trees, or destruction and
+prevention of vegetable pests.
+
+Lands held under a certificate of occupation or homestead lease are
+liable to taxation as estates in fee.
+
+In case of the death of an occupier or lessee his interests,
+notwithstanding any devise or bequest shall vest in his relations, in
+the order prescribed in the Act, the widow or widower being first in
+order, then the children, etc.
+
+Certificates of occupation or homestead lease, or any interest
+thereunder, is not assignable by way of mortgage nor is the same subject
+to attachment, levy or sale on any process issuing from the Courts of
+the country. Neither the whole nor any portion of the premises may be
+sub-let.
+
+Surrender may be made to the Government by an occupier or lessee having
+the whole interest if all conditions to date of surrender have been
+fulfilled, and the person so surrendering is entitled to receive from
+the Government the value of permanent improvement, whenever the same is
+received by the Government from a new tenant.
+
+
+RIGHT OF PURCHASE LEASES.
+
+Right of Purchase Leases, for the term of twenty-one years, may be
+issued to qualified applicants, with the privilege to the Lessee of
+purchasing at the end of three years and upon fulfillment of special
+conditions.
+
+
+QUALIFICATIONS OF APPLICANTS.
+
+Any person who is over eighteen years of age, who is a citizen by birth
+or naturalization of the Republic of Hawaii or who has received letters
+of denization of special rights of citizenship, who is under no civil
+disability for any offense, who is not delinquent in the payment of
+taxes, and who does not own any agricultural or pastoral land in the
+Hawaiian Islands, may apply for Right of Purchase Lease, the limit of
+areas which may be acquired being:
+
+  100 acres first-class agricultural land;
+  200 acres second-class agricultural land;
+  2 acres wet (rice or taro) land;
+  600 acres first-class pastoral land;
+  1200 acres second-class pastoral land;
+  400 acres mixed agricultural and pastoral land.
+
+Any qualified person, owning less than the respective amounts stated in
+foregoing list, and which is not subject to residence condition, may
+acquire additional land of the classes already held by him but so that
+his aggregate holding shall not be in excess of the limit named; or if
+desiring additional land of another class may acquire the same according
+to ratio established between the various classes.
+
+Husband and wife may not both be applicants for Right of Purchase Leases.
+
+Application must be made in person at the office of Sub-Agent of the
+District, and must be accompanied by a fee equal to six months rent of
+premises, fee to be credited on account of rent, if application is
+successful, and to be returned is application is unsuccessful. In case
+of more than one application for same lot the first application takes
+precedence.
+
+
+CONDITIONS OF RIGHT OF PURCHASE LEASE.
+
+Term: twenty-one years.
+
+Rental: Eight per cent. on the appraised value given in lease, payable
+semi-annually.
+
+The Lessee must from the end of the first to the end of the fifth year
+continuously maintain his home on the leased premises.
+
+The Lessee must have in cultivation at the end of three years five per
+cent. and at the end of five years ten per cent. of his holding, and
+maintain on agricultural land an average of ten trees to the acre.
+
+Pastoral land must be fenced.
+
+Interest in Right of Purchase Lease is not assignable without written
+consent of the Commissioners of Public Lands, but the lease may be
+surrendered to the Government.
+
+In case of forfeiture or surrender of right of purchase lease,
+reappraisement is made of the land and of permanent improvements
+thereon, and if the land is again disposed of, the incoming tenant shall
+pay for such permanent improvements and the amount when so received by
+the Government shall be paid to the surrendering Lessee.
+
+
+CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH PURCHASE MAY BE MADE.
+
+At any time after third year of leasehold term, the Lessee is entitled
+to a Land Patent giving fee simple title, upon his payment of the
+appraised value set forth in lease, if he has reduced to cultivation
+twenty-five per cent. of his leased premises, and has substantially
+performed all other conditions of his lease.
+
+[Illustration: KOHALA RAILROAD.]
+
+[Illustration: RICE FIELD, PEARL CITY.]
+
+
+CASH FREEHOLDS.
+
+Cash Freehold Lots are sold at auction to the highest qualified bidder,
+at appraised value as upset price.
+
+The qualification of applicants for Cash Freeholds and the areas of land
+which may be acquired are the same as those under Right of Purchase
+lease system.
+
+
+APPLICATIONS.
+
+Applications must be made to Sub-Agent of District in writing with sworn
+declaration as to qualifications, and a fee of ten per cent. of
+appraised value of lot, which fee is forfeited if applicant declines to
+take the premises at the appraised value, and is credited to him if he
+becomes the purchaser of the lot. If such applicant, however, is outbid,
+his fee is returned to him.
+
+If two or more applications are made and there is no bid above the upset
+price, the first application takes precedence.
+
+The purchaser at auction sale must pay immediately thereafter one-fourth
+of purchase price and thereupon receive a "Freehold Agreement."
+
+
+CONDITIONS OF FREEHOLD AGREEMENT.
+
+The freeholder shall pay the balance of purchase price in equal
+installments in one, two and three years, with interest at 6 per cent.,
+but may pay any installment before it is due and stop corresponding
+interest.
+
+Twenty-five per cent. of agricultural land must be cultivated, and
+pastoral land fenced before the end of third year.
+
+Freeholder must maintain his home on the premises, from end of first to
+end of third year.
+
+He may not assign or sub-let without consent of Agent of Public Lands.
+
+He must allow Agents of the Government to enter and examine the premises.
+
+He must pay all taxes that may be due upon the premises.
+
+If all conditions are fulfilled he is entitled at end of three years to
+Patent giving fee simple title.
+
+In case of forfeiture or surrender the land and permanent improvements
+are reappraised separately, and the value of such improvements when
+received by Government from new tenant or freeholder, will be paid to
+surrendering freeholder.
+
+
+SETTLEMENT ASSOCIATIONS.
+
+Six or more qualified persons may form a "Settlement Association" and
+apply for holdings in one block.
+
+The provisions for cash freehold apply to the settlement of such blocks,
+but first auction sale is confined to members of such Settlement
+Association.
+
+Any lot in such block which may be forfeited or surrendered, or which is
+not taken up by any member of the Settlement Association, within three
+months, shall be open to any qualified applicants.
+
+Disputes, disagreements or misunderstandings, between the parties to
+certificate of occupation, homestead lease, right of purchase lease, or
+cash freehold and relating thereto, which can not be amicably settled,
+shall be submitted to the Circuit Judge in whose jurisdiction the
+premises are situated and his decision shall be final subject only to
+appeal to Supreme Court.
+
+
+CASH SALES AND SPECIAL AGREEMENTS.
+
+With consent of Executive Council, public lands not under lease may be
+sold in parcels of not over one thousand acres, at public auction for
+cash, and upon such sale and payment of full consideration, a land
+patent will issue.
+
+Parcels of land of not over six hundred acres, may with consent of
+Executive Council, be sold at public auction upon part credit and part
+cash, and upon such terms and conditions of improvement, residence,
+etc., as may be imposed.
+
+Upon fulfillment of all conditions a Land Patent will issue.
+
+
+GENERAL LEASES.
+
+General leases of public lands may be made for a term not exceeding
+twenty-one years.
+
+Such leases are sold at public auction, and require rent in advance
+quarterly, semi-annually or annually.
+
+The conditions of general leases are made at discretion of the
+Commissioners, and may be made for any class of public lands.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+
+MISCELLANEOUS.
+
+
+POPULATION.
+
+The population of the Islands according to the census of 1890 was
+89,991, or in round numbers 90,000. A census of the population has just
+been taken, but the results cannot be exactly known for some months. An
+estimate recently made based upon the knowledge of general increase from
+various sources gives the population as follows:
+
+  Hawaiians                35,000
+  Part Hawaiians           10,000
+  Chinese                  15,000
+  Japanese                 24,000
+  Portuguese                9,000
+  American and European    14,000
+                          -------
+    Total                 107,000
+
+Since the census returns began to come in, it is very evident that this
+estimate will be exceeded by some 2,000, making the total population
+109,000. The increase will probably be found among Japanese and
+Portuguese. The population of Honolulu is 29,920, or practically 30,000.
+
+
+SHIPPING.
+
+The vessels flying the Hawaiian flag number 52, aggregating 21,678 tons.
+They are divided as follows:
+
+  23 steamers, aggregating                9,575 tons
+  5 barks,         "                      4,198  "
+  3 ships,         "                      6,272  "
+  21 schooners and sloops, aggregating    1,623  "
+
+Of these vessels 13 are employed in foreign trade and 39 in trade
+between the Islands.
+
+
+FINANCES.
+
+Mention has been made of the taxes of this country. A few words will be
+to the point upon the financial condition of the government.
+
+The direct taxes yielded, in 1895, $592,691.92. The Customs revenue was
+$547,149.04 and licenses, &c., produced $600,224.23, in all
+$1,740,065.19.
+
+The current expenditures are kept within the current income. Great
+public improvements are provided for by loan. This is what every growing
+country has to do. The public debt of the country on January 1, 1896,
+was $3,764,335. With a population of 109,000, this gives about $34 per
+head of the population. The Hawaiian Government finds no difficulty in
+obtaining means for internal improvements, and a scheme is now on foot
+to reduce the interest and consolidate the public debt.
+
+The exports in 1895 amounted to $8,474,138.15 and the imports to
+$5,339,785.04. This certainly shows well for a country whose total
+population is exceeded by dozens of cities. Of the exports $7,975,590.41
+were accredited to sugar, $22,823.68 to coffee, $102,599.25 to bananas
+and $8,783.84 to pineapples. These three latter items are elastic and
+the showing of 1896 will give a very large increase in their yields.
+
+Of the imports $4,121,920.22 came from the Pacific ports of the United
+States and $394,399.16 from the Atlantic ports; a total of
+$4,516,319.38, leaving but $1,197,698.16 for every other nation that the
+country has commercial relations with.
+
+In point of fact, taking exports and imports, the business in 1895 done
+by the Hawaiian Islands with all its commercial relations amounted to
+$14,188,155.69; of this sum $12,908,508.92 was done with the United
+States, which amounts to 91 per cent. of the whole business of the
+Islands. From these figures it can be judged how prosperous a little
+community that of the Hawaiian Islands is, and further how close are its
+relations with the Great Republic. What country in the world has 91 per
+cent. of its commercial relations with its neighbor?
+
+The financial condition of Hawaii is on a sound basis. The men in charge
+of its government are frugal and careful of the public expenditure, the
+whole tendency of the Republic is to foster industry and thrift. The
+institutions are liberal and nothing is more desirable for such a
+country than the immigration of colonists, with capital to develop the
+industries and determination to work honestly and well.
+
+
+FOR TOURISTS.
+
+It was not the intention when planning this pamphlet to speak of the
+opportunities for tourists visiting the Islands, but a few words are
+appended. The object of the pamphlet has been to show the agricultural
+resources and general conditions.
+
+The great attraction of the Islands is undoubtedly the Volcano of
+Kilauea, the greatest and most striking volcano in the world. Though
+quiescent for a time during part of 1895 and 1896, it has now burst
+forth with renewed splendor and promises to exceed many of its former
+efforts. Moreover, from the rising of the lakes of fire, and the floor
+of the crater generally, it has evidently come to stay.
+
+But it is not only this one great natural wonder that is attractive to
+the tourist. The crater of Haleakala, the largest extinct crater in the
+world, is almost, in its silent magnificence, equal to the wonder of the
+boiling and seething Kilauea. Then the delightful climate, the balmy
+breezes, the brilliant coloring of sky, sea and land, the luxuriant
+tropical vegetation, and the peculiar "Dolce far niente" life, all lend
+a charm to which no one who visits the place has ever failed to respond.
+In fact a visit to the Hawaiian Islands is one of the pleasantest
+experiences of a life-time.
+
+For people suffering from pulmonary troubles the climate is unrivalled
+and there are now several sanitariums where such patients can be
+attended to.
+
+San Francisco and Victoria are the two points of deportation for the
+Hawaiian Islands. The Oceanic Steamship Line has vessels sailing twice a
+month. One steamer sails for Honolulu, stays a few days, and returns to
+San Francisco. The other steamers touch at Honolulu and go on to the
+Australian colonies. Round trip tickets can be obtained and also lay
+over tickets, at the Company's offices on Montgomery street, San
+Francisco. The Pacific Mail and O. & O. S. S. lines, running from China
+and Japan to San Francisco, also touch at Honolulu regularly.
+Arrangements can be made to lay over in Honolulu, visit the Volcano and
+proceed on the voyage by the next vessel.
+
+From Victoria the C. & A. S. S. sail once a month. They give the tourist
+a chance of seeing the Canadian Pacific Railroad before coming here, but
+a round trip ticket would have to be for a full month. By the O. S. S.
+lines less time need be spent on the Islands.
+
+The cost of round trip passage is $125.
+
+The cost of trip to the Volcano, including all expenses is $50.
+
+Hotel expenses in Honolulu from $2 a day, according to accommodation.
+
+Particulars on these subjects can always be learned by writing to Wilder
+S. S. Co., Fort street, Honolulu; or the Inter-Island Steamship Co.,
+Queen street, Honolulu.
+
+
+PRICE LIST OF PROVISIONS ON THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS.
+
+Fresh Hawaiian butter, from 25 to 50c. per lb.
+
+Hams, from 16-1/2 to 30c. per lb.
+
+Bacon, from 16-1/2 to 20c. per lb.
+
+Cheese, from 20 to 35c. per lb.
+
+Family pork, from 15 to 18c. per lb.
+
+Corned beef, 7c. per lb.
+
+Fresh meat, from 6 to 15c. per lb.
+
+Loin of Porterhouse steaks, from 6 to 15c. per lb.
+
+Tinned fruits per doz., from $1.75 to $2.25.
+
+Golden Gate Flour, per 100-lb., $2.50.
+
+Lower grades, $2.20.
+
+Hawaiian rice, $3.25 to $5.00 per 100 lbs.
+
+Hawaiian bananas, per bunch, 25 to 55c.
+
+Potatoes, from 1 to 2c. per lb.
+
+Eggs per dozen, 25 to 50c.
+
+Rolled oats per case, $5.50.
+
+Ice, in small quantities, 1-1/2c.; 50 lbs. and over, 1c. per lb.
+
+
+WAGES.
+
+The following is an approximation of the wages paid to different classes
+of labor on the Hawaiian Islands:
+
+Engineers on plantations, from $125 to $175 per month, house and
+firewood furnished.
+
+Sugar boilers, $125 to $175 per month, house and firewood furnished.
+
+Blacksmiths, plantation, $50 to $100 per month, house and firewood
+furnished.
+
+Carpenters, plantation, $50 to $100 per month, house and firewood
+furnished.
+
+Locomotive drivers, $40 to $75 per month, room and board furnished.
+
+Head overseers, or head lunas, $100 to $150.
+
+Under overseers, or lunas, $30 to $50 with room and board.
+
+Bookkeepers, plantation, $100 to $175, house and firewood furnished.
+
+Teamsters, white, $30 to $40 with room and board.
+
+Hawaiians, $25 to $30 with room; no board.
+
+Field labor, Portuguese and Hawaiian $16 to $18 per month; no board.
+
+Field labor, Chinese and Japanese, $12.50 to $15 per month; no board.
+
+In Honolulu bricklayers and masons receive from $5 to $6 per day;
+carpenters, $2.50 to $5; machinists, $3 to $5; painters, $2 to $5, per
+day of nine hours.
+
+
+DOMESTIC LABOR.
+
+The domestic labor in Honolulu and in all parts of the Islands, has
+for many years been performed by Chinese males, who undoubtedly make
+excellent house servants. During the last four or five years the
+Japanese have entered the field; the Japanese women are especially in
+demand as nurses for children.
+
+The following are the prevailing rates of wages:
+
+Cooks, Chinese and Japanese, $3 to $6 per week, with board and room.
+
+Nurses and house servants, $8 to $12 per month, with board and room.
+
+Gardeners or yard men, $8 to $12 per month, with board and room.
+
+Sewing women, $1 per day and one meal.
+
+Good substantial meals can be obtained at respectable Chinese restaurants
+and at the Sailors' Home for 25 cents or Board for $4.50 per week.
+
+The market for all kinds of labor is overstocked and it would be very
+unwise for any one to come to these Islands with no capital on the mere
+chance of obtaining employment. The many steamships arriving at this
+port bring numbers of people seeking employment who are obliged to
+return disappointed.
+
+[Illustration: NUUANU AVENUE, HONOLULU.]
+
+[Illustration: WAIKIKI BEACH.]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+
+HISTORICAL SKETCH.
+
+Although the written history of the Hawaiian Islands begins with their
+discovery by Captain Cook in 1778, yet the aboriginal inhabitants had at
+that time an oral traditional history which extended back for several
+centuries.
+
+
+ORIGIN.
+
+As to their origin, these people formed but one branch of the Polynesian
+race, which at a remote period settled all the groups of islands in the
+central and Eastern Pacific, as far as New Zealand in the South and
+Easter Island in the East. This is shown by the close physical and moral
+resemblance between their inhabitants, as well as by the facts that they
+all speak dialects of the same language, and have the same manners and
+customs, the same general system of tabus, and similar traditions and
+religious rites.
+
+The evidence of both language and physical traits tends to show that
+their remote ancestors came from the East Indian Archipelago, and that
+they were still more distantly related to the pre-Arian races of
+Hindostan.
+
+It is also proved by concurrent traditions of the different groups that
+there was a general movement of population throughout central Polynesia
+during the twelfth and thirteenth centuries of the Christian Era, during
+which the Harvey Islands and afterwards New Zealand were colonized, and
+many voyages were made between the Hawaiian Islands and the Samoan and
+Society groups. This intercourse, however, seems to have ceased for four
+or five hundred years before the arrival of Captain Cook.
+
+
+ARTS AND MANUFACTURES.
+
+The ancient Hawaiians were not savages, in the proper sense of the term,
+but barbarians of a promising type. When we consider that they occupied
+the most isolated position in the world, and that they were destitute of
+metals and of beasts of burden, as well as of the cereal grains, cotton,
+flax and wool, we must admit that they had made a creditable degree of
+progress towards civilization. Like the other Polynesians, they had not
+invented the art of making pottery, or the use of the loom for weaving.
+
+Their cutting tools were made of stone, sharks' teeth or bamboo. Their
+axes were made of hard, fine grained lava, chiefly found on the mountain
+summits. Their principal implement for cultivating the soil was simply a
+stick of hard wood, either pointed or shaped into a flat blade at the
+end. With these rude tools they cut and framed the timbers for their
+houses, which were oblong with long sides and steep roofs, and were
+thatched with _pili_ grass, ferns or _hala_ leaves. In the building as
+well as in the management of canoes they were unsurpassed. For
+containers they used a large gourd (_cucurbita maxima_, which was not
+found elsewhere in the Pacific), and also cut out circular dishes of
+wood as truly as if they had been turned in a lathe.
+
+For clothing they beat out the inner bark of the paper mulberry and of
+some other trees, until it resembled thick flexible paper, when it was
+called _kapa_ or _tapa_. For insignia of rank, they made splendid
+feather cloaks, and feather helmets, which were worn only by chiefs.
+
+For lights they used the oily nuts of the _kukui_ or candle-nut tree.
+
+For food they chiefly depended upon the tuberous roots of the _taro_
+plant (_Colocasia antiquorum_), but sweet potatoes were cultivated in
+the dry districts, and yams in Kauai and Niihau. They also cultivated
+bananas and sugar cane and the _awa_ or _kava_ plant for its narcotic
+properties.
+
+Fishing was carried on with great ingenuity and skill. Extensive fish
+ponds were built along the coasts, which must have cost immense labor.
+
+Their food was cooked then, as now, by steaming it in an _imu_ or
+underground oven with heated stones. Fire was produced by friction,
+viz., by rubbing a hard, pointed stick in a groove made in a piece of
+softer wood, until the little heap of fine powder collected at the end
+of the groove took fire.
+
+There was no circulating medium which served the purpose of money, and
+all trade was conducted by barter.
+
+
+CIVIL POLITY.
+
+The civil polity of the ancient Hawaiians was far more despotic than
+that of any other Polynesian tribe. The community was divided into three
+classes, namely:
+
+1. The nobility or _Alii_ (N. Z. _Ariki_), comprising the kings and
+chiefs of various grades of rank.
+
+2. The priests, _Kahuna_ (N. Z. _Tahunga_), including priests, sorcerers
+and doctors.
+
+3. The common people, _Makaainana_, or laboring class.
+
+There was a wide and impassable gulch between the chiefs and common
+people. In fact, the distinction between them was primarily of a sacred
+and religious character. The chief was believed to be descended from the
+gods, and to be allied to the invisible powers.
+
+The contrast in stature and appearance as well as in bearing between the
+chiefs and common people was very striking. Only a chief had the right
+to wear the feather cloak and helmet, or the ivory clasp, _Niho Palaoa_;
+his canoe and his sails were painted red, and on state occasions he was
+attended by men carrying _kahilis_ or plumed staffs of various colors.
+When the highest chiefs appeared abroad, all the common people
+prostrated themselves with their faces upon the ground. It was death for
+a common man to remain standing at the mention of the king's name in
+song, or when the king's food, water or clothing was carried past; to
+put on any article of dress belonging to him, to enter his enclosure
+without permission, or to cross his shadow or that of his house. If a
+common man entered the dread presence of the sovereign, he must crawl
+prone on the ground, _kolokolo_, and leave in the same manner.
+
+The head chief of an island was styled the _Moi_, and his dignity was
+generally hereditary. There were usually at least four independent
+kinglets in the group, and sometimes the single Island of Hawaii was
+divided between several independent chiefs.
+
+
+LAND TENURE.
+
+As a rule, the chiefs were the only proprietors of the soil. They were
+supposed to own not only the soil and all that grew upon it, not only
+the fish of the sea, but also the time and labor of their people.
+
+The accepted theory was that all the lands belonged to the king, of whom
+they were held by the high chiefs in fief; _i. e._, on condition of
+rendering him tribute and military service. Each of these district
+chieftains divided up his territory among an inferior order of petty
+chiefs, who owed to him the same service and obedience that he owed to
+the king.
+
+In this way the land was subdivided again and again, while at the bottom
+of the scale were the miserable serfs who tilled the soil. These last
+were simply tenants at will, liable to be dispossessed of their little
+holdings at any time, or to be stripped of their personal property at
+the requisition of the chief.
+
+
+WAR.
+
+Wars were frequent and cruel. There were numerous wars to settle the
+succession to the sovereignty of an Island, as well as contests between
+the head chiefs of the principal Islands. For example, the chiefs of
+Oahu often contended with those of Maui for the possession of Molokai,
+and there were frequent wars between the chiefs of Hawaii and those of
+Maui for the district of Hana.
+
+Their weapons consisted of long spears, _pololu_; javelins, _ihe_;
+daggers, _pahoa_, and clubs made of hard wood. They never used the bow
+in war, but slings made of cocoanut fiber or human hair were extensively
+employed. They used no shields, but became wonderfully expert in
+catching or parrying spears thrown at them.
+
+Sometimes they engaged in sea fights, with large fleets of canoes
+on each side. In general no quarter was given to the vanquished, but
+there were certain sanctuaries called _puuhonuas_, which afforded an
+inviolable refuge in time of war. Cannibalism was regarded by them with
+horror and detestation.
+
+
+RELIGION.
+
+The religious system of the ancient Hawaiians was very similar to that
+of other Polynesians. It consisted in a great measure of nature worship.
+To their minds all the powers of nature, especially those that are
+mysterious and terrible, were conceived of as living and spiritual
+beings. Thus the volcano, the thunder, the whirlwind, the meteor and the
+shark were feared as being either the embodiment or the work of
+malevolent spirits (_akuas_).
+
+The four great gods, Kane, Kanaloa, Ku and Lono, who were worshiped
+throughout Polynesia, originally belonged to this class, as is shown by
+the cosmogony of the New Zealand Maoris. Among these four Kane held the
+primacy. The souls of great chiefs went to his abode after death.
+
+Pele, the dread goddess of volcanoes, and her numerous family, dwelt in
+the crater of Kilauea, but also caused the eruptions of Mauna Loa and
+Hualalai. In Hawaii she was feared more than any other deity.
+
+One large class of _akuas_ were supposed to be incarnated in certain
+species of animals, which were feared or believed to have a supernatural
+character, as the shark.
+
+Another class of deities, which included most of the professional gods,
+consisted of deified spirits of the dead. The _Aumakuas_ were tutelar
+deities, attached to particular families, who were often deified
+ancestors. Sickness and disease were generally caused by their
+displeasure.
+
+
+CEREMONIAL SYSTEM.
+
+There were two hereditary orders of priests, endowed with lands, who
+kept up the elaborate liturgy and ritual of the temples, and also
+preserved whatever knowledge of astronomy, history, medicine, etc., had
+been handed down to them.
+
+The tabu system covered the entire daily life of the people with a vast
+network of minute regulations and penalties. Thus, it was tabu for men
+and women to eat together, or even to have their food cooked in the same
+oven. Women were forbidden to eat pork, bananas, cocoanuts, or turtle
+and certain kinds of fish, on pain of death. There were certain tabu
+days when no canoe could be launched, no fire lighted, and when no sound
+could be made, on pain of death. Even dogs had to be muzzled and fowls
+shut up in calabashes for twenty-four hours at a time.
+
+The human sacrifice was the crowning act of the ancient worship, offered
+only on certain solemn occasions, and at the temples (_Heiaus_) of the
+highest class.
+
+Whenever a temple was to be dedicated, a new house to be built for the
+chief, or a new war canoe to be launched, many of the people fled to the
+mountains and lay hidden till the danger was past.
+
+Besides the regular priesthood, there were many kinds of medicine men,
+necromancers or mediums, sorcerers and diviners, who preyed upon the
+superstition and credulity of their countrymen. The belief that all
+forms of disease were caused by evil spirits, and their fear of being
+"prayed to death" (_anaana_), kept the people in a state of abject fear.
+
+There is too much reason to believe that during several centuries
+preceding the discovery of the Islands they had been deteriorating in
+many respects. As the historian Fornander has stated:
+
+"It was an era of strife, dynastic ambitions, internal and external wars
+on each Island, with all their deteriorating consequences of anarchy,
+depopulation, social and intellectual degradation, loss of liberty, loss
+of knowledge, loss of arts."
+
+
+DISCOVERY OF THE ISLANDS.
+
+It seems to be almost certain that one Juan Gaetano, a Spanish
+navigator, saw Hawaii in 1555 A. D. A group of islands, the largest of
+which was called La Mesa, was laid down in the old Spanish charts in the
+same latitude as the Hawaiian Islands, but 10 degrees too far east.
+
+On the eighteenth of January, 1778, Captain Cook, the great navigator,
+while sailing due north from the Society Islands, discovered the Islands
+of Oahu and Kauai. The next day he landed at Waimea, Kauai, where he
+held friendly intercourse with the natives, and afterwards laid in
+supplies at Niihau. He finally sailed for Alaska, Feb. 2d. The Hawaiians
+looked upon him as an incarnation of the god Lono, and upon his crew as
+supernatural beings. Returning from the Arctic the following winter, he
+anchored in Kealakekua bay, January 17th, 1779. Here he received
+divine honors and was loaded with munificent presents of the best that
+the islands could produce. By his rash and arbitrary conduct, however,
+he involved himself in an affray with the natives, in which he was
+killed on February 14th, 1779.
+
+The spot where he fell is now marked by an appropriate monument.
+
+[Illustration: LUNALILO HOME, FOR AGED HAWAIIANS.]
+
+[Illustration: KAMEHAMEHA SCHOOL.]
+
+
+EARLY TRADERS.
+
+For seven years after the death of Captain Cook no foreign vessel
+ventured to touch at the Islands. After that time many of the vessels
+engaged in the fur trade on the northwest coast of America called at the
+Islands for supplies on their way to Canton or ran down here to spend
+the winter. Waimea, Kauai, and Kealakekua bay were the two harbors most
+frequented by them. Fire arms, powder and shot were the articles most in
+demand among the natives.
+
+
+THE RISE OF KAMEHAMEHA.
+
+At the death of Kalaniopuu, _Moi_, of Hawaii, in 1782, a civil war broke
+out, which rent the Island into three petty sovereignties, which were
+presently reduced to two.
+
+The districts of Kohala and Kona were held by Kamehameha, a nephew of
+the late king, while the other districts were loyal to his son, Keoua.
+After a sanguinary war lasting nine years (during which Kamehameha had
+ravaged West Maui and conquered the district of Hamakua), he became
+master of the whole of the Island of Hawaii by the assassination of his
+rival, Keoua, at Kawaihae, in 1791.
+
+
+VISITS OF VANCOUVER.
+
+The name of Capt. George Vancouver is still cherished as that of a wise
+and generous benefactor to these Islands. During his survey of the
+northwest coast of America in 1792-1794, he made three visits to the
+Islands. He uniformly refused to sell fire arms or ammunition to the
+chiefs, but gave them useful plants and seeds, and presented Kamehameha
+with the first cattle and sheep ever landed in the Islands. On the 25th
+of February, 1794, Kamehameha and his chiefs voluntarily placed Hawaii
+under the protection of Great Britain, in token of which the British
+flag was hoisted on shore at Kealakekua.
+
+
+CONQUEST OF OAHU.
+
+After the death of Kahekili, the sovereign of the leeward Islands, in
+1794, a civil war broke out between his brother Kaeo and his son
+Kalanikupule, in which the former was killed. Soon after Kalanikupule
+treacherously massacred Captains Brown and Gordon, who had assisted him
+in the late war, and seized their vessels in the harbor of Honolulu.
+
+Having put his guns and ammunition on board, he proposed to sail
+immediately for Hawaii, in company with a fleet of war canoes, to attack
+Kamehameha. But the English sailors who had been reserved to navigate
+the two vessels, suddenly rose at midnight, recaptured them, and sailed
+for Hawaii, where they informed Kamehameha of all that had occurred.
+
+Kamehameha saw that his opportunity had now come, and lost no time in
+mustering all the war canoes and fighting men of Hawaii.
+
+After overrunning West Maui and touching at Molokai, he landed in
+Waialea bay, Oahu, in the latter part of April, 1795. There he spent a
+few days in organizing his army before marching up the valley of Nuuanu,
+where Kalanikupule had prepared to make his last stand. The Oahu
+warriors were soon routed and pursued up the valley. Some of the
+fugitives were hemmed in and driven over the "_Pali_," or precipice, at
+the head of Nuuanu, a little north of the present road.
+
+This victory made Kamehameha master of all the Islands except Kauai and
+Niihau. With the exception of a short insurrection in Hawaii, there was
+peace during the rest of his reign.
+
+
+DECREASE OF POPULATION.
+
+The decrease of the population during this period must have been very
+rapid. Vancouver in 1792, Broughton in 1796, and Trumbull in 1801, were
+strongly impressed with the misery of the common people and their rapid
+decrease in numbers. This was partly the result of wars, but was still
+more due to the diseases and vices introduced by foreigners. In the
+summer of 1804 a pestilence, supposed to have been the cholera, carried
+off half of the population of Oahu. Botany Bay convicts had introduced
+the art of distilling liquor before the year 1800, and drunkenness had
+become very prevalent.
+
+
+THE SANDAL-WOOD TRADE.
+
+During the first quarter of the present century the sandal-wood trade
+was at its height. This wood was in great request at Canton, where it
+was sold for incense and the manufacture of fancy articles. It was
+purchased by the picul of 133-1/2 pounds, the price varying from eight
+to ten dollars for the picul. This wood, while it lasted, was a mine of
+wealth for the chiefs, by means of which they were enabled to buy fire
+arms, liquor, boats and schooners, as well as silks and other Chinese
+goods, for which they paid exorbitant prices.
+
+
+THE CESSION OF KAUAI.
+
+In March, 1810, Kaumualii, the last King of Kauai, visited Honolulu in
+the ship Albatross, Capt. Nathan Winship, in order to have an interview
+with Kamehameha. It was then arranged between the two chiefs that
+Kaumualii should continue to hold his Island in fief of Kamehameha
+during his life-time, on condition of paying tribute.
+
+
+RUSSIAN AGGRESSIONS.
+
+During the year 1815 a Dr. Scheffer was sent to the Islands by Baranoff,
+the Russian Governor of Alaska. He built a fort at Waimea, for
+Kaumualii, on which the Russian colors were displayed, and urged him to
+place himself under the protection of Russia. On hearing of this,
+Kamehameha sent a large force to Honolulu, where a substantial fort was
+built during the year 1816. He also sent orders to Kaumualii to expel
+Dr. Scheffer, which was done.
+
+
+DEATH OF KAMEHAMEHA.
+
+Kamehameha I. died on May 8th, 1819, at Kailua, Hawaii. His work was
+done. He had consolidated the group under a strong government, put an
+end to feudal anarchy and petty wars, and thus prepared the way for
+civilization and Christianity.
+
+
+ABOLITION OF IDOLATRY.
+
+In accordance with his will, his eldest son, Liholiho, was installed as
+king, with the title of Kamehameha II., and Kaahumanu, his favorite
+queen, as premier, to exercise equal powers with the young prince, whose
+dissolute and reckless character is well known.
+
+Their first important act was the abolition of the tabu system, which
+took place at a great feast held at Kailua in October, 1819, at which men
+and women ate together in public for the first time. This was followed by
+the general burning of idols and temples throughout the group.
+
+Kekuaokalani, a cousin of Liholiho, put himself at the head of the
+adherents of the ancient faith, but was defeated and slain in the battle
+of Kuamoo, fought about December 20th, 1819.
+
+
+THE ARRIVAL OF THE AMERICAN MISSIONARIES.
+
+The pioneer company of American missionaries to these Islands arrived at
+Kailua, April 4th, 1820. They soon reduced the language to writing and
+commenced printing the first book in January, 1822. They found in the
+Hawaiians an amiable and highly receptive race, eager for knowledge and
+easily influenced for good or evil. The principal opposition to reform
+was made by foreigners.
+
+
+THE WHALING FLEET.
+
+The first whale ship called at Honolulu in 1820, and was soon followed
+by many others. Their number soon increased to 100 every year, and the
+furnishing of supplies for them became the chief resource of the
+Islands, as the sandal-wood became exhausted.
+
+
+DEATH OF LIHOLIHO.
+
+The young king, accompanied by his wife and six chiefs, embarked for
+England, November 27, 1823, on an English whale ship. On their arrival
+in London they received the utmost hospitality and courtesy, but in a
+few weeks the whole party was attacked by the measles, of which the king
+and queen both died.
+
+
+REBELLION ON KAUAI.
+
+Meanwhile, on the death of Kaumualii, a rebellion broke out in Kauai,
+led by his son, Humehume. A desperate assault was made on the fort at
+Waimea, which was repulsed with loss. Over 1,000 warriors were sent down
+from Oahu and Maui, and a battle was fought near Hanapepe, August 18th,
+1824, in which the rebels were routed.
+
+
+VISIT OF LORD BYRON.
+
+The frigate "Blonde," commanded by Lord Byron, cousin of the poet of
+that name, was commissioned to convey the remains of the late king and
+queen, together with their retinue, back to their native land. It
+arrived at Honolulu, May 6th, 1825, when the royal remains were
+deposited in a mausoleum with impressive funeral ceremonies.
+
+Kauikeaouli, the younger brother of Liholiho, was proclaimed king with
+the title of Kamehameha III., and Kaahumanu as regent during his
+minority. Her administration was signalized by a series of outrages at
+Lahaina and Honolulu, committed by a depraved class of foreigners who
+resented certain regulations made to restrict public prostitution.
+
+Com. Jones visited the Islands in the "Peacock" in 1826, and concluded
+the first treaty between the Hawaiian Islands and the United States. The
+next year the first written laws were published against murder, theft,
+adultery and gambling.
+
+
+THE ROMAN CATHOLIC MISSION.
+
+The first Roman Catholic missionaries arrived at Honolulu, July 7th,
+1827, on the ship "Comet," from Bordeaux, and soon gathered a
+congregation. They were members of the so-called "Picpusian Order," or
+"Congregation of the Sacred Hearts of Jesus and Mary." Unfortunately,
+misunderstandings arose, and from a mistaken belief that they were
+fomenting discord and sedition, the chiefs caused them to be deported to
+San Pedro, California, in January, 1832.
+
+
+ACCESSION OF KAMEHAMEHA III.
+
+Kaahumanu died June 5th, 1832, and was succeeded by Kinau, half-sister
+of the king. The king's minority was declared to be at an end in March,
+1833. A tract of land was leased to Ladd & Co. in 1835, and about the
+same time a silk plantation was commenced by Peck & Titcomb. Cotton was
+raised and manufactured on a small scale at Kailua, Hawaii.
+
+
+PERSECUTIONS.
+
+During the next few years the chiefs persisted in a harsh and
+unjustifiable policy, which imperiled the independence of the country.
+
+On the return of the two banished priests from California, in April,
+1837, they were ordered to return in the same vessel in which they had
+come, and were obliged to go on board of it. Meanwhile the British sloop
+of war "Sulphur," Captain Belcher, and the French frigate "Venus,"
+Captain Du Petit Thouars, arrived and interposed in behalf of the
+priests. As a compromise, they were landed again on condition that they
+should leave by the first favorable opportunity. Again on the 3d of
+November, another priest, Rev. L. Maigret, and a lay brother arrived
+from Valparaiso, but were not allowed to land. Finally Revs. Maigret and
+Bachelot left in a schooner for Bonabe, Micronesia. From 1835 to 1839
+the persecution of native converts was resumed, but was at last put an
+end to by the declaration of rights promulgated June 4th, 1839, and the
+king's edict of toleration, issued June 17th.
+
+
+VISIT OF THE "ARTEMISE."
+
+In consequence of these proceedings the French frigate "Artemise,"
+Captain Laplace, was ordered to Honolulu, where it arrived July 9th, 1839.
+
+Captain Laplace immediately sent the Government a peremptory letter
+demanding that full religious liberty be proclaimed, and that the sum of
+$20,000 be brought on board by noon of the 12th, or hostilities would
+commence. The required treaty was signed and the money promptly paid,
+and on the 16th, a commercial convention was also signed.
+
+
+FIRST CONSTITUTION.
+
+The declaration of rights, mentioned above, which guaranteed religious
+liberty, produced a feeling of security unknown before, and formed the
+first step towards establishing individual property in land. The first
+constitution was proclaimed October 8th, 1840. It constituted a
+Legislature, consisting of a House of Hereditary Nobles, and
+Representatives to be chosen by the people, who voted as a separate
+house. It also defined the duties of the Governors and provided for a
+Supreme Court.
+
+
+THE FIRST EMBASSY.
+
+During the next two years the French and English consuls seemed to vie
+with each other in the manufacture of petty grievances. Aware of the
+dangers impending over it, the Hawaiian Government sent an embassy to
+the United States, Great Britain and France, in July, 1842, which
+consisted of Messrs. Haalilio, William Richards and Sir George Simpson,
+one of the governors of the Hudson Bay Company.
+
+
+VISIT OF CAPTAIN MALLET.
+
+On the 24th of August, 1842, the French corvette "Embuscade," Captain
+Mallet, arrived at Honolulu, having been sent to investigate complaints
+of the violation of the Laplace Convention, chiefly relating to local
+school matters. Having received an able and courteous reply to his
+demands, he informed the king that Admiral Du Petit Thouars might be
+expected the next spring to settle these matters.
+
+
+THE CESSION TO LORD PAULET.
+
+The dispatch of the embassy to Europe and the visit of Captain Mallet
+both served to bring to a head the designs of Mr. Charlton, the British
+consul. He suddenly left for London, leaving Alexander Simpson as
+acting consul, in order to defeat the objects of the embassy. In
+consequence of their representations, H. B. M. frigate "Carysford,"
+commanded by George Paulet, was ordered to Honolulu, arriving there
+February 10, 1843. On the arrival of the king from Lahaina, Lord Paulet
+sent him six demands, threatening war if they were not acceded to by 4
+p. m. of the next day. These demands chiefly related to a fraudulent
+land claim of Charlton's, and to decisions of the courts in certain
+civil suits between foreigners. Before the hour set for hostilities had
+arrived, the king acceded to the demands under protest, and appealed to
+the British Government for damages. But a fresh series of demands having
+been made, and claims for damages having been trumped up amounting to
+$80,000, the king decided, by Dr. Judd's advice, to forestall the
+intended seizure of the Islands by a provisional cession, pending an
+appeal to the justice of the home government.
+
+The act of cession was carried into effect February 25th, 1843. The
+British flag took the place of the Hawaiian for five months, and a body
+of native troops was organized and drilled by British officers.
+
+The country was meanwhile governed by a mixed commission consisting of
+Lord Paulet, Lieutenant Frere, a Mr. Mackay and Dr. Judd.
+
+[Illustration: OAHU COLLEGE.]
+
+[Illustration: PAUAHI HALL, OAHU COLLEGE.]
+
+
+THE RESTORATION.
+
+On being informed of these events, Admiral Thomas, Commander-in-Chief of
+H. B. M.'s naval forces in the Pacific ocean, immediately sailed from
+Valparaiso for the Islands, arriving at Honolulu July 25th, 1843. He
+immediately issued a proclamation, declaring in the name of his
+government that he did not accept of the provisional cession of the
+Hawaiian Islands, and on the 31st restored the national flag with
+impressive ceremonies. His course was fully approved of by the home
+government, and certainly tended to exalt the reputation of his country
+for justice and magnanimity in dealing with inferior races.
+
+
+THE RECOGNITION OF HAWAIIAN INDEPENDENCE.
+
+Meanwhile the Hawaiian embassadors, who had been joined by Mr. Marshall,
+the king's envoy, had done effective work in London and Paris. At their
+request the matters in dispute had been referred to the law advisers of
+the crown, who decided in favor of the Hawaiian Government on every
+point except the Charlton land claim. At length, on the 28th of
+November, 1843, the two governments of France and England issued a joint
+declaration in which they recognized the independence of the Islands,
+and reciprocally engaged "never to take possession, either directly or
+under the title of a protectorate, or under any other form, of any part
+of the territory of which they are composed."
+
+
+ORGANIZATION OF THE GOVERNMENT.
+
+Both the king and his advisers saw that in order to maintain a permanent
+government it was necessary to combine both the native and foreign
+elements together in one common organization, and to make the king the
+sovereign not merely of one race or class, but of all. During the next
+few years the executive departments of the Government and the judiciary
+were organized by a group of men of remarkably high character and
+ability.
+
+
+LAND TITLES.
+
+During the period of 1846-1855 the ancient tenure of land was abolished,
+and the foundation laid of individual property in land. In the first
+place, the king as feudal suzerain divided the lands of the kingdom
+between himself and each one of the chiefs, his feudatories, this
+partition being recorded in a book called the _Mahele_ Book, or Book of
+Division. After this first partition was closed, out of four million
+acres there remained in the king's hands about two and a half millions.
+The king then redivided the lands which had been surrendered to him,
+setting apart about a million and a half acres for the Government, and
+reserving for himself as his private domain, about a million acres,
+including the best of the lands. The common people were granted fee
+simple titles for their house lots and the lands which they actually
+cultivated for themselves, called _Kuleanas_ or homesteads.
+
+
+THE "REPRISALS" OF 1849.
+
+From 1843 till 1848 the most amicable relations continued to exist
+between France and the Hawaiian Government. But this state of things was
+then reversed by M. Dillon, the new French consul, who endeavored to
+reopen all old disputes and to create new grievances in every possible
+way. His principal grounds of complaint were the high duty on brandy and
+the alleged partiality shown to the English language. On the 12th of
+August, 1849, the French frigate "Poursuivante," Admiral De Tromelin,
+arrived at Honolulu, and was joined the next day by the corvette
+"Gassendi."
+
+On the 22d the admiral sent to the king ten demands, drawn up by M.
+Dillon, allowing the Hawaiian Government three days in which to comply
+with them.
+
+As these demands were firmly but courteously refused, an armed force was
+landed on the 25th, which took possession of the deserted fort, the
+custom house and other buildings, and the harbor was blockaded for ten
+days. The fort was dismantled and the king's private yacht confiscated
+by way of "reprisal," after which the "Poursuivante" sailed for San
+Francisco, taking M. Dillon as a passenger.
+
+
+THE SECOND EMBASSY TO FRANCE.
+
+The king immediately sent Dr. Judd as special commissioner to France,
+accompanied by the two nephews of the king, Alexander, the
+heir-apparent, and Lot Kamehameha.
+
+But on arriving in Paris they found that M. Dillon had preceded them,
+and still retained the confidence of the Minister of Foreign Affairs.
+
+The embassy, however, agreed with Lord Palmerston upon the basis of a
+new treaty with Great Britain.
+
+
+THE U. S. PROTECTORATE.
+
+The French corvette "Serieuse" arrived at Honolulu, December 13, 1850,
+bringing M. Perrin, Commissioner of France, and remained in port three
+months.
+
+To the surprise of all, he presented again the identical ten demands of
+his predecessor, and resumed his policy of petty annoyance and
+interference with internal affairs of the kingdom. At length his
+attitude became so menacing that the king and privy council passed a
+proclamation placing the Islands provisionally under the protectorate of
+the United States. This action was ratified by the next Legislature.
+Although it was finally declined by the United States, it had the
+desired effect, and the obnoxious demands were dropped.
+
+
+THE CONSTITUTION OF 1852.
+
+Was a very liberal one for the times, and has formed the basis of all
+succeeding constitutions. The nobles were to be appointed by the kings
+for life. The representatives, who were to be not less than twenty-four
+in number, were to be elected by universal suffrage.
+
+
+INDUSTRIAL PROGRESS.
+
+Between the years 1850 and 1860 a large part of the government land was
+sold to the common people in small tracts at nominal prices.
+
+The rapid settlement of California opened a new market for the
+productions of the Islands, and gave a great stimulus to agriculture.
+For a time large profits were made by raising potatoes for the
+California market. Wheat was cultivated in the Makawao district, and a
+steam flouring mill was erected in Honolulu in 1854. The next year 463
+barrels of Hawaiian flour were exported. A coffee plantation was started
+at Hanalei, Kauai, in 1842, and promised well, but was attacked by
+blight after the severe drought of 1851-2. The export of coffee rose to
+208,000 pounds in 1850, but then fell off. The export of sugar only
+reached 500 tons in 1853. The sugar mills were generally worked by oxen
+or mules, and the molasses drained in the old fashioned way.
+
+
+THE UNFINISHED ANNEXATION TREATY.
+
+The year 1853 was rendered memorable by a terrible epidemic of
+small-pox, which carried off several thousand people on the Island of
+Oahu. During that and the following year there was an active agitation
+in Honolulu in favor of annexation to the United States. The king
+favored it as a refuge from impending dangers. The missionaries
+generally opposed it, fearing that its effects would be injurious to the
+native race. The negotiations were carried on between Mr. Gregg, the
+American Minister, and Mr. Wyllie, the Minister of Foreign Affairs, and
+a draft of the treaty was completed in June, 1854.
+
+The representatives of France and Great Britain remonstrated with the
+king against it, while the heir-apparent was also opposed to it. The
+negotiation was still pending when the king suddenly died on the 15th of
+December, 1854.
+
+His adopted son and heir, Alexander Liholiho, was immediately proclaimed
+king, under the title of Kamehameha IV.
+
+
+THE REIGN OF KAMEHAMEHA IV.
+
+Was uneventful. He was married to Emma Rooke, a chiefess partly of English
+descent, who both by her character and her talents was worthy of the
+position. By their personal exertions the king and queen succeeded in
+raising the funds with which to found the "Queen's Hospital" at
+Honolulu. Their little son, the "Prince of Hawaii," died in 1862, at
+four years of age, and with him expired the hope of the Kamehameha
+dynasty. During the same year Bishop Staley, accompanied by a staff of
+clergymen, arrived at Honolulu and commenced the Anglican Mission.
+
+During the following year the king was rapidly failing in health, and on
+the 30th of November, 1863, he died, at the early age of twenty-nine,
+and was succeeded by his elder brother, Prince Lot Kamehameha.
+
+The development of the country during his reign was nearly at a
+stand-still. The cultivation of wheat as well as that of coffee was
+given up, but the culture of rice was commenced in 1860, and proved to
+be a great success.
+
+
+THE REIGN OF KAMEHAMEHA V.
+
+The reign of Kamehameha V. was memorable for the change of the
+constitution which he made on his own authority, soon after coming to
+the throne. The right of suffrage was made to depend on a small property
+qualification and on ability to read and write. The Nobles and
+representatives were henceforth to sit and vote in one chamber. During
+his reign the Board of Education was constituted, the Bureau of
+Immigration formed, and the Act passed in 1865 to segregate the lepers.
+
+A treaty of reciprocity with the United States was negotiated, but
+failed of ratification by the Senate.
+
+A destructive eruption from Mauna Loa took place in 1868, in the
+District of Kau. The almost total destruction of the whaling fleet in
+the Arctic Sea in 1871 was a serious blow to the prosperity of the
+Islands.
+
+The King died suddenly December 11th, 1872, and with him ended the line
+of the Kamehamehas.
+
+
+THE REIGN OF LUNALILO.
+
+As Kamehameha V. died without appointing any successor, the choice
+devolved upon the Legislature, which met on the 8th of January, 1873,
+and elected William Lunalilo, cousin of the late king, by a large
+majority, amid general rejoicing. During that year, the proposal to cede
+or lease Pearl Harbor to the United States in consideration of a treaty
+of commercial reciprocity gave rise to an extensive agitation, which
+intensified the suspicion and race prejudice that already existed.
+
+The execution of the law for the segregation of lepers helped to widen
+the breach, and the effects were seen in the mutiny of the household
+troops in September, 1873, which had the sympathy of the populace.
+
+The King's health was already failing, and on the 3d of February, 1874,
+he died of pulmonary consumption. By his will he left the bulk of his
+real estate to found a home for aged and indigent Hawaiians.
+
+
+ACCESSION OF KALAKAUA.
+
+Again the Legislature was called together to elect his successor on the
+12th of February, 1874. The two rival candidates were the Queen-Dowager
+Emma and David Kalakaua, the latter of whom was elected by thirty-nine
+votes to six. A large mob, composed of Queen Emma's partisans,
+surrounded the court house during the election, after which they broke
+into the building and assaulted the members of the Legislature.
+
+At the request of the Cabinet, a body of marines was landed from the U.
+S. ships "Tuscarora" and "Portsmouth," and another from H. B. M.'s ship
+"Tenedos," which dispersed the rioters and guarded the public buildings
+for a week. Kalakaua was sworn in at noon the next day, and duly
+proclaimed King.
+
+
+THE RECIPROCITY TREATY.
+
+During the next year negotiations were opened with the United States for
+a treaty of commercial reciprocity, which was ratified in June, 1875,
+and finally went into operation in September, 1876, in spite of bitter
+opposition in both countries. The development of the resources of the
+Islands, which has resulted from this treaty, has surpassed all
+expectation. In connection with it there has also been a large increase
+of the foreign elements in the population.
+
+
+THE KING'S TOUR AROUND THE WORLD.
+
+On the 20th of January, 1881, King Kalakaua set out on a tour around the
+world, accompanied by the late Col. C. H. Judd, and Mr. W. N. Armstrong.
+He was received with royal honors in Japan, and afterwards visited
+China, Siam, Johore and British India. After visiting the Khedive of
+Egypt, the party made the tour of Europe, and returned home by way of
+the United States, arriving in Honolulu Oct. 29, 1881.
+
+
+REACTIONARY POLICY OF KALAKAUA.
+
+Unlike his predecessors, Kalakaua seemed to regard himself as merely a
+king of the native Hawaiians, and foreign residents as alien invaders.
+It also seemed to be his chief aim to change the system of government
+into a personal despotism, in which he should have unchecked control of
+the Government Treasury. Thus he took it upon himself in July, 1878, and
+again in August, 1880, to dismiss a Ministry, without assigning any
+reason, immediately after it had been triumphantly sustained by a vote
+of the Legislature. On the latter occasion, his appointment of Celso
+Caesar Moreno as premier called forth the protest of the representatives
+of three great Powers, and such an uprising of the people that he had to
+give way. Adroit politicians were not wanting to flatter his vanity,
+defend his follies, and show him how to violate the spirit and intent
+of the Constitution, while keeping within the letter of the law. The
+Legislatures were packed with subservient office-holders, while every
+artifice was used to debauch the native electorate and to foment race
+prejudice. The national debt grew up from $389,000 in 1880 to $1,936,000
+in 1887. At the same time, under the existing law, no foreigner could be
+naturalized without the King's approval.
+
+[Illustration: MASONIC TEMPLE.]
+
+[Illustration: KAMEHAMEHA MUSEUM.]
+
+
+THE REVOLUTION OF 1887.
+
+After the legislative session of 1886, the King was virtually his own
+prime minister, and went from one folly to another, until his acceptance
+of two bribes, one of $75,000 and another of $80,000 in connection with
+the assignment of an opium license, precipitated the revolution of
+1887. Overawed by the unanimity of the movement, and deserted by his
+followers, the King yielded without a struggle. The Constitution
+which he was pleased to sign on the 7th of July, 1887, was a revision
+of that of 1864, intended to put an end to mere personal government,
+and to make the executive responsible to the representatives of the
+people. Office-holders were made ineligible to seats in the Legislature.
+The Ministers were henceforth to be removable only upon a vote of want
+of confidence passed by a majority of all the elective members of
+the Legislature. The Nobles, instead of being appointed by the King,
+were to be elected for terms of six years, by electors who should
+be possessed of taxable property worth $3,000, or in receipt of an
+annual income of $600.
+
+
+THE INSURRECTION OF 1889.
+
+The opposition of the Court and of other adherents of the old regime, to
+the reforms of 1887, led to an insurrection headed by R. W. Wilcox, on
+the 30th of July, 1889 which was promptly put down, but not without
+bloodshed. Seven of the rioters were killed and a large number wounded.
+
+There can be little doubt that the late King and his sister were
+accessory to this ill-advised outbreak.
+
+
+ACCESSION OF LILIUOKALANI.
+
+In order to recruit his health, the King visited California in November,
+1890. In spite of the best medical attendance, he continued to fail, and
+breathed his last on the 20th of January, 1891, in San Francisco. His
+remains were brought to Honolulu in the U. S. S. "Charleston," arriving
+there January 29th, 1891. On the same day, his sister took the oath to
+maintain the Constitution, and was proclaimed Queen, under the title of
+Liliuokalani.
+
+
+THE REVOLUTION OF 1893.
+
+The ex-Queen in a published statement has since declared that she signed
+the Constitution unwillingly. The history of her short reign shows that
+it was her unaltered purpose to restore autocratic government. In short,
+she was determined to govern as well as to reign.
+
+The decision of the Supreme Court that the term of the last Cabinet
+expired with the King, gave her an opportunity (which she improved), to
+dictate terms in advance to the incoming Cabinet, and to secure control
+of all appointments. The legislative session of 1892 was protracted to
+eight months chiefly by her determination to retain her control of the
+Executive, as well as to carry through the opium and lottery bills.
+Meanwhile she had caused a Constitution to be drawn up, which would
+practically, have transformed the government from a limited to an
+absolute monarchy, besides disfranchising a class of citizens who paid
+two-thirds of the taxes. This Constitution she undertook to spring upon
+the country by a _coup d'etat_, on the day of the prorogation of the
+Legislature, January 14th, 1893.
+
+Fortunately, at the critical moment, when her preparations were
+complete, her Ministers shrank from sharing the responsibility of
+such a revolutionary act, and induced her to postpone it. In such
+an undertaking to hesitate is fatal.
+
+Again there was a general uprising of the conservative part of the
+community similar to that of 1887. But this time public opinion
+condemned all half way measures, and declared the monarchy to be
+forfeited by its own act.
+
+The Reform leaders reorganized their forces, and formed a Provisional
+Government, which was proclaimed January 17th, 1893 from the Government
+Building. The U. S. S. "Boston," which had unexpectedly arrived from
+Hilo on the day of the prorogation, landed a force on the 16th, to
+protect the lives and property of American citizens, in case of disorder
+or incendiarism. The Queen's ministers availed themselves of the
+presence of these troops on shore as an excuse for their inaction, and
+persuaded the Queen to resign under protest, and to appeal to the
+government of the United States.
+
+A treaty of annexation was soon after negotiated with the United States
+during President Harrison's administration, which was withdrawn by
+President Cleveland immediately after his accession. The failure of his
+attempt to restore the monarchy by diplomacy is well known.
+
+
+THE REPUBLIC OF HAWAII.
+
+During the next year a convention was elected, which sat in Honolulu
+during the month of June, 1894, and framed a new Constitution for the
+country, and the Republic of Hawaii was formally proclaimed July 4, 1894.
+
+Another royalist conspiracy was formed during the fall of that year,
+which resulted in the insurrection of January 6th, 1895, which was
+promptly crushed by the patriotic citizens of the Republic.
+
+A dangerous epidemic of Asiatic cholera in the following September, was
+stamped out by the united efforts of the public spirited citizens of
+Honolulu.
+
+For four years, in spite of hostile influences from without and enemies
+at home, the Republic has maintained peace and order, administered
+justice, carried on extensive internal improvements, advanced education,
+and kept the financial credit of the nation above par in the markets of
+the world.
+
+
+OFFICIAL DIRECTORY, REPUBLIC OF HAWAII.
+
+EXECUTIVE COUNCIL.
+
+Sanford B. Dole, President of the Republic of Hawaii.
+
+Henry E. Cooper, Minister of Foreign Affairs.
+
+James A. King, Minister of the Interior.
+
+Samuel M. Damon, Minister of Finance.
+
+William O. Smith, Attorney-General.
+
+
+COUNCIL OF STATE.
+
+William C. Wilder,
+
+Cecil Brown,
+
+P. C. Jones,
+
+J. A. Kennedy,
+
+C. Bolte,
+
+George W. Smith,
+
+John Phillips,
+
+D. L. Naone,
+
+A. G. M. Robertson,
+
+E. C. Winston,
+
+Mark P. Robinson,
+
+John Ena,
+
+Samuel M. Ka-ne,
+
+John Nott,
+
+J. P. Mendonca.
+
+
+SUPREME COURT.
+
+Hon. A. F. Judd, Chief Justice.
+
+Hon. W. F. Frear, First Associate Justice.
+
+Hon. W. Austin Whiting, Second Associate Justice.
+
+Henry Smith, Chief Clerk.
+
+Geo. Lucas, Deputy Clerk.
+
+James Thompson, Second Deputy Clerk.
+
+J. Walter Jones, Stenographer.
+
+
+CIRCUIT JUDGES.
+
+First Circuit--Alfred W. Carter, Antonio Perry, Oahu.
+
+Second Circuit--J. W. Kalua.
+
+Third and Fourth Circuits--S. L. Austin.
+
+Fifth Circuit--J. Hardy.
+
+Offices and Court-room in Court House, King street. Sitting in Honolulu:
+First Monday in February, May, August and November.
+
+
+DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS.
+
+Office in Executive Building, King street.
+
+Henry E. Cooper, Minister Foreign Affairs.
+
+George C. Potter, Secretary.
+
+Alexander St. M. Mackintosh, Clerk.
+
+Miss Kate Kelley, Stenographer.
+
+B. L. Marx, Clerk Executive Council.
+
+James W. Girvin, Secretary Chinese Bureau.
+
+
+DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR.
+
+Office in Executive Building, King street.
+
+James A. King, Minister of the Interior.
+
+Chief Clerk, John A. Hassinger.
+
+Assistant Clerks, James H. Boyd, H. C. Meyers, Stephen Mahaulu,
+  George C. Ross, Edward S. Boyd.
+
+
+CHIEFS OF BUREAUS, INTERIOR DEPARTMENT.
+
+Surveyor-General, W. D. Alexander.
+
+Superintendent Public Works, W. E. Rowell.
+
+Superintendent Water Works, Andrew Brown.
+
+Inspector Electric Lights, John Cassidy.
+
+Registrar of Conveyances, T. G. Thrum.
+
+Road Supervisor, Honolulu, W. H. Cummings.
+
+Insane Asylum, Dr. Geo. H. Herbert.
+
+
+BOARD OF FIRE COMMISSIONERS.
+
+Andrew Brown, Charles Crozier and J. H. Fisher.
+
+James H. Hunt, Chief Engineer, H. F. D.
+
+William R. Sims, Secretary.
+
+
+BUREAU OF AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY.
+
+President, the Minister of the Interior. Allan Herbert, Thomas King,
+  Wray Taylor, E. W. Jordan. Joseph Marsden, Commissioner and Secretary.
+
+
+DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE.
+
+Office in Executive Building, King street.
+
+Minister of Finance, Samuel M. Damon.
+
+Auditor-General, H. Laws.
+
+Registrar of Accounts, W. G. Ashley.
+
+Clerk of Finance Office, E. R. Stackable.
+
+Collector-General of Customs, James B. Castle.
+
+Tax Assessor, Oahu, Jonathan Shaw.
+
+Postmaster-General, J. M. Oat.
+
+
+CUSTOMS BUREAU.
+
+Office in Custom House, Esplanade, Fort street.
+
+Collector-General, James B. Castle.
+
+Deputy Collector, Frank B. McStocker.
+
+Harbor Master, Captain A. Fuller.
+
+Port Surveyor, George C. Stratemeyer.
+
+Storekeeper, .........
+
+
+DEPARTMENT OF ATTORNEY-GENERAL.
+
+Office in Executive Building, King street.
+
+Attorney-General, William O. Smith.
+
+Deputy Attorney-General, E. P. Dole.
+
+Clerk, J. M. Kea.
+
+Marshal, A. M. Brown.
+
+Deputy Marshal, H. R. Hitchcock.
+
+Jailor Oahu Prison, J. A. Low.
+
+Prison Physician, C. B. Cooper, M. D.
+
+
+DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION.
+
+Office in Judiciary Building.
+
+
+Henry E. Cooper, Minister of Public Instruction.
+
+Commissioners, Professor William Dewitt Alexander, Mrs. Emma Louisa
+  Dillingham, Mr. William A. Bowen, Mrs. Alice Clark Jordan,
+  Mr. H. M. von Holt.
+
+H. S. Townsend, Inspector-General of Schools.
+
+J. F. Scott, Deputy Inspector-General of Schools.
+
+C. T. Rodgers, Secretary of Department.
+
+
+BOARD OF IMMIGRATION.
+
+Office in Judiciary Building.
+
+President, James A. King.
+
+Members of Board of Immigration, J. B. Atherton, Joseph Marsden,
+  D. B. Smith, James G. Spencer, J. Carden. Secretary, Wray Taylor.
+
+
+BOARD OF HEALTH.
+
+Office in Judiciary Building.
+
+President, William O. Smith.
+
+Secretary, Charles Wilcox.
+
+Members, D. Keliipio, C. A. Brown, N. B. Emerson, M. D.;
+  F. R. Day, M. D.; C. B. Wood, M. D., and T. F. Lansing.
+
+Port Physician, Dr. Francis Day.
+
+Dispensary, Dr. H. W. Howard.
+
+Leper Settlement, Dr. R. K. Oliver.
+
+
+POLICE COURT.
+
+Police Station Building, Merchant street.
+
+George H. de la Vergne, Magistrate.
+
+William Cuelho, Clerk.
+
+[Illustration: KAWAIAHAO CHURCH (Hawaiian).]
+
+[Illustration: CENTRAL UNION CHURCH.]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+FOREIGN REPRESENTATIVES IN HONOLULU.
+
+_Diplomatic._
+
+United States--Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary,
+  Albert S. Willis, Esq.; residence, King St. Ellis Mills, Esq.,
+  Secretary of Legation.
+
+Portugal--Charge d'Affaires and Consul-General, Senhor A. de Souza
+  Canavarro; residence, Beretania St.
+
+Great Britain--Commissioner and Consul-General, Captain A. G. S. Hawes.
+
+Japan--Diplomatic Agent and Consul-General, Mr. H. Shimamura;
+  residence, Nuuanu Ave. H. I. J. M. Eleve Consul, Mr. K. Mimashi,
+  Secretary H. I. J. M. Consulate-General.
+
+France--Consul and Commissioner, Mons. Louis Voisson; Chancellor
+  of Legation, Mons. A. Vizzavona.
+
+
+_Consular._
+
+United States--Consul-General, Ellis Mills. W. Porter Boyd, United
+  States Vice and Deputy Consul-General.
+
+Italy--F. A. Schaefer, Consul. (Dean of the Consular Corps.)
+
+Netherlands--J. H. Paty, Consul.
+
+Denmark--H. R. Macfarlane, Consul.
+
+Mexico, H. Renjes, Consul.
+
+Peru--Bruce Cartwright, Consul.
+
+Chile--Julius Hoting, Consul.
+
+Austria-Hungary--J. F. Hackfeld, Consul.
+
+Germany--J. F. Hackfeld, Consul.
+
+Belgium--H. Focke, Consul.
+
+Great Britain--T. R. Walker, Vice-Consul.
+
+Spain--H. Renjes, Vice-Consul.
+
+Russia--J. F. Hackfeld, Acting Vice-Consul.
+
+Sweden and Norway--Charles Weight, Acting Consul.
+
+China--Goo Kim Fui, Commercial Agent; Wong Kwai, Assistant
+  Commercial Agent.
+
+U. S. Consular Agent, Kahului, A. J. Dickens, Acting.
+
+U. S. Consular Agent, Mahukona, C. J. Falk.
+
+U. S. Consular Agent, Hilo, Charles Furneaux.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+PRINCIPAL HAWAIIAN REPRESENTATIVES ABROAD.
+
+
+_United States._
+
+Washington, D. C.--Francis M. Hatch, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister
+  Plenipotentiary; Major Frank P. Hastings, Charge d'Affaires and
+  Secretary of Legation.
+
+New York--E. H. Allen, Consul-General.
+
+Chicago--Fred W. Job, Consul-General for the States of Illinois,
+  Michigan, Ohio, Indiana and Wisconsin.
+
+San Francisco--Charles T. Wilder, Consul-General for the Pacific
+  States, California, Oregon, Nevada and Washington; J. F. Soper,
+  Vice and Deputy Consul-General.
+
+Boston--Gorham D. Gilman, Consul-General.
+
+Portland, Oregon--J. McCracken, Consul.
+
+Port Townsend--James G. Swan, Consul.
+
+Seattle--John H. Carter, Consul.
+
+Tacoma--J. T. Steeb, Acting Consul.
+
+Philadelphia--Robert H. Davis, Consul.
+
+San Diego--H. P. Wood, Consul.
+
+Detroit--A. L. Bresler, Consul.
+
+
+_Great Britain._
+
+London--Manley Hopkins, Consul-General; Cyril Hopkins, Vice-Consul.
+
+Liverpool--Harold Janion, Consul.
+
+Bristol--Mark Whitwill, Consul.
+
+Hull--W. Moran, Consul.
+
+Newcastle-on-Tyne--E. Biesterfeld, Consul.
+
+Falmouth--Cecil Robert Broad, Consul.
+
+Dover (and the Cinque Ports)--Francis Wm. Prescott, Consul.
+
+Swansea--H. Goldberg, Consul.
+
+Cardiff--J. Bovey, Consul.
+
+Edinburgh and Leith--E. G. Buchanan, Consul.
+
+Glasgow--Peter Denniston, Consul.
+
+Dundee--J. G. Zoller, Consul.
+
+Dublin--R. Jas. Murphy, Consul.
+
+Queenstown--Geo. B. Dawson, Consul.
+
+Belfast--W. A. Ross, Consul.
+
+Middlesborough--B. C. Atkinson, Consul.
+
+
+_British Colonies._
+
+Toronto, Ontario--J. Enoch Thompson, Consul-General; Col. Geo. A. Shaw,
+  Vice-Consul.
+
+St. John's, N. B.--Allan O. Crookshank, Consul.
+
+Rimouski--J. N. Pouliot, Vice-Consul.
+
+Montreal--Dickson Anderson, Consul.
+
+Yarmouth, N. S.--Ed. F. Clements, Vice-Consul.
+
+Victoria, B. C.--R. P. Rithet, Consul-General for British Columbia.
+
+Vancouver, B. C.--J. W. McFarland, Vice-Consul.
+
+Sydney, N. S. W.--W. E. Dixon, Consul-General.
+
+Melbourne, Victoria--G. N. Oakley, Consul.
+
+Brisbane, Queensland--Alex. B. Webster, Consul.
+
+Hobart, Tasmania--Hon. Audley Coote, Consul.
+
+Launceston, Tasmania--Geo. Collins, Vice-Consul.
+
+Newcastle, N. S. W.--W. J. Gillam, Consul.
+
+Auckland, N. Z.--James Macfarlane, Consul.
+
+Dunedin, N. Z.--W. G. Neill, Consul.
+
+Gibraltar--H. Schott, Consul.
+
+
+_France and Colonies._
+
+Paris--Alfred Houle, Charge d'Affaires and Consul-General;
+  A. N. H. Teyssier, Consul.
+
+Marseilles--........, Consul.
+
+Bordeaux--Ernest de Boissac, Consul.
+
+Dijon--H. F. J. Vieilhomme, Consul.
+
+Liborne--C. Schaessler, Vice-Consul.
+
+Cette--Julius Chavasse, Vice-Consul.
+
+Grenoble--J. L. Garcin, Vice-Consul.
+
+Papeete, Tahiti--E. A. Bonet, Consul.
+
+
+_Spain._
+
+Barcelona--Enrique Minguez, Consul-General.
+
+Cadiz--J. Shaw, Consul.
+
+Valencia--Julio Soler, Consul.
+
+Malaga--F. T. de Navarra, Consul.
+
+Cartagena--J. Paris, Consul.
+
+
+_Portugal and Colonies._
+
+Lisbon--A. F. de Serpa, Consul-General.
+
+Oporto--Narciso T. M. Ferro, Consul.
+
+Madeira Island--L. D. F. Branco, Consul.
+
+Cape Vincent, Cape de Verde Islands--Clarimundo Martins, Vice-Consul.
+
+Lagos, Cape de Verde Islands--Manuel Jose Barbosa, Vice-Consul.
+
+
+_Azores Islands._
+
+Ponta Delgardo (St. Michaels)--Senhor Bernardo Machado de Faria Maia,
+  Consul-General; A. da Silva Moreira, Consul.
+
+
+_Italy._
+
+Rome--Dwight Benton, Consul-General; Hale P. Benton, Vice and Deputy
+  Consul-General.
+
+Palermo, Sicily--A. Tagliavia, Consul.
+
+Genoa--Raphael de Luchi, Consul.
+
+
+_Holland._
+
+Amsterdam--D. H. Schmull, Consul-General.
+
+Dordrecht--P. J. Bouwman, Consul.
+
+
+_Japan._
+
+Tokio--R. W. Irwin, Minister Resident.
+
+Kobe--C. P. Hall, Vice-Consul.
+
+Yokohama--B. C. Howard, Consul; Dr. Stuart Eldridge, M. D.,
+  Sanitary Inspector.
+
+
+_China._
+
+Hong Kong--J. J. Bell Irving, Acting Consul-General; Dr. Gregory P.
+  Jordan, M. D., Sanitary Inspector.
+
+Amoy--Robert H. Bruce, Consul; Dr. Hugh MacDougald, M. D.,
+  Sanitary Inspector.
+
+
+_Belgium._
+
+Antwerp--Victor Forge, Consul-General.
+
+Ghent--E. Coppieters, Consul.
+
+Liege--J. Blanpain, Consul.
+
+Bruges--E. Van Den Brande, Consul.
+
+
+_Sweden and Norway._
+
+Stockholm, Sweden--C. A. Engvalls, Consul-General.
+
+Christiana, Norway--L. Samson, Consul.
+
+Gothemburg, Sweden--Gustaf Kraak, Vice-Consul.
+
+
+_Austria._
+
+Vienna--Hugo Schonberger, Consul.
+
+
+_Germany and Colonies._
+
+Bremen--H. F. Glade, Charge d'Affaires and Consul-General;
+  J. F. Muller, Consul.
+
+Hamburg--E. F. Weber, Consul.
+
+Frankfort-on-Main--J. Kopp, Consul.
+
+Dresden--A. P. Russ, Consul.
+
+
+_Canary Islands._
+
+Las Palamas--L. Falcon y Quevedo, Consul; J. B. De Laguna, Vice-Consul.
+
+Santa Cruz de la Palma--Antonio C. de las Casas, Vice-Consul.
+
+Areciefe de Lanzarote--E. Murales, Vice-Consul.
+
+
+_Mexico._
+
+Mexico--Col. W. J. De Gress, Consul-General; R. H. Baker, Vice-Consul.
+
+Manzanillo--Robert James Barney, Consul.
+
+Ensenada--James Moorkens, Vice-Consul.
+
+
+_Central and South America._
+
+Valparaiso, South America--David Thomas, Charge d'Affaires and
+  Consul-General.
+
+Lima, South America--F. L. Crosby, Consul.
+
+Montevideo, South America--Conrad Hughes, Consul.
+
+
+_Philippine Islands._
+
+Iloilo--Geo. Shelmerdine, Consul.
+
+Manila--Jasper M. Wood, Consul.
+
+Cebu--Geo. A. Cadell, Consul.
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber's Note
+
+With the exception of OCEANIC STEAMSHIP AUSTRALIA, the illustrations and
+cover image come from a slightly different printing of the pamphlet than
+the text.
+
+Minor typographical errors and irregularities have been corrected.
+
+The table of contents and list of illustrations have been added for the
+reader's convenience.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Hawaiian Islands, by 
+The Department of Foreign Affairs
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS ***
+
+***** This file should be named 29383-8.txt or 29383-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/9/3/8/29383/
+
+Produced by Steven Giacomelli, Andrew D. Hwang and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+(This file was produced from images generously made
+available by Case Western Reserve University Preservation
+Department Digital Library)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/29383-8.zip b/29383-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f24dbdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-8.zip
diff --git a/29383-h.zip b/29383-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f2bc82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h.zip
diff --git a/29383-h/29383-h.htm b/29383-h/29383-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f566972
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/29383-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,5737 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
+<title>
+The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Hawaiian Islands,
+by The Department of Foreign Affairs.
+</title>
+
+<style type="text/css">
+
+/* Body Attributes */
+body {
+  margin-left: 15%;
+  margin-right: 15%;
+}
+
+/* Paragraphs */
+p {
+  text-indent: 1em;
+  text-align: justify;
+  margin-top: 0.25ex;
+  margin-bottom: 0.5ex;
+  line-height: 3ex;
+}
+
+p.list {
+  text-indent: 1em;
+  text-align: justify;
+  margin-top: 0.25ex;
+  margin-bottom: 0.25ex;
+  line-height: 2.5ex;
+}
+
+p.hangindent {
+  text-align: left;
+  text-indent: -1em;
+  margin-left: 1em; /* Must cancel text-indent */
+  margin-top: 0.25ex;
+  margin-bottom: 0.25ex;
+  line-height: 2.5ex;
+}
+
+/* Headers */
+h2, h3 {
+  text-align: center;
+  padding-top: 4ex;
+  padding-bottom: 2ex;
+  margin: 0em;
+}
+
+h4, h5 {
+  text-align: center;
+  padding-top: 3ex;
+  padding-bottom: 1.5ex;
+  margin: 0em;
+}
+
+/* Special headers for top-level title */
+.title h1 {
+  text-align: center;
+  padding-top: 4ex;
+  padding-bottom: 1ex;
+  margin: 0em;
+}
+
+.title h2 {
+  text-align: center;
+  padding-top: 0ex;
+  padding-bottom: 4ex;
+  margin: 0em;
+}
+
+
+/* Lists */
+ul {
+  list-style-type: none;
+  line-height: 3ex;
+}
+
+li {
+  line-height: 2.5ex;
+}
+
+/* Horizontal Lines */
+hr.mini {
+  width: 4em;
+  margin-top: 2ex;
+  margin-right: auto;
+  margin-bottom: 1ex;
+  margin-left: auto;
+  clear: both;
+  color: silver;
+}
+
+/* Column Addition of Numbers */
+hr.shortequals {
+  float: right;
+  margin-right: 0em;
+  width: 2em;
+}
+
+hr.midequals {
+  float: right;
+  margin-right: 0em;
+  width: 3.5em;
+}
+
+hr.longequals {
+  float: right;
+  margin-right: 0em;
+  width: 4em;
+}
+
+/* Links */
+a {
+  text-decoration: none;
+}
+
+/* Vertical Spacing */
+  .smallskip {
+    padding: 0.5ex;
+  }
+
+  .bigskip {
+    padding: 1.5ex;
+  }
+
+  .hugeskip {
+    padding: 3ex;
+  }
+
+/* Page Numbers */
+  .nopagenum {
+    display: none;
+  }
+
+  .pagenum {
+     position: absolute;
+     left: 5%;
+     font-size: 90%;
+     font-weight: bold;
+     font-style: normal;
+     text-indent: 0em;
+     text-align: center;
+     width: 1.5em;
+     color: silver;
+     border-bottom: solid silver 1px;
+     border-right: solid silver 1px;
+     margin: 1ex;
+     line-height: 3ex;
+  }
+
+/* Font Attributes */
+  .smcap {
+    font-variant: small-caps;
+   }
+
+/* Layout Attributes */
+  .left {
+    text-align: left;
+  }
+
+  .center {
+    text-align: center;
+  }
+
+  .right {
+    text-align: right;
+  }
+
+/* Tables */
+table {
+  margin-left: auto;
+  margin-right: auto;
+}
+
+td.left {
+  text-align: left;
+}
+
+td.right {
+  text-align: right;
+  padding-right: 0.5em;
+}
+
+td.indent {
+  text-align: left;
+  padding-left: 2em;
+}
+
+td.hangindent {
+  text-align: left;
+  text-indent: -1em;
+  line-height: 2.5ex; /* Slightly smaller than default */
+  padding-left: 1em;
+}
+
+td.center {
+  text-align: center;
+}
+
+td.padright {
+  vertical-align: bottom;
+  text-align: right;
+  padding-right: 1em;
+  max-width: 5em;
+  line-height: 2.5ex;
+}
+
+/* Table of Contents */
+table.toc {
+  width: 80%;
+  margin: auto;
+  padding: 5ex 0em;
+}
+
+td.tocl {
+  text-align: left;
+  font-size: 115%;
+  padding-left: 0.5em;
+  padding-bottom: 0.5ex;
+  padding-top: 0.5ex;
+  border-bottom: silver dotted 1px;
+}
+
+td.tocr {
+  text-align: right;
+  width: 3em;
+  font-size: 115%;
+  padding-right: 0.5em;
+  padding-bottom: 0.5ex;
+  padding-top: 0.5ex;
+  border-bottom: silver dotted 1px;
+}
+
+/* List of Illos */
+td.listimg {
+  text-align: left;
+  text-indent: -1em;  /* Copy hangindent code */
+  line-height: 2.5ex; /* Slightly smaller than default */
+  padding-left: 1em;
+  font-size: 115%;
+  padding-bottom: 0.5ex;
+  padding-top: 0.5ex;
+}
+
+/* Images */
+img {
+  border: solid 1px silver;
+  padding: 1px;
+  margin: 2ex;
+}
+
+  .caption {
+    font-weight: bold;
+    font-size: smaller;
+    text-align: center;
+  }
+
+  .illo {
+    margin: auto;
+    margin-bottom: 4ex;
+    text-align: center;
+  }
+
+/* Borders */
+  .bbox {
+    border: solid 1px silver;
+    margin-left: 20%;
+    margin-right: 20%;
+    padding: 4ex 1em;
+  }
+
+/* Transcriber's Notes */
+  .tnote { border: dashed 1px;
+    padding: 1em;
+    margin-top: 3em;
+    margin-right: 0%;
+    margin-bottom: 3em;
+    margin-left: 0%;
+    page-break-after: always;
+  }
+
+  .tnote p {
+    text-indent: 0em;
+    margin-left: 2em;
+    margin-top: .5em;
+    font-size: 90%;
+  }
+
+  .tnote h3 {
+    text-indent: 0em;
+    margin-left: 0em;
+    text-align: left;
+    font-size: 100%;
+    font-style: normal;
+    font-weight: bold;
+  }
+
+</style>
+</head>
+
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Hawaiian Islands, by 
+The Department of Foreign Affairs
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Hawaiian Islands
+
+Author: The Department of Foreign Affairs
+
+Release Date: July 12, 2009 [EBook #29383]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Steven Giacomelli, Andrew D. Hwang and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+(This file was produced from images generously made
+available by Case Western Reserve University Preservation
+Department Digital Library)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<div style="margin:auto; max-width: 40em;">
+
+<div class="title">
+<h1>THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS</h1>
+
+<h2>THEIR&nbsp;RESOURCES&nbsp;AGRICULTURAL,
+COMMERCIAL&nbsp;AND&nbsp;FINANCIAL.</h2>
+</div>
+
+<div class="illo">
+<a name="COVER" id="COVER"></a>
+<img src="images/cover.jpg" width="362" height="614" alt="cover" />
+</div>
+
+
+<div class="illo">
+<a href="images/map.jpg" name="MAP" id="MAP">
+<img src="images/map_sm.jpg" width="500" height="315" alt="" />
+</a>
+<span class="caption"><br />
+MAP of the HAWAIIAN ISLANDS.
+</span></div>
+
+
+<!-- TABLE of CONTENTS. -->
+<div class="center" style="font-size: 80%">
+
+<table class="toc" summary="table of contents">
+
+<tr>
+<th colspan="2" class="center" style="font-size: 150%; padding-bottom: 2ex">
+<b>CONTENTS</b></th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="tocl"><a href="#CHAPTER_I"><b>CHAPTER I.</b></a></td>
+  <td class="tocr"><b>3</b></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="tocl"><a href="#CHAPTER_II"><b>CHAPTER II.</b></a></td>
+  <td class="tocr"><b>12</b></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="tocl"><a href="#CHAPTER_III"><b>CHAPTER III.</b></a></td>
+  <td class="tocr"><b>16</b></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="tocl"><a href="#CHAPTER_IV"><b>CHAPTER IV.</b></a></td>
+  <td class="tocr"><b>20</b></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="tocl"><a href="#CHAPTER_V"><b>CHAPTER V.</b></a></td>
+  <td class="tocr"><b>37</b></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="tocl"><a href="#CHAPTER_VI"><b>CHAPTER VI.</b></a></td>
+  <td class="tocr"><b>43</b></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="tocl"><a href="#CHAPTER_VII"><b>CHAPTER VII.</b></a></td>
+  <td class="tocr"><b>52</b></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="tocl"><a href="#CHAPTER_VIII"><b>CHAPTER VIII.</b></a></td>
+  <td class="tocr"><b>58</b></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="tocl"><a href="#OFFICIAL_DIRECTORY"><b>OFFICIAL DIRECTORY.</b></a></td>
+  <td class="tocr"><b>85</b></td>
+</tr>
+
+</table>
+
+</div>
+<!-- End TABLE of CONTENTS. -->
+
+
+<!-- LIST of ILLUSTRATIONS. -->
+<div class="center" style="font-size: 70%">
+
+<table class="toc" summary="list of illustrations">
+
+<tr>
+<th class="center" style="font-size: 150%; padding-bottom: 2ex">
+<b>LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS</b></th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="listimg">
+    <a href="#MAP"><b>MAP OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS.</b></a>
+  </td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="listimg">
+    <a href="#DOLE"><b>SANFORD B. DOLE, President of the Republic of Hawaii.</b></a>
+  </td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="listimg">
+    <a href="#EXECUTIVE"><b>EXECUTIVE BUILDING</b></a>. &nbsp;&nbsp;/&nbsp;&nbsp;
+    <a href="#JUDICIARY"><b>JUDICIARY BUILDING</b></a>.
+  </td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="listimg">
+    <a href="#EWA"><b>EWA MILL</b></a>. &nbsp;&nbsp;/&nbsp;&nbsp;
+    <a href="#VALLEY"><b>VALLEY SCENE, HAWAII</b></a>.
+  </td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="listimg">
+    <a href="#PAUOA"><b>PAUOA VALLEY RICE FIELDS</b></a>. &nbsp;&nbsp;/&nbsp;&nbsp;
+    <a href="#PINEAPPLE"><b>PINEAPPLE PLANTATION</b></a>.
+  </td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="listimg">
+    <a href="#HAMAKUA"><b>COFFEE PLANTATION, HAMAKUA</b></a>. &nbsp;&nbsp;/&nbsp;&nbsp;
+    <a href="#PUNA"><b>COFFEE PLANTATION, PUNA</b></a>.
+  </td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="listimg">
+    <a href="#STEAMSHIP"><b>OCEANIC STEAMSHIP AUSTRALIA</b></a>. &nbsp;&nbsp;/&nbsp;&nbsp;
+    <a href="#HOUSE"><b>VOLCANO HOUSE</b></a>.
+  </td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="listimg">
+    <a href="#RAILROAD"><b>KOHALA RAILROAD</b></a>. &nbsp;&nbsp;/&nbsp;&nbsp;
+    <a href="#RICE"><b>RICE FIELD, PEARL CITY</b></a>.
+  </td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="listimg">
+    <a href="#NUUANU"><b>NUUANU AVENUE, HONOLULU</b></a>. &nbsp;&nbsp;/&nbsp;&nbsp;
+    <a href="#WAIKIKI"><b>WAIKIKI BEACH</b></a>.
+  </td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="listimg">
+    <a href="#HOME"><b>LUNALILO HOME, FOR AGED HAWAIIANS</b></a>. &nbsp;&nbsp;/&nbsp;&nbsp;
+    <a href="#SCHOOL"><b>KAMEHAMEHA SCHOOL</b></a>.
+  </td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="listimg">
+    <a href="#COLLEGE"><b>OAHU COLLEGE</b></a>. &nbsp;&nbsp;/&nbsp;&nbsp;
+    <a href="#PAUAHI"><b>PAUAHI HALL, OAHU COLLEGE</b></a>.
+  </td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="listimg">
+    <a href="#MASONIC"><b>MASONIC TEMPLE</b></a>. &nbsp;&nbsp;/&nbsp;&nbsp;
+    <a href="#MUSEUM"><b>KAMEHAMEHA MUSEUM</b></a>.
+  </td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="listimg">
+    <a href="#KAWAIAHAO"><b>KAWAIAHAO CHURCH (Hawaiian)</b></a>. &nbsp;&nbsp;/&nbsp;&nbsp;
+    <a href="#CHURCH"><b>CENTRAL UNION CHURCH</b></a>.
+  </td>
+</tr>
+
+</table>
+
+</div>
+<!-- End LIST of ILLUSTRATIONS. -->
+
+
+<div class="illo">
+<a name="DOLE" id="DOLE"></a>
+<img src="images/dole.jpg" width="336" height="450" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><br />
+SANFORD B. DOLE. President of the Republic of Hawaii.
+</span></div>
+
+<div class="hugeskip"></div>
+
+<!-- TITLE PAGE -->
+<div class="center bbox" style="margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;">
+
+<h1 style="font-size: xx-large">
+THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS
+</h1>
+
+
+<span style="font-size: small;">
+THEIR RESOURCES AGRICULTURAL,
+COMMERCIAL AND&nbsp;FINANCIAL.
+</span>
+
+<div class="bigskip"></div>
+<hr class="mini" />
+<div class="bigskip"></div>
+
+
+<span style="font-size: xx-large; font-weight: bold;">
+Coffee,
+</span><br /><br />
+<span style="font-size: medium">
+<i>THE COMING STAPLE&nbsp;PRODUCT.</i>
+</span>
+
+<div class="bigskip"></div>
+<hr class="mini" />
+<div class="bigskip"></div>
+
+
+<span style="font-size: x-small">
+<b>ISSUED UNDER THE AUSPICES</b><br /><br />
+OF THE<br /><br />
+</span>
+
+<b>DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN&nbsp;AFFAIRS,</b>
+<br /><br />
+<span style="font-size: smaller">
+1896.
+</span>
+
+<div class="bigskip"></div>
+<hr class="mini" />
+<div class="bigskip"></div>
+
+
+<p class="center smcap" style="font-size: x-small;">
+HONOLULU:<br />
+Printed by the Hawaiian Gazette&nbsp;Company.
+</p>
+</div>
+<!-- END OF TITLE PAGE -->
+
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 2 -->
+<span class="nopagenum"><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">2</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hugeskip"></div>
+
+<p>The following pamphlet has been compiled for the purpose of giving
+information to those intending to invest in the industries of the
+Hawaiian Islands. The information can be vouched for as correct. The
+portion dealing with agriculture is from the pen of Joseph Marsden,
+Esq., Commissioner of Agriculture. The digest of the land law has been
+prepared by J.&nbsp;F. Brown, Esq., Commissioner of Public Lands. The
+historical portion has been written by Prof. Alexander, Chief of the
+Government Survey and author of a "Short History of the Hawaiian
+People" and other works. The pamphlet has been planned, edited and in
+part written by Alatau&nbsp;T. Atkinson, Esq., ex-Inspector General of
+Schools, and now General Superintendent of Census.</p>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 3 -->
+<span class="pagenum">
+  <a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">3</a>
+  <a name="CHAPTER_I" id="CHAPTER_I"></a>
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER I.</h2>
+
+<hr class="mini" />
+
+<h3>GENERAL INFORMATION.</h3>
+
+<p>The Hawaiian Islands are situated in the North Pacific Ocean and
+lie between longitudes 154°&nbsp;40' and 160°&nbsp;30' West, and
+latitudes 22°&nbsp;16' and 18°&nbsp;55' North. They are thus on the
+very edge of the tropics, but their position in mid-ocean and the
+prevalence of the northeast trade wind gives them a climate unequalled
+by any other portion of the globe&mdash;a perpetual summer without an
+enervating heat. In the Hawaiian Islands Americans and Europeans can
+and do work in the open air, at all seasons of the year, as they
+cannot in countries lying in the same latitudes elsewhere. To note an
+instance, Calcutta lies a little to the north of the latitude of
+Kauai, our most northerly Island, and in Calcutta the American and
+European can only work with his brain; hard physical labor he cannot
+do and live. On the Hawaiian Islands he can work and thrive.</p>
+
+
+<h3>RAINFALL AND TEMPERATURE.</h3>
+
+<p>The rainfall varies, being greater on the windward side of the
+Islands, and increasing up to a certain elevation. Thus, at Olaa, on
+the Island of Hawaii, windward side and elevation of about 2,000 feet,
+the rainfall from July 1st, 1894, to June 30, 1895, was 176.82 inches,
+while at Kailua, on the leeward side, at a low level, it was only
+51.21 inches during the same period.</p>
+
+<p>The temperature also varies according to elevation and position.
+<!-- Page 4 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">4</a></span>
+On the Island of Hawaii you can get any climate from the heat of
+summer to actual winter at the summits of the two great mountains. A
+meteorological record, kept carefully for a period of twelve years,
+gives 89° as the highest and 54° as the lowest temperature recorded,
+or a mean temperature of 71°&nbsp;30' for the year. A case of
+sunstroke has never been known. People make no special precautions
+against the sun, wearing straw and soft felt hats similar to those
+worn in the States during the summer months.</p>
+
+
+<h3>WINDS.</h3>
+
+<p>The prevailing winds, as mentioned above, are the northeast trades.
+These blow for about nine months of the year. The remainder of the
+period the winds are variable and chiefly from the south. The Islands
+are outside the cyclone belt, and severe storms accompanied by thunder
+and lightning are of rare occurrence.</p>
+
+
+<h3>HEALTH.</h3>
+
+<p>The Islands possess a healthy climate. There are no virulent fevers
+such as are encountered on the coast of Africa or in the West India
+Islands.  Epidemics seldom visit the Islands, and when they do they
+are generally light. A careful system of quarantine guards the Islands
+now from epidemics from abroad. Such grave diseases as pneumonia and
+diphtheria are almost unknown. Children thrive wonderfully.</p>
+
+
+<h3>AREA.</h3>
+
+<p>For practical purposes&mdash;and these lines are written for
+practical men&mdash;there are eight Islands in the Hawaiian group. The
+others are mere rocks, of no value to mankind at present. These eight
+Islands, beginning from the northwest, are named Niihau, Kauai, Oahu,
+Molokai, Lanai, Kahoolawe, Maui and Hawaii. The areas of these Islands
+are as follows:</p>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 5 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">5</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="center">
+<table summary="names and areas of hawaiian islands">
+<tr>  <td></td>  <td style="padding-left: 1em"><b>Square Miles.</b></td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td class="left">Niihau</td>     <td class="padright">  97</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td class="left">Kauai</td>      <td class="padright"> 590</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td class="left">Oahu</td>       <td class="padright"> 600</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td class="left">Molokai</td>    <td class="padright"> 270</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td class="left">Maui</td>       <td class="padright"> 760</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td class="left">Lanai</td>      <td class="padright"> 150</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td class="left">Kahoolawe</td>  <td class="padright">  63</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td class="left">Hawaii</td>     <td class="padright">4210</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td></td>
+      <td class="padright"><hr class="shortequals" />           </td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td style="text-indent: 0.5em">Total</td>
+                                       <td class="padright">6740</td>  </tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+
+<p>The Islands that interest an intending immigrant are Hawaii, Maui,
+Oahu and Kauai. It is on these Islands that coffee, fruits, potatoes,
+corn and vegetables can be raised by the small investor, and where
+land can be obtained on reasonable terms.</p>
+
+
+<h3>HAWAII.</h3>
+
+<p>The Island of Hawaii is the largest in the group, and presents
+great varieties of soil and climate. The windward side, which includes
+the districts of North Kohala, Hamakua, Hilo and Puna, is copiously
+watered by rains and, in the Hilo district, the streams rush
+impetuously down every gulch or ravine. The leeward side of the
+Island, including South Kohala, North and South Kona, and Kau, is not
+exposed to such strong rains, but an ample supply of water falls in
+the rain belt. The Kona district has given the coffee product a name
+in the markets of the world.</p>
+
+<p>On this Island are now situated numerous sugar plantations. Coffee
+employs the industry of several hundred owners, ranging from the man
+with 200,000 trees to him who has only an acre or so. There are
+thousands upon thousands of acres at present uncultivated and only
+awaiting the sturdy arms and enterprising brains of the men of the
+temperate zone to develop them.</p>
+
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 6 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">6</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<h3>MAUI.</h3>
+
+<p>Maui is also a very fine Island. Besides its sugar plantations, it
+has numerous coffee lands, especially in the eastern part, which are
+just now being opened up. The western slopes of Haleakala, the main
+mountain of Maui, are covered with small farms where are raised
+potatoes, corn, beans and pigs. Again, here, thousands of acres are
+lying fallow.</p>
+
+
+<h3>HONOLULU.</h3>
+
+<p>On Oahu is the capital, Honolulu. It is a city numbering thirty
+thousand inhabitants and is pleasantly situated on the south side of
+the Island.  The city extends a considerable distance up Nuuanu Valley
+and has wings extending northwest and southeast. It is a city of
+foliage. Except in the business blocks, every house stands in its own
+garden, and some of the houses are wonderfully beautiful.</p>
+
+<p>The city is lighted with electric light; there is a very complete
+telephone system, and tram cars run at short intervals along the
+principal streets and continue out to a sea-bathing resort and public
+park, four miles from the city. There are numerous stores where all
+kinds of goods can be obtained. In this particular Honolulu occupies a
+position ahead of any city of similar size. The public buildings are
+handsome and commodious. There are numerous churches, schools, a
+public library of over 10,000 volumes,
+Y.&nbsp;M.&nbsp;C.&nbsp;A. Hall, Masonic Temple, Odd Fellows' Hall and
+Theater. There is frequent steam communication with San Francisco,
+once a month with Victoria (British Columbia), and twice a month with
+New Zealand and the Australian Colonies. Steamers also connect
+Honolulu with China and Japan. There are three evening daily papers
+published in English, one daily morning paper, and two weeklies.
+Besides these there are papers published in the Hawaiian, Portuguese,
+Japanese and Chinese languages, and also monthly magazines in various
+tongues.</p>
+
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 7 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">7</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<h3>OAHU'S OPPORTUNITIES.</h3>
+
+<p>The Island of Oahu presents excellent opportunities for the
+investor.  Acres upon acres of land remain undeveloped among its
+teeming valleys, the energies and wealth of the population having been
+devoted to the development of the sugar lands on the larger
+Islands.</p>
+
+<p>A line of railroad has been constructed which at present runs along
+the coast to a distance of thirty miles from the city. It is proposed
+to continue this line completely around the Island. This railroad
+opens up rich coffee and farming lands and affords ready means of
+transport for the produce, and an expeditious method for obtaining the
+necessary supplies, etc., from the capital. The management of the
+railroad offers special inducements for would-be investors to see the
+country, and special rates should they conclude to settle.</p>
+
+
+<h3>KAUAI.</h3>
+
+<p>Kauai is called the "Garden Island," it is so well watered and so
+luxuriant in vegetation. The Island is at present largely devoted to
+the cultivation of sugar. Rice also cuts a considerable figure in the
+agricultural production of Kauai. That it can produce coffee is
+undoubted, but there is a timidity about embarking in the industry,
+because some forty years ago the experiment of a coffee plantation was
+tried, and owing to misjudgment of location and soil, failed. Since
+then the cultivation of coffee has come to be more thoroughly
+understood, and there is no doubt that quantities of land suitable for
+such cultivation are now lying, like the sleeping beauty, waiting for
+the kiss of enterprise to make them awake into usefulness and profit
+for mankind.</p>
+
+<p>There is room on the Hawaiian Islands for at least ten times the
+present population. The climate, soil and social conditions all tend
+to make them a desirable home for those who are willing to work, and
+have a moderate capital to begin with.</p>
+
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 8 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">8</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<h3>GOVERNMENT.</h3>
+
+<p>The Government of the Hawaiian Islands is a Republic. Up to the
+year 1893 it had been a limited monarchy, but at that date it was
+felt, by the progressive party in the state, that monarchy had had its
+day, and that the friends of such a form of government should give way
+to more liberal institutions, assimilating to the institutions of the
+United States, and to become a part of which Great Republic is the
+earnest desire of all those who have the interests of the Islands at
+heart. The monarchy, in a bloodless revolution, disappeared and the
+Republic took its place.</p>
+
+<p>The Republic is a republic of progress, and under the Government
+thus established every facility has been given for developing and
+improving the country. The President is elected for six years. The
+Legislature consists of a Senate and House of Representatives, all
+members being elected by popular vote. The Senators are elected for a
+term of six years, and voters for Senators must have real property
+worth $1,500, or personal property worth $3,000, or an income of not
+less than $600 per annum. The vote for Representatives is based on
+manhood suffrage.</p>
+
+
+<h3>TAXATION.</h3>
+
+<p>All males between the ages of 20 and 60 pay a personal tax
+of&nbsp;$5, viz: Poll tax,&nbsp;$1; road tax,&nbsp;$2; school
+tax,&nbsp;$2. Land pays a tax of one per cent. on the cash value, and
+personal property a similar rate. Carts pay&nbsp;$2, brakes&nbsp;$3,
+carriages&nbsp;$5, dogs&nbsp;$1, female dogs&nbsp;$3. From the above
+it will be seen that the taxes are not heavy as compared with other
+countries; moreover, there are no local taxes of any kind.</p>
+
+
+<h3>METHOD OF ACQUIRING LAND.</h3>
+
+<p>Land can be obtained from the Government by two methods, viz.; The
+cash freehold system, and the right of purchase leases.
+<!-- Page 9 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">9</a></span>
+Under the first system the land is sold at auction. The purchaser pays
+one-quarter in cash and the rest in equal installments of one, two and
+three years, interest being charged at the rate of six per cent. upon
+the unpaid balance. Under this system the purchaser is bound to
+maintain a home on the land from the commencement of the second year
+to the end of the third. The right of purchase leases are drawn for
+twenty-one years at a rental of eight per cent. on the appraised value
+of the land. The lessee has the privilege of purchasing the land,
+after the third year, <i>at the original appraised value</i>, provided
+25 per cent. of the land is reduced to cultivation, and other
+conditions of the lease filled. In this case a home must be maintained
+from the end of the first year to the end of the fifth year. The limit
+of first-class agricultural land obtainable is 100 acres. This amount
+is increased on lands of inferior quality.  Under the above conditions
+the applicant must be 18 years of age and obtain special letters of
+denization. Land can also be obtained from the various land and
+investment companies, and from private parties. The full land law will
+be treated of in <a href="#CHAPTER_VI">Chapter&nbsp;VI</a>. of this
+pamphlet.</p>
+
+<div class="illo">
+<a name="EXECUTIVE" id="EXECUTIVE"></a>
+<img src="images/executive.jpg" width="500" height="369" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><br />
+EXECUTIVE BUILDING.
+</span></div>
+
+<div class="illo">
+<a name="JUDICIARY" id="JUDICIARY"></a>
+<img src="images/judiciary.jpg" width="500" height="356" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><br />
+JUDICIARY BUILDING.
+</span></div>
+
+
+<h3>JUDICIARY, POLICE, ETC.</h3>
+
+<p>There is a thoroughly efficient judiciary consisting of a Supreme
+Court, five Circuit Courts in which trials by jury are conducted, and
+District Courts in every district. The higher courts are presided over
+by well trained, educated men. There is an efficient police force in
+every part of the group. The inhabitants are law-abiding and crimes of
+violence are very rare. There is very little petty theft, and even in
+Honolulu, the greatest center of population and a seaport town, many
+of the houses are left with doors unlocked at night.</p>
+
+
+<h3>SCHOOLS.</h3>
+
+<p>There is an excellent system of free public schools taught in the
+English language, the teachers in many cases being imported
+<!-- Page 10 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">10</a></span>
+from the United States. The main plan of the system is modelled upon
+the public school system of the United States, modified to meet the
+wants of a heterogeneous population. The children are instructed in
+writing, reading, composition, arithmetic, geography, both local and
+general. The books are uniform and obtainable at the same price as in
+the United States. The schools are strictly non-sectarian. There is no
+district, however remote, in which there is no school. The only people
+who cannot read and write are those who come from abroad. Those born
+in the Islands are compelled by law to take advantage of the education
+offered. Besides the common school education, opportunities are given
+at various centers for a higher education equivalent to the grammar
+grade of the United States, and in Honolulu a high school and
+collegiate course can be obtained at a small cost.</p>
+
+
+<h3>CHURCHES.</h3>
+
+<p>The various Christian denominations are represented and all forms
+are tolerated. The country churches of the Protestant denominations
+are chiefly conducted by Hawaiian pastors, the Roman Catholic by
+French and German priests, who are mostly good linguists and speak
+Hawaiian, English and Portuguese, besides their mother
+tongue. Wherever there is a large collection of English speaking
+people a Protestant church is usually supported by them. In Honolulu
+there is a large number of churches, Congregational, Roman Catholic,
+Episcopalian, Methodist and Mormon. There is a Sunday law, and all
+work which is not absolutely necessary is prohibited on that
+day. Rational outdoor amusement is not prohibited, such as riding,
+boating, shooting, etc., and the Government Band plays at the public
+park at Waikiki every Sunday afternoon.</p>
+
+
+<h3>PHYSICIANS.</h3>
+
+<p>In every district of the Islands the Government supports a doctor,
+who gives his services to indigent Hawaiians free of
+<!-- Page 11 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">11</a></span>
+charge&mdash;others have to pay. In many places there are physicians
+settled who carry on a private practice.</p>
+
+
+<h3>TELEPHONES.</h3>
+
+<p>The Islands of Oahu, Kauai and Hawaii have telephones to every
+accessible point. The rent of the instrument is moderate, and a small
+charge is made for those who do not care or cannot afford to possess
+an instrument of their own. On Maui the telephone is at present
+established only in part.</p>
+
+
+<h3>COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE&nbsp;ISLANDS.</h3>
+
+<p>Communication between the Islands is by steamer; of these some
+seventeen are constantly plying from port to port, affording weekly
+communication with the capital. The regular passenger steamers are
+well fitted with cabins, have electric bells and electric lights and
+all modern accommodations.</p>
+
+
+<h3>POSTAL MATTERS.</h3>
+
+<p>There is a regular postal system, and on the arrival of a steamer
+at any main point, mail carriers at once start out to distribute the
+mail through the district. The Hawaiian Islands belong to the Postal
+Union, and money orders can be obtained to the United States, Canada,
+Great Britain, Germany, Norway, Sweden, Denmark, the Netherlands,
+Portugal, Hong Kong and Colony of Victoria, as well as local orders
+between the Islands.</p>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 12 -->
+<span class="pagenum">
+  <a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">12</a>
+  <a name="CHAPTER_II" id="CHAPTER_II"></a>
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER II.</h2>
+
+<hr class="mini" />
+
+<h3>AGRICULTURAL INDUSTRIES.</h3>
+
+<p>The mainstay of the Hawaiian Islands has, for the last thirty-five
+years, been the sugar industry. From this source a large amount of
+wealth has been accumulated. But the sugar industry requires large
+capital for expensive machinery, and has never proved remunerative to
+small investors. An attempt has been made at profit-sharing and has
+met with some success, the small farmer cultivating and the capitalist
+grinding at a central mill. Of late years, moreover, the small farmer
+has been steadily developing in the Hawaiian Islands and attention has
+been given to other products than sugar.</p>
+
+<p>Rice, neither the European nor the American can cultivate as
+laborers.  It requires working in marshy land, and though on the
+Islands it yields two crops a year, none but the Chinaman can raise it
+successfully. A dry-land or mountain rice has been introduced, which
+will be treated under the head of Agricultural possibilities.</p>
+
+<p>The main staple after sugar and rice is coffee. Of this hundreds of
+thousands of trees have been planted out within the last five years.
+This is essentially the crop of the future and bids fair to become as
+important a staple as sugar. Coffee does not require the amount of
+capital that sugar does, and it can be worked remuneratively upon a
+small area. It is estimated that at the end of the fourth year the
+return from a 75-acre coffee plantation will much more than pay the
+running expenses, while
+<!-- Page 13 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">13</a></span>
+from that time on a return of from eight to ten thousand dollars per
+annum may be realized.</p>
+
+<p>On <a href="#Page_32">page&nbsp;32</a> will be found an estimate of the
+cost of establishing a 75-acre coffee plantation from the first to the
+seventh year.</p>
+
+<p>Fruits can also be cultivated to advantage. At present the banana
+trade of the Islands amounts to over 100,000 bunches per annum, valued
+at over $100,000, and the quantity might be very easily quadrupled.
+The banana industry may be regarded as in its infancy. The export of
+the fruit is only from the Island of Oahu, but there are thousands of
+acres on the other Islands of the group which could be profitably used
+for this cultivation and for nothing else. The whole question of the
+banana industry hinges on the market. At present the market is
+limited.</p>
+
+<p>Limes and oranges can be cultivated and the fruit can be easily
+packed for export; at present the production does not meet the local
+market.  The fruits can be raised to perfection. The Hawaiian orange
+has a fine flavor and the Hawaiian lime has an aroma and flavor far
+superior to that cultivated in Mexico and Central America. In the
+uplands of Hawaii and Maui potatoes can be and are raised. Their
+quality is good. Corn is also raised. In these industries many
+Portuguese, Norwegians and others have embarked. Both these products
+find an ample local market. The corn is used largely for feed on the
+plantations. The corn is ground with the cob and makes an excellent
+feed for working cattle, horses and mules.</p>
+
+<p>In the uplands, where the climate is temperate, as at Waimea,
+Hawaii, vegetables of all kinds can be raised; excellent cauliflowers,
+cabbages and every product of the temperate zone can be grown to
+perfection.</p>
+
+<p>Cattle raising in so small a place as the Hawaiian Islands does not
+present great opportunities except for local consumption. Pigs are
+profitable to the small farmer. In the Kula district of Maui pigs are
+fattened upon the corn and potatoes raised in the district. The price
+of pork, dressed, is 25 cents per pound in Honolulu and about 15 cents
+per pound in the
+<!-- Page 14 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">14</a></span>
+outside districts. The Chinese, of whom there are some 15,000 resident
+on the various Islands, are extremely fond of pork, so that there is a
+large local market, which has to be supplemented by importations from
+California.</p>
+
+<p>Attention has lately been given to fiber plants, for which there
+are many suitable locations. Ramie grows luxuriantly, but the lack of
+proper decorticating and cleaning machinery has prevented any advance
+in this cultivation.</p>
+
+<p>Sisal hemp and Sansevieria<!--Typo: sanseveira--> have been
+experimented with, but without any distinct influence upon the trade
+output.</p>
+
+<p>The cultivation of pineapples is a very growing industry. In 1895
+pines were exported from the Islands to San Francisco to the value of
+nearly $9,000. This has grown up in the last half dozen years. There
+is every reason to think that canning pineapples for the Coast and
+other markets can be made profitable.</p>
+
+<p>The guava, which grows wild, can also be put up to profit, for the
+manufacture of guava jelly. It has never been entered upon on a large
+scale, but to the thrifty farmer it would add a convenient slice to
+his income, just as the juice of the maple adds an increase to the
+farmer of the Eastern States. Well made guava jelly will find a market
+anywhere.  In England it is regarded as a great delicacy, being
+imported from the West India Islands. Besides the guava there are
+other fruits which can be put up to commercial profit, notably the
+poha or Cape gooseberry (Physalis Edulis). This has been successfully
+made into jams and jelly, which command an extensive local sale and
+should find their way into larger markets.</p>
+
+<p>In point of fact, outside the great industries of sugar, coffee and
+rice, there is a good field for many minor industries which can be
+carried on with profit by those who know what work is, and are willing
+to put their shoulders to the wheel.</p>
+
+<p>In the Hawaiian Islands a simple life can be lived, and entering
+gradually upon the coffee industry, a good competence can be obtained
+long before such could be realized by the agriculturalist
+<!-- Page 15 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">15</a></span>
+elsewhere.  However, it is useless to come to the Islands without the
+necessary capital to develop the land that can be obtained.</p>
+
+<p>Between arriving and the time that the crops begin to give returns
+there is a period where the living must be close, and cash must be
+paid out for the necessary improvements. The land is here, the climate
+is here; it only requires brains, a small capital and energy to
+realize such comfort and independence as can not be realized in old
+countries, in one-fourth of the time.</p>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 16 -->
+<span class="pagenum">
+  <a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">16</a>
+  <a name="CHAPTER_III" id="CHAPTER_III"></a>
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER III.</h2>
+
+<hr class="mini" />
+
+<h3>COFFEE.</h3>
+
+
+<p>The most promising of all the Island products, outside of sugar, is
+coffee. No finer coffee in the world is produced than that of the
+Hawaiian Islands. It requires care and does not produce a crop until
+the third year, but it remains till the fifth year to make a proper
+realization upon the investment. It is evidently necessary to give a
+very full description of the coffee plant and its method of culture to
+assure intending immigrants of what is before them.</p>
+
+<p>Coffee is a shrub belonging to the family of the
+Rubiaceae.<!--Typo: Rubiaciae--> Botanists divide it into many
+species, but it can be practically divided into two sections, Arabian
+coffee and Liberian coffee, or in point of fact, Asiatic and
+African. In the Hawaiian Islands coffee grows best between 500 and
+2,000 feet above the sea level, though there are cases in which it has
+done well close to the sea. It requires a loose porous soil and does
+not thrive well in heavy clayey ground which holds much water. Of such
+heavy land there is very little in the Hawaiian Islands. The soil is
+generally very porous.</p>
+
+<p>It is very evident that coffee will thrive and give good results in
+varying conditions of soil and degrees of heat. In these Islands it
+grows and produces from very nearly at the sea level to the elevation
+of 2,600 feet. The highest elevation of bearing coffee, known here, is
+twenty-five miles from the town of Hilo and in the celebrated Olaa
+district.</p>
+
+<div class="illo">
+<a name="EWA" id="EWA"></a>
+<img src="images/ewa.jpg" width="500" height="356" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><br />
+EWA MILL.
+</span></div>
+
+<div class="illo">
+<a name="VALLEY" id="VALLEY"></a>
+<img src="images/valley.jpg" width="500" height="356" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><br />
+VALLEY SCENE, HAWAII.
+</span></div>
+
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 17 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">17</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>With such a range it is evident that, in a tropical climate, the
+cultivation of coffee presents greater opportunities for an investor
+than other tropical products.</p>
+
+<p>For years it was thought that coffee would only grow to advantage
+in the Kona district of Hawaii. Practical experiment has shown that it
+can be grown with success in almost any part of the Islands.</p>
+
+<p>The opening up of the Olaa portion of the Puna district, by a well
+macadamized road leading from Hilo to the Volcano, may be regarded as
+the commencement of the coffee industry on a large scale on the
+Hawaiian Islands. There are now over fifty plantations where six years
+ago there was nothing but tangled and dense forest. The Olaa land is
+Government property and can be acquired under the land law. There are
+still 10,000 acres not taken up. The location is very desirable as
+there is direct communication with Hilo by an excellent road and the
+crop can be readily taken to the shipping point. Indeed it can not be
+long before a railroad will be built; when this takes place a far
+larger extent of land will be available for coffee growing in this
+section of the country. The soil in the Olaa district is deep and
+wonderfully prolific.</p>
+
+<p>Other portions of Puna also present many fertile lands, and coffee
+plantations in those parts are coming to the front showing excellent
+results. A considerable number of investors have opened up coffee
+plantations in them, all of which are doing excellently. These
+plantations, to the knowledge of the writer are, many of them, carried
+on out of the savings made by workers in Honolulu, who are thus
+preparing for themselves a provision for their early middle age. On
+the Island of Hawaii are the great coffee districts of Olaa, Puna,
+Kona and Hamakua, in each of which thriving coffee plantations are
+established, while tens of thousands of acres of the very finest lands
+are yet undisturbed. Government lands in these districts are being
+opened up for settlement as fast as circumstances will permit.</p>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 18 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">18</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>On the Island of Maui there is a large area of splendid coffee
+lands.  The extensive land of Keanae belonging to the Government will
+be opened for settlement as soon as the preliminary work of surveying
+is completed.</p>
+
+<p>On the Island of Molokai the industry is making progress and there
+are several plantations along the leeward valleys.</p>
+
+<p>So also on the Island of Oahu there is much good coffee land, which
+is being experimented upon, and considerable capital invested in the
+undertaking.</p>
+
+<p>As the case now stands for the investor, land can be obtained for
+coffee growing in:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div>
+<ul>
+<li><span class="smcap">Island of Hawaii</span>.
+  <ul>
+    <li>North and South Kona,</li>
+    <li>Hilo,</li>
+    <li>Puna, including Olaa,</li>
+    <li>Hamakua.</li>
+  </ul>
+</li>
+
+<li><span class="smcap">Island of Maui</span>.
+  <ul>
+    <li>Keanae,</li>
+    <li>Nahiku,</li>
+    <li>Lahaina,</li>
+    <li>Kaupo.</li>
+  </ul>
+</li>
+
+<li><span class="smcap">Island of Molokai</span>.</li>
+
+<li><span class="smcap">Island of Oahu</span>.</li>
+
+<li><span class="smcap">Island of Kauai</span>.</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<p>In addition to the large tracts of Government lands on Hawaii and
+Maui, there are many fine tracts of first-class<!--Add hyphen-->
+coffee lands owned or controlled by private parties. It is the policy
+of the Government to encourage the settlement of its lands by small
+farmers. Hence the amount of land, granted to one party or that one
+party can take up, while amply sufficient to enable one person or
+family, with honest endeavor, to acquire an independence, is not large
+enough to offer inducements for the employment of large amounts of
+capital.</p>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 19 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">19</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>That areas of land, for the establishment of large coffee
+plantations, can be acquired is reasonably certain as large owners are
+evincing a disposition to sell and lease their lands.</p>
+
+<p>There is no agricultural investment that offers better
+opportunities for the profitable employment of capital, than a well
+managed coffee estate.</p>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 20 -->
+<span class="pagenum">
+  <a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">20</a>
+  <a name="CHAPTER_IV" id="CHAPTER_IV"></a>
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER IV.</h2>
+
+<hr class="mini" />
+
+<h3>CULTIVATION OF&nbsp;THE COFFEE&nbsp;TREE IN&nbsp;THE
+HAWAIIAN&nbsp;ISLANDS.</h3>
+
+
+<p>In order to obtain the best results the coffee tree requires to be
+properly planted, and during its life time needs frequent and
+intelligent cultivation.</p>
+
+<p>The various operations incidental to the opening and carrying on of
+a coffee plantation will be taken up in their proper order and
+described in as plain language as possible, and as briefly as is
+consistent with a clear explanation of the subject.</p>
+
+<p>The very first thing the planter should do after obtaining
+possession of his land is to plant a nursery, so that he may have, as
+soon as possible, an abundant supply of strong healthy plants. Many
+planters have planted their fields with wild stumps, these are young
+coffee plants that are found under wild growths of coffee trees. The
+young trees are cut off about six inches above the ground, they are
+then taken up and the lateral roots trimmed close to the tap root. The
+thready end of the tap root is cut off and the stump is ready to
+plant. In some cases the young plants are taken up, from under the
+wild trees, and planted just as they are. This method can be dismissed
+at once as the worst possible method of planting the coffee tree. The
+very best plants are strong healthy nursery plants, that is, plants
+that have been grown from the best seed in a properly prepared
+nursery. The next best plants to use are nursery
+<!-- Page 21 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">21</a></span>
+stumps. These are nursery trees that have grown too large to safely
+transplant. By cutting them down and trimming the roots they can be
+safely transplanted to the field, where they will grow into good
+healthy trees. Stumps soon after planting send up several shoots,
+these, with the exception of the strongest one, are taken off. This
+latter shoot is to grow and make the coffee trees.</p>
+
+
+<h3>MAKING THE NURSERY.</h3>
+
+<p>The size of the nursery will depend on how large the plantation is
+to be. For a 75-acre plantation, one acre of ground will more than
+supply all the plants required. It is always desirable to have a
+greater number of plants than is needed to just plant the acreage the
+plantation is to be, for after the fields are planted some of the
+plants may get injured from dry weather and require replacing with
+plants from the nursery. Any surplus left, after the trees in the
+fields are well established, can be sold to some later planter, who
+will find it to his advantage to purchase good nursery plants for his
+first planting and thereby save one year of time. It is advisable for
+all planters to buy plants for their first planting, but for the
+second year's planting they should have a nursery of their own from
+which they can select the strongest and most forward plants.</p>
+
+<p>The land for the nursery should be selected as close as possible to
+where the plantation is to be. It should be on a slight slope to
+insure drainage, and free from rocks and stones. The soil should be
+ploughed or dug over to the depth of one foot and made as fine as
+possible. Beds should be thrown up six inches high and three feet
+wide. The surface of the beds should be made quite smooth and level;
+the seeds should be planted six inches apart and three quarters of an
+inch deep. A good way to ensure even and regular planting is to make a
+frame three feet wide each way. Pegs, three quarters of an inch long
+and five eighths of an inch diameter, should be fastened
+<!-- Page 22 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">22</a></span>
+to one side of the frame, placing them exactly six inches apart. The
+frame, thus prepared, is placed, pegs down, on the bed. A slight
+pressure will sink the pegs into the soil.  The frame is now lifted
+and you have the holes for the seeds all of one depth and equi-distant
+from each other. The seeds can now be dropped one in each hole. The
+seeds should be placed flat side down, and covered by brushing over
+the surface of the bed. If the weather is at all dry it is a good plan
+to mulch the surface of the bed with dry grass or fern leaves. The
+soil should be kept moist, and if there is not sufficient rain the
+beds must be watered. In six or seven weeks the seeds should sprout
+and show above ground. The mulching should now be moved from over the
+plants and arranged in the rows. It has been the practice of some
+planters to plant the seed much closer than six inches apart, but it
+will be found that plants at six inches apart can be more easily and
+safely transplanted than from close planted beds. It will be advisable
+in taking up plants from the beds, to take only every other one, this
+will give the remaining plants more room to develop and grow more
+stocky than would be the case if all the plants were taken up from
+each bed as they were required.</p>
+
+
+<h3>CLEARING THE LAND.</h3>
+
+<p>The next thing for the planter to do is to get his land
+cleared. This can be done more satisfactorily and cheaply by contract
+than can be done by days' work. Gangs of Chinese and Japanese
+undertake the clearing of land and will make a contract to clear the
+land as per specification. In the Olaa District land costs from $20 to
+$50 per acre to clear, according to the kind of clearing done. The
+land is forest land and some planters have the trees cut down and
+everything burned making the land quite clear, while others just have
+the vines and ferns cut and the trees felled, leaving everything on
+the land to rot.
+<!-- Page 23 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">23</a></span>
+This method while costing much less than burning up everything, makes
+it more expensive to lay out and plant the land. The planter must
+decide for himself which of the two methods he will pursue. However,
+it can be said in the case of those who only cut and fell, in a few
+years everything, trees, vines and ferns rot down and greatly increase
+the fertility of the soil. The next thing is to lay out the land for
+the digging of the holes where it is intended to set out the young
+trees. There is a wide diversity of opinion as to the proper distance
+apart to plant coffee trees. From 10x12 feet down to 5x6 and all
+intermediate distances are practiced. It is a significant fact that
+planters who formerly planted their trees at the wider distances are
+now setting out trees as close as 6x5. Trees planted 6x6 will probably
+yield better results per acre than trees planted at a wider or closer
+distance. Having fixed upon the distance apart the trees are to be
+planted, the planter proceeds to mark with pegs the places where he
+wants the holes dug. This is usually done with a line or rope that has
+pieces of red rag fastened in the strands, at the distance apart at
+which it is intended to dig the holes. The line is drawn tightly
+across one end of the clearing and a peg driven into the soil at every
+place that is marked on the line. The men, holding the two ends of the
+line, are each provided with a stick the exact length that the rows
+are to be apart. After one row is pegged, the line is advanced one
+length of the stick and the operation repeated until the whole
+clearing is pegged. After the first line is pegged a line should be
+laid at exactly right angles to the first line so that the rows will
+be straight both ways. The pegging being completed, the holes should
+be dug not less than 18 inches wide and 18 inches deep. The top soil
+should be carefully placed on one side of the hole and the subsoil on
+the other, the holes should remain open as long as possible and should
+only be filled in a week or so before planting the trees. The bottoms
+of the holes should be explored with a light crowbar
+<!-- Page 24 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">24</a></span>
+and, if any rocks or stones are found, they should be removed. In
+filling the holes the top soil (that has been placed on one side)
+should be placed in the bottom of the hole and other top soil should
+be taken from between the rows until the hole is full, the subsoil can
+now be disposed of by scattering it between the rows. The holes after
+filling should have the marking pegs replaced in the center of the
+filling, this will serve as a guide for planting the trees.</p>
+
+
+<h3>PLANTING.</h3>
+
+<p>There is no operation in all the work of establishing a coffee
+plantation that requires such careful supervision as that of planting
+out the young trees. If the work is carelessly done and the slender
+tap root is doubled up or, if it is shortened too much, the tree will
+never thrive. It may grow fairly well for a time, perhaps until the
+time for the first crop, then the foliage will turn yellow and the
+tree show every sign of decay. The effort to produce a crop is too
+much for the tree and the sooner it is pulled up and replaced by a
+properly planted tree the better.</p>
+
+<p>The closest supervision is necessary in order that the planter may
+be certain that the tap roots are placed perfectly straight in the
+ground; and the lateral roots placed in a natural position. In order
+to effect this, with the least amount of trouble, transplanters have
+been used. A transplanter that has been used with success is made as
+follows: two pieces of sheet iron (galvanized) are bent into two half
+circles, which, when placed together, form a cylinder 3&nbsp;inches in
+diameter and seven inches long. A piece of hoop iron is bent to a
+ring, that will fit over the cylinder, and riveted. The mode of using
+is as follows: The two halves of the cylinder are pressed into the
+ground, one on each side of the young coffee tree. They are pressed
+down until the upper ends are level with the surface of the soil. The
+<!-- Page 25 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">25</a></span>
+hoop iron ring is then pressed over the ends of the two halves of the
+cylinder, binding them firmly together. The cylinder can now be lifted
+from the ground bringing with it the young tree with all its roots in
+the position in which they grew. In this condition the young trees are
+carried to the field and, the holes being opened, the cylinder,
+holding the tree, is placed in the ground and the soil packed firmly
+around it. The hoop iron ring is then removed and the two halves of
+the cylinder withdrawn. The soil is again compacted around the roots
+and the tree is planted. There is another transplanter, invented in
+America, that would probably be better and more economical in working
+than the one described above. This transplanter consists of a cylinder
+of thin sheet steel. These are made in America of various sizes to
+suit different kinds of trees. For a coffee tree a good size would be
+7&nbsp;inches long and 5&nbsp;inches in diameter.  The cylinder has an
+opening, five-eighths of an inch wide, running the whole length of the
+cylinder and exactly opposite this opening a handle is riveted. This
+handle is of half inch round iron, 18 inches long with a cross bar on
+top. The rod is bent outward in the form of a bow, so that in working,
+the branches of the young tree may not be injured. The mode of working
+the transplanter is as follows: the cylinder is placed on the ground
+with the tree in the center of the cylinder. This can be done by
+allowing the stem of the young tree to pass through the slot in the
+cylinder. Then, by means of the cross handle, the cylinder is turned
+and pressed into the soil until the upper end is level with the
+surface of the ground. Then, by lifting on the stem of the tree and
+the handle of the transplanter at the same time, the tree is taken
+from the ground with its roots undisturbed. Should the end of the tap
+root project below the end of the cylinder, the thready end should be
+pinched off with the thumb nail. By placing the lower end of the
+cylinder on the bottom of a box and inserting a wedge-shaped piece of
+wood in the slot, the cylinder is sprung
+<!-- Page 26 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">26</a></span>
+open and can be withdrawn, leaving the young tree, with a cylinder of
+earth around its roots, standing on the bottom of the box.  This
+operation can be repeated until the box is full of the young trees,
+when it is carried to the field and the trees placed one at each hole.
+By using a duplicate transplanter a cylinder of earth is removed from
+the spot where the tree is to be placed, and the tree with its
+cylinder of earth is placed in the round hole, which it exactly fits,
+the earth being slightly compacted around the roots. The tree is thus
+planted with the absolute certainty that the roots are in their
+natural position.</p>
+
+<div class="illo">
+<a name="PAUOA" id="PAUOA"></a>
+<img src="images/pauoa.jpg" width="500" height="354" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><br />
+PAUOA VALLEY RICE FIELDS.
+</span></div>
+
+<div class="illo">
+<a name="PINEAPPLE" id="PINEAPPLE"></a>
+<img src="images/pineapple.jpg" width="500" height="363" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><br />
+PINEAPPLE PLANTATION.
+</span></div>
+
+
+<h3>WEEDING.</h3>
+
+<p>The old adage, "a stitch in time saves nine," will bear its fullest
+application in the care and weeding of a coffee estate. From the time
+the land is first cleared, weeding should commence, and it is
+astonishing how little it will cost if care is taken that no weed be
+allowed to run to seed. The bulk of Hawaiian coffee lands is situated
+in the forests where the land is covered with a dense undergrowth of
+ferns and vines and there are no pernicious weeds to bother. But soon
+after clearing, the seeds of weeds are dropped by the birds and are
+carried in on the feet and clothing of the laborers and visitors. We
+have no weeds that run to seed in less than thirty days, and if the
+fields are gone over, once a month, and any weed that can be found
+pulled up and buried, the work of weeding will be reduced to a
+minimum. But if the weeds, that are bound to spring up, are allowed to
+run to seed, the work of weeding will be greatly increased and will
+require the labor of a large gang to keep the fields in order. If
+taken in time, the labor of one man will keep from 15 to 25 acres
+quite clean. During the first year after setting out the fields, all
+that is required is to keep the fields clear of weeds and the
+replacing, with a healthy tree from the nursery, any tree that from
+any cause looks sickly and does not come along well.</p>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 27 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">27</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>It will be found that in parts of the field some trees, while
+looking healthy, do not grow as fast as the average of the trees, this
+is often due to the soil not being of as good a quality. Knolls and
+side hills are not generally so rich as the hollows and valleys, and
+the coffee trees, planted in the poorest parts of the field, should be
+fertilized until they are as vigorous as the trees in the best
+parts.</p>
+
+
+<h3>HANDLING.</h3>
+
+<p>During the second year the young trees will have begun to make a
+good growth and will require handling. In order to make clear the
+description of the operations of handling and pruning, it may be well
+to describe here the component parts of the coffee tree.</p>
+
+<p>The underground portion consists of a tap root and numerous lateral
+or side roots. The parts above ground consist of:</p>
+
+<p class="list">1st. The stem or trunk.</p>
+
+<p class="list">2d. The primaries or first branches; these grow from
+the trunk in pairs at intervals of from two to four inches, the two
+primaries, making a pair, grow one opposite to the other, the pair
+above radiating out at a different angle and so on to the top of the
+tree.</p>
+
+<p class="list">3rd. The secondaries; these are the branches that grow
+in pairs from the primaries.</p>
+
+<p class="list">4th. The tertiaries; these are the third branches that
+grow in pairs from the secondaries in the same manner as the
+secondaries grow on the primaries.</p>
+
+<p class="list">5th. The leaves that grow on all the branches.</p>
+
+<p>During the whole of the second year, the field should be gone over
+at least every two months and all the secondaries that make their
+appearance should be rubbed off; this can be done by a touch of the
+fingers, if the secondaries are not more than two or three inches
+long.  If allowed to grow longer, the knife
+<!-- Page 28 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">28</a></span>
+must be used, or there is danger of tearing out the eye or bud, which
+we depend upon for growing new secondaries at the proper time. During
+the second year, the secondaries will make their appearance only on
+the lower sets of primaries, the upper sets as they grow being too
+young to grow secondaries. At the beginning of the third year all the
+secondaries should be allowed to grow till they attain a length of six
+inches; then the trees should be carefully gone over and all but five
+of the secondaries on each primary cut off with a sharp pruning
+knife. No pairs should be left, and only the strongest and most
+vigorous should be retained. They should be disposed on alternate
+sides of the primary and none left in a space of six inches from the
+stem of the tree. The object of this is to allow the light to
+penetrate to the center of the tree, for the coffee tree bears fruit
+in greater profusion on branches that are exposed to the light than on
+those that are shaded.</p>
+
+<p>During this third year the tree will blossom and bear the first or
+maiden crop. In some cases the tree will blossom in the second year,
+but it is a wise plan to rub all the blossoms off, as it only weakens
+the tree to bear a crop at such an early age. It is of the utmost
+importance that in the first crop, as well as in all future crops, the
+tree should not be overburdened with a superabundance of growing
+wood. If left to itself, the lower primaries will grow a mass of
+secondaries, so much so that no blossom will set on them, and the
+first crop will come only on the upper primaries, and be only a third
+or fourth of the crop that would be produced if the trees were
+properly handled. By handling, as described above, the tree is
+relieved of all superfluous wood and only such secondaries are left as
+are needed to bear the fourth year's crop, and the maiden crop will
+grow on the primaries. It may be well to mention here, that coffee
+only grows on wood of the second year's growth, and does not grow on
+the same wood twice.</p>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 29 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">29</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>During the third year, the secondaries will come on the upper
+primaries.  When they are well set, they should be reduced in number
+and in no case should more than five be left to grow. In some cases
+four or even three will be sufficient. Whatever the number that may be
+left, it must be understood that these are the branches that will bear
+the crop for the fourth year. During the third year new secondaries
+will grow from the places where the former secondaries grew. Sometimes
+two will grow from one bud, they should all be removed, the trees
+being gone over two months, but at the last handling before blossoming
+time, which varies greatly with the elevation above sea level, enough
+of these new secondaries should be left to make wood for the fifth
+year's crop. From this time on the coffee planter should be able to
+point out the wood on which the present and the next year's crop will
+be borne, and it is this wood and that only, that should be allowed to
+grow. All other shoots, suckers, etc., should be rubbed off each time
+the tree is handled, provision being made each year for the wood for
+the crop two years hence.</p>
+
+<p>During the third year, the trees will require topping. As to the
+height at which a coffee tree should be topped, there is a great
+diversity of opinion. Some planters advocate topping as low as four
+and a half feet, others at six or seven feet; as a matter of fact the
+coffee tree will bear fruit if topped as low as one and one half feet
+or if not topped at all. The only valid reason for topping as low as
+four and a half feet is for the convenience of picking the crop. Five
+and a half or six feet is a good height to top a coffee tree on the
+rich lands of the Hawaiian Islands. In fact the planters should not be
+guided by the number of feet, but by the number of primaries he
+desires the tree to carry.  Eighteen to twenty pairs are a reasonable
+number for a coffee tree to carry in this country, and it will be
+found that by not counting those primaries that grow on the stem
+within fifteen inches from the ground, eighteen or
+<!-- Page 30 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">30</a></span>
+twenty pairs of primaries will come on the stem within six feet from
+the ground. Before topping the tree, it should be allowed to grow
+somewhat higher that it is intended to top, so that the wood may be
+hardened and not decay as it sometimes does if topped when the wood is
+too young. Topping is performed by cutting off the top of the tree at
+a point an inch above a pair of primaries. Both primaries should also
+be cut off an inch from the stem. This will leave the top in the form
+of a cross; a knot will form at this point from which the tree will
+constantly send up shoots striving to make a new top. These should be
+torn off every time the tree is handled.</p>
+
+<p>We have now arrived at the time when the tree is bearing the first
+or maiden crop. Through careful handling the tree has been divested of
+all superfluous shoots, branches, etc., and the crop is maturing on
+the primaries. If the trees are situated on good rich soil, and the
+trees are well grown, there should be at least thirteen pairs of
+primaries bearing crop. At an average of fifty berries to each primary
+there will be a yield of over one and a quarter pounds of clean coffee
+to the tree.  This yield for the first crop has been much exceeded in
+this country, but it can only be assured by careful cultivation and
+handling as described in this paper.</p>
+
+<p>We will now take a look at the condition of our three years old
+trees.  They have all been topped and are carrying from thirty-six to
+forty primaries, of which all except the upper six or eight are
+carrying four or five secondaries that are well advanced and which
+will bear the crop for the fourth year. There will also be four or
+five secondaries, that are one or two months old, which are intended
+to bear the fifth year's crop. All other growth should be removed as
+before up to the time of blossoming for the fourth year's crop. This
+may be estimated as follows: There should be at least twenty-four
+primaries that have on each of them say, four bearing secondaries. At
+thirty berries to each secondary, the yield would be close to three
+<!-- Page 31 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">31</a></span>
+pounds of clean coffee to each tree. This again has been exceeded in
+this country for four year old trees, but it must be borne in mind,
+that in order to obtain these results, proper cultivation, handling
+and pruning must be done. Without proper care such results would be
+impossible, the coffee cannot grow an abundance of wood and coffee at
+the same time. As soon as the crop of the fourth year is gathered the
+work of pruning must commence without delay. This consists of cutting
+off with a sharp knife the secondaries that have borne the crop. They
+must not be cut so close as to injure the eye or bud. About
+three-sixteenths of an inch from the stem of the primary will be quite
+safe, and the secondaries for the fifth year's crop will soon make
+their appearance. Care should be taken to leave the stem of the tree
+clear of shoots and foliage for a space of six inches from the stem;
+the tree will want all the light it can get. The coffee tree can be
+said to be in full bearing when all the primaries are carrying bearing
+secondaries.  During the life of the coffee tree, the planter must
+keep a close watch on his trees and restrict their wood-bearing
+propensities to the wood that is to bear his crops; nothing else
+should be allowed to grow. If the work is commenced rightly and
+carried on systematically, the work will not be difficult and no crops
+will be lost. But on the other hand, if the work is neglected, the
+trees will become matted and all the lower primaries die off. These,
+if once lost, will not grow again. The tree under these conditions
+will only bear a tithe of the crop it would bear with proper
+attention, and furthermore it is a most difficult matter to bring a
+neglected tree into proper shape and it can only be done at a loss of
+one and perhaps two years' time. There are many minor details
+connected with the care of the coffee tree which would occupy too much
+space to describe here, and which the coffee planter can easily learn
+as he carries on the work of coffee planting. Without doubt coffee
+planting in this country is destined to become a great industry. We
+have large tracts
+<!-- Page 32 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">32</a></span>
+of the finest coffee lands in the world, only waiting to be cultivated
+to make prosperous and happy homes. One parting word to the intending
+coffee planter, take Davie Crockett's motto, "Be sure you're right and
+then go ahead."</p>
+
+<h3>
+ESTIMATE OF COST OF ESTABLISHING AND MAINTAINING A
+COFFEE PLANTATION OF 75&nbsp;ACRES, FROM THE&nbsp;FIRST
+TO&nbsp;THE SEVENTH&nbsp;YEAR.</h3>
+
+<div class="center">
+<table width="100%" summary="coffee plantation cost estimate, first
+seven years, 3 columns, 89 rows">
+
+<tr>
+<th colspan="3"><h4>FIRST YEAR.</h4></th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">
+    Purchase of 100 acres of Government land at $10.00 per acre</td>
+  <td class="padright">$1,000&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Manager's house and water tank</td>
+  <td class="padright">   600&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Laborers' quarters and water tank</td>
+  <td class="padright">350&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Clearing 50&nbsp;acres of land, at $20 per
+  acre</td>
+  <td class="padright">1,000&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Fencing</td>
+  <td class="padright">300&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Purchase of 65,000, 1-year old coffee plants
+  at $5.00 per&nbsp;M</td>
+  <td class="padright">325&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Lining, holing and planting 50&nbsp;acres</td>
+  <td class="padright">600&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Manager's salary, 1&nbsp;year</td>
+  <td class="padright">1,200&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Labor of 6 Japanese, 1&nbsp;year at $15 per
+  month</td>
+  <td class="padright">1,080&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Purchase of tools and starting nursery</td>
+  <td class="padright">500&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright"><hr class="midequals" /></td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright">$6,955&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright">$6,955&nbsp;00</td>
+</tr>
+
+
+<tr>
+<th colspan="3"><h4>SECOND YEAR.</h4></th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Manager's salary</td>
+  <td class="padright">$1,200&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Labor, 6&nbsp;Japanese</td>
+  <td class="padright">1,080&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Extra labor lining, holing and planting
+  25&nbsp;acres</td>
+  <td class="padright">300&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Sundries</td>
+  <td class="padright">500&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright"><hr class="midequals" /></td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright">$3,080&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright">$10,035&nbsp;00</td>
+</tr>
+
+
+<tr>
+  <th colspan="3">
+<!-- Page 33 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">33</a></span>
+
+  <h4>THIRD YEAR.</h4>
+</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Manager's salary</td>
+  <td class="padright">$1,200&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Labor, 9&nbsp;Japanese</td>
+  <td class="padright">1,620&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Pulping shed and drying house</td>
+  <td class="padright">500&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Pulper, with engine and boiler</td>
+  <td class="padright">500&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Extra help for picking, pulping and drying
+      20,000&nbsp;lbs. of coffee from 50&nbsp;acres (at 4&nbsp;cents
+      per&nbsp;lb.)</td>
+  <td class="padright">800&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Hulling, polishing and grading
+  20,000&nbsp;lbs. of coffee at 1&nbsp;cent</td>
+  <td class="padright">200&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Sundries: bags, freight, etc.</td>
+  <td class="padright">250&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright"><hr class="midequals" /></td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright">$5,070&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"> 5,070&nbsp;00</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+  <td class="padright"><hr class="longequals" /></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+  <td class="padright">$15,105&nbsp;00</td>
+</tr>
+
+
+<tr>
+<th colspan="3"><h4>CREDIT.</h4></th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">By sale of 20,000&nbsp;lbs. of coffee at
+  18&nbsp;cents</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+  <td class="padright">3,600&nbsp;00</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+  <td class="padright"><hr class="longequals" /></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+  <td class="padright">$11,505&nbsp;00</td>
+</tr>
+
+
+<tr>
+<th colspan="3"><h4>FOURTH YEAR.</h4></th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Manager's salary</td>
+  <td class="padright">$1,200&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Labor, 9&nbsp;Japanese</td>
+  <td class="padright">1,620&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Extra labor picking, pulping and drying
+      50,000&nbsp;lbs. of coffee from 50&nbsp;acres (at 4&nbsp;cents
+      per&nbsp;lb.)</td>
+  <td class="padright">2,000&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">10,000&nbsp;lbs. from 25&nbsp;acres
+  (3-year-old trees)</td>
+  <td class="padright">400&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright">
+  <!-- Page 34 -->
+  <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">34</a></span>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Hulling, polishing and grading
+  60,000&nbsp;lbs. at 1&nbsp;cent</td>
+  <td class="padright">600&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Sundries: bags, freight, etc.</td>
+  <td class="padright">400&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright"><hr class="midequals" /></td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright">$6,220&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"> 6,220&nbsp;00</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+  <td class="padright"><hr class="longequals" /></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+  <td class="padright">$17,725&nbsp;00</td>
+</tr>
+
+
+<tr>
+<th colspan="3"><h4>CREDIT.</h4></th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">By sale of 60,000&nbsp;lbs. of coffee at 18c</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+  <td class="padright">10,800&nbsp;00</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+  <td class="padright"><hr class="longequals" /></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+  <td class="padright">$ 6,925&nbsp;00</td>
+</tr>
+
+
+<tr>
+<th colspan="3"><h4>FIFTH YEAR.</h4></th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Manager's salary</td>
+  <td class="padright">$1,200&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Labor, 9&nbsp;Japanese</td>
+  <td class="padright">1,620&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Picking, pulping and drying
+      60,000&nbsp;lbs. coffee from 50&nbsp;acres and
+      25,000&nbsp;lbs. from 25&nbsp;acres, at 4&nbsp;cents</td>
+  <td class="padright">3,400&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Hulling, polishing and grading
+  85,000&nbsp;lbs. at 1&nbsp;cent per lb.</td>
+  <td class="padright">850&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Sundries: bags, freight, etc.</td>
+  <td class="padright">500&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright"><hr class="midequals" /></td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright">$7,570&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"> 7,570&nbsp;00</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+  <td class="padright"><hr class="longequals" /></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+  <td class="padright">$14,495&nbsp;00</td>
+</tr>
+
+
+<tr>
+<th colspan="3"><h4>CREDIT.</h4></th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">By sale of 85,000&nbsp;lbs. coffee at
+  18&nbsp;cents</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+  <td class="padright">15,300&nbsp;00</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+  <td class="padright"><hr class="longequals" /></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Balance on hand</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+  <td class="padright">$ 905&nbsp;00</td>
+</tr>
+
+
+<tr>
+  <th colspan="3">
+<!-- Page 35 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">35</a></span>
+
+  <h4>SIXTH YEAR.</h4>
+</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Manager's salary</td>
+  <td class="padright">$1,200&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Labor, 9&nbsp;Japanese</td>
+  <td class="padright">1,620&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Picking, pulping and drying
+      75,000&nbsp;lbs. of coffee from 50&nbsp;acres,
+      and 25,000&nbsp;lbs. from 25&nbsp;acres, 100,000&nbsp;lbs. at
+      4&nbsp;cents</td>
+  <td class="padright">4,000&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Hulling, polishing and grading
+  100,000&nbsp;lbs. at 1&nbsp;cent</td>
+  <td class="padright">1,000&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Sundries: bags, freight, etc.</td>
+  <td class="padright">1,000&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright"><hr class="midequals" /></td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright">$8,820&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright">$8,820&nbsp;00</td>
+</tr>
+
+
+<tr>
+<th colspan="3"><h4>CREDIT.</h4></th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">By sale of 100,000&nbsp;lbs. of coffee at
+  18&nbsp;cents</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+  <td class="padright">18,000&nbsp;00</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+  <td class="padright"><hr class="longequals" /></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Balance on hand</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+  <td class="padright">$10,085&nbsp;00</td>
+</tr>
+
+
+<tr>
+<th colspan="3"><h4>SEVENTH YEAR.</h4></th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Manager's salary</td>
+  <td class="padright">$1,200&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Labor, 12&nbsp;Japanese</td>
+  <td class="padright">2,160&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Picking, pulping and drying
+  125,000&nbsp;lbs. of coffee at 4&nbsp;cents</td>
+  <td class="padright">5,500&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Hulling, polishing and grading
+  125,000&nbsp;lbs. at 1&nbsp;cent</td>
+  <td class="padright">1,250&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Sundries: bags, freight, etc.</td>
+  <td class="padright">1,200&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright"><hr class="midequals" /></td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright">$11,310&nbsp;00</td>
+  <td class="padright">$11,310&nbsp;00</td>
+</tr>
+
+
+<tr>
+  <th colspan="3">
+<!-- Page 36 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">36</a></span>
+
+  <h4>CREDIT.</h4></th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">By sale of 125,000&nbsp;lbs. of coffee at
+  18&nbsp;cents</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+  <td class="padright">22,500&nbsp;00</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent"></td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+  <td class="padright"><hr class="longequals" /></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="hangindent">Balance to credit of Plantation at end of
+  seventh year</td>
+  <td class="padright"></td>
+  <td class="padright">$21,275&nbsp;00</td>
+</tr>
+
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="bigskip"></div>
+
+<p>The yields as given in the above estimate are far below what may be
+attained by thorough cultivation and fertilizing. The coffee tree
+responds readily to good treatment, but will disappoint its owner if
+neglected.</p>
+
+<div class="illo">
+<a name="HAMAKUA" id="HAMAKUA"></a>
+<img src="images/hamakua.jpg" width="500" height="392" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><br />
+COFFEE PLANTATION, HAMAKUA.
+</span></div>
+
+<div class="illo">
+<a name="PUNA" id="PUNA"></a>
+<img src="images/puna.jpg" width="500" height="364" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><br />
+COFFEE PLANTATION, PUNA.
+</span></div>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 37 -->
+<span class="pagenum">
+  <a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">37</a>
+  <a name="CHAPTER_V" id="CHAPTER_V"></a>
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER V.</h2>
+
+<hr class="mini" />
+
+<h3>AGRICULTURAL POSSIBILITIES.</h3>
+
+
+<p>While the coffee trees are growing and during the time that will
+elapse before the planter receives returns from his investment, it
+would be a wise thing for him to plant such things, as will not only
+provide the greater part of the food for himself and family, but may
+also yield a moderate return in money. The soil and climate of the
+Hawaiian Islands will grow almost anything that grows in any other
+country. All Northern fruits can be grown if one will only go high
+enough on the mountain slopes of Maui and Hawaii. But the coffee
+planter must confine himself to such things as will thrive in the
+vicinity in which his coffee trees are planted, and it is for the
+information of intending planters that this chapter is written.</p>
+
+<p>In the first place, almost all kinds of vegetables will grow in
+such profusion as will astonish those who have lived only in Northern
+climes.  Green and sweet corn, potatoes, Irish and sweet, cabbages,
+tomatoes, beans, lettuce, radishes and many other kinds of vegetables,
+all of the finest quality and in the greatest profusion, can be had
+every day in the year. Strawberries and raspberries can also be had
+all the year round. In addition to oranges and limes, which grow to
+perfection in this country, many fruits peculiar to tropical and
+semi-tropical climates grow well and flourish in these Islands. Among
+the more important is the Avocado Pear (Persea Gratissima), commonly
+called the Alligator Pear. This tree grows well and bears fruit, of
+splendid quality, in from 3 to 5 years from seed.
+<!-- Page 38 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">38</a></span>
+The fruit is much esteemed by all classes. A small quantity of the
+fruit is shipped to California; what reaches there in good condition
+is quickly bought at high prices.  It can only be carried safely in
+cold storage, and this is very expensive freight. A native peach does
+well, and will bear fruit in two years from seed. The fruit is much
+smaller than the American peach, which by the way does not do well on
+elevations below 4000 feet, but very sweet and juicy and makes
+excellent preserves and pies. Without doubt this peach could in a few
+years be improved so as to rival peaches of any other country. The
+Mango (Mangifera Indica) is a tropical fruit tree that grows in the
+greatest profusion and bears enormous crops of delicious fruit. It
+comes into bearing in 5 or 6 years from seed and does well from sea
+level to an elevation of 2000 feet. The fruit is much liked by every
+one; the green fruit is made into a sauce resembling, but much
+superior to, apple butter.</p>
+
+<p>The Guava (Psidium Guayava) grows wild in all parts of the Islands
+below 3000 feet. The fruit, of which there is a great abundance, is
+made into jam and the very finest jelly in the world. In the fruiting
+season large quantities of the jelly can be made, and without doubt,
+exported at a profit.</p>
+
+<p>The Poha (Physalis edulis) is a quick growing shrub bearing a berry
+that makes excellent jelly and jam. The shrub grows wild on elevations
+between 1000 and 4000 feet. A patch of pohas planted in a corner of a
+garden, will grow and yield a bountiful supply of fruit almost without
+cultivation.</p>
+
+<p>Pineapples are at home on these Islands; a small plot planted with
+the best varieties of this king of fruits will keep the table supplied
+the year round.</p>
+
+<p>Another valuable fruit indigenous to this country is the Papaia
+(Carica papaya). This fine fruit can be raised in enormous quantities
+and is a most fattening food for pigs and chickens. The tree fruits in
+eight or nine months from the seed, and thence forward for years it
+yields ripe fruit every
+<!-- Page 39 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">39</a></span>
+month in the year. The fruit is of the size of a small melon and is
+very rich in sugar. The unripe fruit contains a milky juice that, even
+when diluted with water, renders any tough meat, that is washed in it,
+quite tender. A small piece of the unripe fruit placed in the water in
+which meat or tough chicken is boiled makes it tender and easily
+digestible.</p>
+
+<p>A very valuable food plant, indigenous to these Islands, is the
+taro (Colocasia esculenta). The variety known as dry land taro will
+grow on land that is moist enough for the coffee trees. The taro is a
+grand food plant, the tubers containing more nutriment for a given
+weight than any other vegetable food. The young tops when cooked are
+hard to distinguish from spinach. The tubers must be cooked before
+they can be used for food, in order to dissipate a very acrid
+principle that exists in both leaves and root.</p>
+
+<p>Another important food plant that has been introduced and yields
+abundantly is the Cassava (Manihot utilissima). This plant furnishes
+the staple food for the population of Brazil. It is easily propagated
+by the planting pieces of the woody portions of the stems and
+branches. The tubers are available in nine or ten months after
+planting. There are two kinds, the sweet and the bitter; the latter
+being the more prolific. The sweet kind can be fed to pigs without
+cooking. The bitter kind contains a poisonous substance which is
+entirely destroyed by cooking. There is no danger of animals eating
+the bitter kind in a raw state, for no stock will touch it, while the
+sweet kind is eagerly eaten in the raw state by pigs, horses, cows,
+etc. The tubers are prepared for human food by grating them. The juice
+is then expelled by pressure, and the residue pounded into a coarse
+meal, which is made into thin cakes. It is an excellent food, and said
+to be much more digestible than bread and other foods made from
+wheat. Pigs can be very cheaply raised on the sweet variety of this
+plant. A field of the plant being ready
+<!-- Page 40 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">40</a></span>
+to gather, a portion is fenced off, and the pigs turned into it. They
+will continue to feed until every vestige of the tubers is eaten,
+leaving the ground in a fine condition for replanting. The tubers
+never spoil in the ground, in fact the soil is the very best
+storehouse for them. However if left for two or three years the tubers
+grow very large and tough.</p>
+
+<p>Bananas, in great variety, are grown in all parts of the Islands
+where there is sufficient moisture. Any land that will grow coffee
+will grow bananas. The yield of fruit from this remarkable plant is
+something astonishing. It commences to bear fruit in a little over one
+year from the time of planting. The stem decays after the formation of
+a bunch of fruit; this will weigh from 50 to 100 pounds and
+upwards. Numerous suckers spring up from around the decaying stem and
+bear fruit in their turn. One-half an acre planted with bananas would
+not only furnish a large family with an abundance of delicious and
+nutritious fruit, but would also yield a large supply of feed for
+pigs, chickens and other stock.</p>
+
+<p>The tea plant (Camellia Thea) grows well in this country and yields
+a tea of good quality. It is hardly likely that it will become an
+article of export from this country, as we cannot compete with the
+very low prices paid for labor in the great tea countries, India,
+Ceylon, and China. But it can be grown for home consumption, and there
+is no reason why every coffee planter should not have a patch of tea
+growing on his land. An eighth of an acre, planted out in tea plants,
+would yield more tea than could be consumed by a large family; the
+work of cultivation and preparation is light and easy and could be
+done by women and children.</p>
+
+<p>The coffee lands are situated in forested tracts in which there is
+little or no pasturage for animals. Every coffee planter should keep
+one or more cows to obtain the milk and butter which will furnish a
+large addition to the food supply for himself and family. In order to
+do this, it will be necessary to
+<!-- Page 41 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">41</a></span>
+plant such things as will furnish food for the animals. We have
+several fodder plants that will yield a large quantity of feed and
+which will only grow in tropical and semi-tropical countries.</p>
+
+<div class="illo">
+<a name="STEAMSHIP" id="STEAMSHIP"></a>
+<img src="images/steamship.jpg" width="500" height="355" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><br />
+OCEANIC STEAMSHIP AUSTRALIA.
+</span></div>
+
+<div class="illo">
+<a name="HOUSE" id="HOUSE"></a>
+<img src="images/house.jpg" width="500" height="390" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><br />
+VOLCANO HOUSE.
+</span></div>
+
+
+<p>First among these is the Teosinte Reana (Euchlacna luxurians). This
+plant is a native of Guatamala,<!--[sic]--> and grows splendidly in
+this country; each plant requires sixteen feet of ground for its full
+development. It is an annual if allowed to run to seed; but its growth
+can be continued by cutting when four or five feet high, and green
+feed obtained all the year round.</p>
+
+<p>Guinea grass (Panicum Maximum), one of the grandest of fodder
+plants, has been introduced and finds a congenial home in this
+country. It is purely a tropical grass, it grows to a height of eight
+feet forming large bunches which, when cut young, furnish an abundance
+of sweet and tender feed. In districts when there is sufficient
+moisture, it can be cut every two months. Caffir corn, Egyptian millet
+and Sorghum grow well, and should be planted in order to have a change
+of feed.</p>
+
+<p>Pumpkins and squash grow to an enormous size and yield an immense
+quantity of feed, much relished by cows and pigs.</p>
+
+<p>A dry land rice is being tried in the coffee districts of Olaa and
+Kona, on the Island of Hawaii, and there is every reason to believe
+that it will be successful. Nearly all the laborers on the coffee
+plantations use rice as their staple food and it has to be brought
+from the Island of Oahu to the Islands of Hawaii and Maui. There is no
+doubt but that the rice used by the labor on the coffee plantations,
+can be raised on the spot, reducing the cost of living to the
+laborers, and making them more contented.</p>
+
+<p>It will be seen from the foregoing that many things can be grown
+that will enable the coffee planter to not only reduce the outlay for
+living expenses for himself and family but will also allow them to
+enjoy many of the comforts and luxuries of life.</p>
+
+<p>While our main industries, sugar, coffee and rice, are being
+vigorously carried on, new products are not lost sight of. Experiments
+<!-- Page 42 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">42</a></span>
+are in progress that promise to greatly diversify our industries and
+increase the number of our exports.</p>
+
+<p>Several fiber plants are receiving attention, particularly the
+Sisal Hemp (Agave Sisalana) and Sansevieria or bow string Hemp. The
+Sisal plant will grow and flourish on lands that are too dry for any
+other cultivation. Many thousands of the plants have been introduced
+and at least one plantation is being set out.</p>
+
+<p>The bow string Hemp requires a wet, rich land in order to do
+well. It probably yields the best fiber of all the leaf fiber
+plants.</p>
+
+<p>Ramie (Boehmeria nivea) grows splendidly in this country and after
+being well established will yield 4 to 6 crops per annum. Whenever a
+machine is invented that will economically decorticate the Ramie
+fiber, its cultivation will become an important industry in this
+country. Ramie will grow and do well wherever the coffee tree will
+grow, and whenever the machine is available, the coffee planter will
+have a profitable industry, to go hand in hand with coffee and employ
+the slack time between the coffee picking seasons.</p>
+
+<p>Cocoa (Theobroma Cacao) is the tree that<!--Typo: the--> produces
+the fruit from which chocolate is made. It grows and bears well in
+moist humid districts, and many of the coffee planters are setting out
+numbers of the trees.</p>
+
+<p>There are many other economic plants that are well suited for
+culture in this country. The country is entering on a new era, and as
+the lands become settled and population increases, many small cultures
+will become possible, which will afford many persons the opportunity
+of making an easy living in a land of eternal summer.</p>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 43 -->
+<span class="pagenum">
+  <a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">43</a>
+  <a name="CHAPTER_VI" id="CHAPTER_VI"></a>
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER VI.</h2>
+
+<hr class="mini" />
+
+<h3>DIGEST OF THE LAND&nbsp;ACT OF&nbsp;1895.</h3>
+
+<h4>(With reference to unoccupied&nbsp;lands.)</h4>
+
+
+<p>The Land Act of 1895, having for its special object the settlement
+and cultivation of the Government agricultural and pastoral land,
+vested the control and management of Public Lands in a Board of Three
+Commissioners, composed of the Minister of the Interior and two
+persons appointed and removable by the President, one of whom is
+designated the Agent of Public Lands; but excepting from the control
+of the Commissioners, town lots, landings, tracts reserved for Public
+purposes, etc., which remain under the control of the Minister of the
+Interior.</p>
+
+<p class="smallskip">For the purposes of the Act, the Republic of
+Hawaii is divided into Six Land Districts, as follows:</p>
+
+<p class="list">1st. Hilo and Puna on the Island of Hawaii.</p>
+
+<p class="list">2d. Hamakua and Kohala on the Island of Hawaii.</p>
+
+<p class="list">3rd. Kona and Kau on the Island of Hawaii.</p>
+
+<p class="list">4th. The Islands of Maui, Molokai, Lanai and Kahoolawe.</p>
+
+<p class="list">5th. The Island of Oahu.</p>
+
+<p class="list">6th. The Island of Kauai.</p>
+
+
+<p>The Commissioners are represented by a Sub-Agent in each District.</p>
+
+<p class="smallskip">Public Lands for the purposes of this Act are
+classified as follows:</p>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 44 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">44</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p class="list">I. Agricultural Lands. First Class: Land suitable for
+the cultivation of Fruit, Coffee, Sugar or other perennial crops with
+or without irrigation.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Second Class: Land suitable for the cultivation of
+annual crops only.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Third Class: Wet lands such as kalo and rice
+lands.</p>
+
+<p class="list">II. Pastoral Land. First Class: Land not in the
+description of Agricultural land but capable of carrying livestock the
+year through.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Second Class: Land capable of carrying livestock only
+part of the year, or otherwise inferior to First Class Pastoral
+land.</p>
+
+<p class="list">III. Pastoral Agricultural Land: Land adapted in part
+for pasturage and in part for cultivation.</p>
+
+<p class="list">IV. Forest Land: Land producing forest trees but
+unsuitable for cultivation.</p>
+
+<p class="list">V. Waste Land. Land not included in the other
+classes.</p>
+
+
+<p class="smallskip">The Act provides three principal methods for the
+acquirement of Public Lands, under systems known as
+</p>
+
+<p class="list">I. Homestead Lease.</p>
+
+<p class="list">II. Right of Purchase Lease.</p>
+
+<p class="list">III. Cash Freehold.</p>
+
+
+<h3>GENERAL QUALIFICATION OF&nbsp;APPLICANTS.</h3>
+
+<p>Applicants for land under systems named above, must be over
+eighteen years of age, must be citizens by birth or naturalization or
+have received letters of denization or special rights of citizenship,
+be under no civil disability for any offense, nor delinquent in the
+payment of taxes. Special qualifications are named under the
+respective systems.</p>
+
+
+<h3>HOMESTEAD LEASE SYSTEM.</h3>
+
+<p>The Homestead Lease system permits the acquirement of Public Land
+by qualified persons without other payments than
+<!-- Page 45 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">45</a></span>
+a fee of two dollars upon application and a fee of five dollars upon
+issuance of Homestead Lease.</p>
+
+<p class="smallskip">The limit of area in the different classes of
+land which may be acquired under Homestead Lease is:</p>
+
+<p class="list">8 acres first-class agricultural land;</p>
+
+<p class="list">16 acres second-class agricultural land;</p>
+
+<p class="list">1 acre wet (rice or taro) land;</p>
+
+<p class="list">30 acres first-class pastoral land;</p>
+
+<p class="list">60 acres second-class pastoral land;</p>
+
+<p class="list">45 acres pastoral-agricultural land.</p>
+
+
+<h3>SPECIAL QUALIFICATIONS OF APPLICANTS FOR HOMESTEAD&nbsp;LEASE.</h3>
+
+<p>Any person having the general qualifications (as to citizenship,
+etc.)  who is not the owner in his own right of any land in the
+Hawaiian Islands, other than "wet land" (rice, taro, etc.) and who is
+not an applicant for other land under the Act may apply under this
+part of the Act, and such application may cover one lot of wet land in
+addition to other land, if reasonably near. Husband and wife may not
+both be applicants.</p>
+
+<p>Applications must be made in person at the office of Sub-Agent of
+the District, accompanied by sworn declaration of qualifications, and
+a fee of $2.</p>
+
+
+<h3>CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPATION.</h3>
+
+<p>The successful applicant receives a certificate of occupation which
+entitles him to occupy the described premises and to receive a
+homestead lease for Nine Hundred and Ninety-Nine Years, if conditions
+of certificate of occupation have been fulfilled, the conditions
+being:</p>
+
+<p>That the occupier shall, before the end of two years, build a
+dwelling house and reside on the premises. He shall maintain his home
+on the premises from and after the end of two years
+<!-- Page 46 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">46</a></span>
+from date of certificate.  He shall before the end of six years from
+date of certificate have in cultivation not less than 10 per cent. of
+the land, or have in cultivation 5 per cent. of the land and, in good
+growing condition, not less than ten timber, shade or fruit trees per
+acre on agricultural land, or if pastoral land, fence the same within
+six years.</p>
+
+<p>He shall pay the taxes assessed upon the premises within sixty days
+after the same are delinquent.</p>
+
+<p>He shall perform any conditions of the certificates for the
+planting or protection of trees, or prevention or destruction of
+vegetable pests that may be on the premises.</p>
+
+
+<h3>CONDITIONS OF HOMESTEAD&nbsp;LEASE.</h3>
+
+<p>The Lessee or his successors must maintain his home on the leased
+premises, must pay the taxes assessed upon the premises, within sixty
+days after the same are delinquent, and perform any conditions of the
+lease relating to protection or planting of trees, or destruction and
+prevention of vegetable pests.</p>
+
+<p>Lands held under a certificate of occupation or homestead lease are
+liable to taxation as estates in fee.</p>
+
+<p>In case of the death of an occupier or lessee his interests,
+notwithstanding any devise or bequest shall vest in his relations, in
+the order prescribed in the Act, the widow or widower being first in
+order, then the children, etc.</p>
+
+<p>Certificates of occupation or homestead lease, or any interest
+thereunder, is not assignable by way of mortgage nor is the same
+subject to attachment, levy or sale on any process issuing from the
+Courts of the country. Neither the whole nor any portion of the
+premises may be sub-let.</p>
+
+<p>Surrender may be made to the Government by an occupier or lessee
+having the whole interest if all conditions to date of surrender have
+been fulfilled, and the person so surrendering is entitled to receive
+from the Government the value of permanent improvement, whenever the
+same is received by the Government from a new tenant.</p>
+
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 47 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">47</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<h3>RIGHT OF PURCHASE LEASES.</h3>
+
+<p>Right of Purchase Leases, for the term of twenty-one years, may be
+issued to qualified applicants, with the privilege to the Lessee of
+purchasing at the end of three years and upon fulfillment of special
+conditions.</p>
+
+
+<h3>QUALIFICATIONS OF&nbsp;APPLICANTS.</h3>
+
+<p>Any person who is over eighteen years of age, who is a citizen by
+birth or naturalization of the Republic of Hawaii or who has received
+letters of denization of special rights of citizenship, who is under
+no civil disability for any offense, who is not delinquent in the
+payment of taxes, and who does not own any agricultural or pastoral
+land in the Hawaiian Islands, may apply for Right of Purchase Lease,
+the limit of areas which may be acquired being:</p>
+
+<!--Normalize hyphenation of first-class, second-class-->
+<p class="list">100 acres first-class agricultural land;</p>
+
+<p class="list">200 acres second-class agricultural land;</p>
+
+<p class="list">2 acres wet (rice or taro) land;</p>
+
+<p class="list">600 acres first-class pastoral land;</p>
+
+<p class="list">1200 acres second-class pastoral land;</p>
+
+<p class="list">400 acres mixed agricultural and pastoral land.</p>
+
+
+<p>Any qualified person, owning less than the respective amounts
+stated in foregoing list, and which is not subject to residence
+condition, may acquire additional land of the classes already held by
+him but so that his aggregate holding shall not be in excess of the
+limit named; or if desiring additional land of another class may
+acquire the same according to ratio established between the various
+classes.</p>
+
+<p>Husband and wife may not both be applicants for Right of Purchase
+Leases.</p>
+
+<p>Application must be made in person at the office of Sub-Agent of
+the District, and must be accompanied by a fee equal to six months
+rent of premises, fee to be credited on account
+<!-- Page 48 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">48</a></span>
+of rent, if application is successful, and to be returned is
+application is unsuccessful. In case of more than one application for
+same lot the first application takes precedence.</p>
+
+
+<h3>CONDITIONS OF RIGHT OF PURCHASE&nbsp;LEASE.</h3>
+
+<p>Term: twenty-one years.</p>
+
+<p>Rental: Eight per cent. on the appraised value given in lease,
+payable semi-annually.</p>
+
+<p>The Lessee must from the end of the first to the end of the fifth
+year continuously maintain his home on the leased premises.</p>
+
+<p>The Lessee<!--Typo: lessee--> must have in cultivation at the end
+of three years five per cent. and at the end of five years ten per
+cent. of his holding, and maintain on agricultural land an average of
+ten trees to the acre.</p>
+
+<p>Pastoral land must be fenced.</p>
+
+<p>Interest in Right of Purchase Lease is not assignable without
+written consent of the Commissioners of Public Lands, but the lease
+may be surrendered to the Government.</p>
+
+<p>In case of forfeiture or surrender of right of purchase lease,
+reappraisement is made of the land and of permanent improvements
+thereon, and if the land is again disposed of, the incoming tenant
+shall pay for such permanent improvements and the amount when so
+received by the Government shall be paid to the surrendering
+Lessee.</p>
+
+
+<h3>CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH PURCHASE&nbsp;MAY&nbsp;BE&nbsp;MADE.</h3>
+
+<p>At any time after third year of leasehold<!--Typo: leashold-->
+term, the Lessee is entitled to a Land Patent giving fee simple title,
+upon his payment of the appraised value set forth in lease, if he has
+reduced to cultivation twenty-five per cent. of his leased premises,
+and has substantially performed all other conditions of his lease.</p>
+
+<div class="illo">
+<a name="RAILROAD" id="RAILROAD"></a>
+<img src="images/railroad.jpg" width="500" height="359" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><br />
+KOHALA RAILROAD.
+</span></div>
+
+<div class="illo">
+<a name="RICE" id="RICE"></a>
+<img src="images/rice.jpg" width="500" height="363" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><br />
+RICE FIELD, PEARL CITY.
+</span></div>
+
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 49 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">49</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<h3>CASH FREEHOLDS.</h3>
+
+<p>Cash Freehold Lots are sold at auction to the highest qualified
+bidder, at appraised value as upset price.</p>
+
+<p>The qualification of applicants for Cash Freeholds and the areas of
+land which may be acquired are the same as those under Right of
+Purchase lease system.</p>
+
+
+<h3>APPLICATIONS.</h3>
+
+<p>Applications must be made to Sub-Agent of District in writing with
+sworn declaration as to qualifications, and a fee of ten per cent. of
+appraised value of lot, which fee is forfeited if applicant declines
+to take the premises at the appraised value, and is credited to him if
+he becomes the purchaser of the lot. If such applicant, however, is
+outbid, his fee is returned to him.</p>
+
+<p>If two or more applications are made and there is no bid above the
+upset price, the first application takes precedence.</p>
+
+<p>The purchaser at auction sale must pay immediately thereafter
+one-fourth of purchase price and thereupon receive a "Freehold
+Agreement."</p>
+
+
+<h3>CONDITIONS OF FREEHOLD AGREEMENT.</h3>
+
+<p>The freeholder shall pay the balance of purchase price in equal
+installments in one, two and three years, with interest at 6 per cent.,
+but may pay any installment before it is due and stop corresponding
+interest.</p>
+
+<p>Twenty-five per cent. of agricultural land must be cultivated, and
+pastoral land fenced before the end of third year.</p>
+
+<p>Freeholder must maintain his home on the premises, from end of first to
+end of third year.</p>
+
+<p>He may not assign or sub-let without consent of Agent of Public
+Lands.</p>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 50 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">50</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>He must allow Agents of the Government to enter and examine the
+premises.</p>
+
+<p>He must pay all taxes that may be due upon the premises.</p>
+
+<p>If all conditions are fulfilled he is entitled at end of three
+years to Patent giving fee simple title.</p>
+
+<p>In case of forfeiture or surrender the land and permanent
+improvements are reappraised separately, and the value of such
+improvements when received by Government from new tenant or
+freeholder, will be paid to surrendering freeholder.</p>
+
+
+<h3>SETTLEMENT ASSOCIATIONS.</h3>
+
+<p>Six or more qualified persons may form a "Settlement Association"
+and apply for holdings in one block.</p>
+
+<p>The provisions for cash freehold apply to the settlement of such
+blocks, but first auction sale is confined to members of such
+Settlement Association.</p>
+
+<p>Any lot in such block which may be forfeited or surrendered, or
+which is not taken up by any member of the Settlement Association,
+within three months, shall be open to any qualified applicants.</p>
+
+<p>Disputes, disagreements or misunderstandings, between the parties
+to certificate of occupation, homestead lease, right of purchase
+lease, or cash freehold and relating thereto, which can not be
+amicably settled, shall be submitted to the Circuit Judge in whose
+jurisdiction the premises are situated and his decision shall be final
+subject only to appeal to Supreme Court.</p>
+
+
+<h3>CASH SALES AND SPECIAL&nbsp;AGREEMENTS.</h3>
+
+<p>With consent of Executive Council, public lands not under lease may
+be sold in parcels of not over one thousand acres, at public auction
+for cash, and upon such sale and payment of full consideration, a land
+patent will issue.</p>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 51 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">51</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Parcels of land of not over six hundred acres, may with consent of
+Executive Council, be sold at public auction upon part credit and part
+cash, and upon such terms and conditions of improvement, residence,
+etc., as may be imposed.</p>
+
+<p>Upon fulfillment of all conditions a Land Patent will issue.</p>
+
+
+<h3>GENERAL LEASES.</h3>
+
+<p>General leases of public lands may be made for a term not exceeding
+twenty-one years.</p>
+
+<p>Such leases are sold at public auction, and require rent in advance
+quarterly, semi-annually or annually.</p>
+
+<p>The conditions of general leases are made at discretion of the
+Commissioners, and may be made for any class of public lands.</p>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 52 -->
+<span class="pagenum">
+  <a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">52</a>
+  <a name="CHAPTER_VII" id="CHAPTER_VII"></a>
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER VII.</h2>
+
+<hr class="mini" />
+
+<h3>MISCELLANEOUS.</h3>
+
+<hr class="mini" />
+
+<h4>POPULATION.</h4>
+
+<p>The population of the Islands according to the census of 1890 was
+89,991, or in round numbers 90,000. A census of the population has
+just been taken, but the results cannot be exactly known for some
+months. An estimate recently made based upon the knowledge of general
+increase from various sources gives the population as follows:</p>
+
+<div class="center">
+<table summary="population by ethnicity">
+<tr>
+  <td class="left">Hawaiians</td>
+  <td class="padright">35,000</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="left">Part Hawaiians</td>
+  <td class="padright">10,000</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="left">Chinese</td>
+  <td class="padright">15,000</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="left">Japanese</td>
+  <td class="padright">24,000</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="left">Portuguese</td>
+  <td class="padright"> 9,000</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="left">American and European</td>
+  <td class="padright">14,000</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class="padright"><hr class="midequals" /></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="left" style="text-indent: 0.5em">Total</td>
+  <td class="padright">107,000</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+
+<p>Since the census returns began to come in, it is very evident that
+this estimate will be exceeded by some 2,000, making the total
+population 109,000. The increase will probably be found among Japanese
+and Portuguese. The population of Honolulu is 29,920, or practically
+30,000.</p>
+
+
+<h4>SHIPPING.</h4>
+
+<p>The vessels flying the Hawaiian flag number 52, aggregating 21,678
+tons.  They are divided as follows:</p>
+
+<div class="center">
+<!-- Page 53 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">53</a></span>
+<table summary="tonnage of hawaiian vessels">
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="right">23</td>
+  <td class="left"> steamers,</td>
+  <td class="center">aggregating</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class="padright">9,575</td>
+  <td class="center">&nbsp;tons</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="right"> 5</td>
+  <td class="left">barks,</td>
+  <td class="center">     ''    </td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class="padright">4,198</td>
+  <td class="center"> '' </td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="right"> 3</td>
+  <td class="left">ships,</td>
+  <td class="center">     ''    </td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class="padright">6,272</td>
+  <td class="center"> '' </td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+  <td class="right">21</td>
+  <td colspan="2" class="left">schooners and sloops,</td>
+  <td class="center">aggregating</td>
+  <td class="padright">1,623</td>
+  <td class="center"> '' </td>
+</tr>
+
+</table>
+</div>
+
+<p>Of these vessels 13 are employed in foreign trade and 39 in trade
+between the Islands.</p>
+
+
+<h4>FINANCES.</h4>
+
+<p>Mention has been made of the taxes of this country. A few words
+will be to the point upon the financial condition of the
+government.</p>
+
+<p>The direct taxes yielded, in 1895, $592,691.92. The Customs revenue
+was $547,149.04 and licenses,&nbsp;&amp;c., produced $600,224.23, in
+all $1,740,065.19.</p>
+
+<p>The current expenditures are kept within the current income. Great
+public improvements are provided for by loan. This is what every
+growing country has to do. The public debt of the country on January
+1, 1896, was $3,764,335. With a population of 109,000, this gives
+about $34 per head of the population. The Hawaiian Government finds no
+difficulty in obtaining means for internal improvements, and a scheme
+is now on foot to reduce the interest and consolidate the public
+debt.</p>
+
+<p>The exports in 1895 amounted to $8,474,138.15 and the imports to
+$5,339,785.04. This certainly shows well for a country whose total
+population is exceeded by dozens of cities. Of the exports
+$7,975,590.41 were accredited to sugar, $22,823.68 to coffee,
+$102,599.25 to bananas and $8,783.84 to pineapples. These three latter
+items are elastic and the showing of 1896 will give a very large
+increase in their yields.</p>
+
+<p>Of the imports $4,121,920.22 came from the Pacific ports of the
+United States and $394,399.16 from the Atlantic ports; a total of
+$4,516,319.38, leaving but $1,197,698.16 for every other nation that
+the country has commercial relations with.</p>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 54 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">54</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>In point of fact, taking exports and imports, the business in 1895
+done by the Hawaiian Islands with all its commercial relations
+amounted to $14,188,155.69; of this sum $12,908,508.92 was done with
+the United States, which amounts to 91 per cent. of the whole business
+of the Islands. From these figures it can be judged how prosperous a
+little community that of the Hawaiian Islands is, and further how
+close are its relations with the Great Republic. What country in the
+world has 91 per cent. of its commercial relations with its
+neighbor?</p>
+
+<p>The financial condition of Hawaii is on a sound basis. The men in
+charge of its government are frugal and careful of the public
+expenditure, the whole tendency of the Republic is to foster industry
+and thrift. The institutions are liberal and nothing is more desirable
+for such a country than the immigration of colonists, with capital to
+develop the industries and determination to work honestly and
+well.</p>
+
+
+<h4>FOR TOURISTS.</h4>
+
+<p>It was not the intention when planning this pamphlet to speak of
+the opportunities for tourists visiting the Islands, but a few words
+are appended. The object of the pamphlet has been to show the
+agricultural resources and general conditions.</p>
+
+<p>The great attraction of the Islands is undoubtedly the Volcano of
+Kilauea, the greatest and most striking volcano in the world. Though
+quiescent for a time during part of 1895 and 1896, it has now burst
+forth with renewed splendor and promises to exceed many of its former
+efforts. Moreover, from the rising of the lakes of fire, and the floor
+of the crater generally, it has evidently come to stay.</p>
+
+<p>But it is not only this one great natural wonder that is attractive
+to the tourist. The crater of Haleakala, the largest extinct crater in
+the world, is almost, in its silent magnificence, equal to the wonder
+of the boiling and seething Kilauea. Then the delightful climate, the
+balmy breezes, the brilliant coloring
+<!-- Page 55 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">55</a></span>
+of sky, sea and land, the luxuriant tropical vegetation, and the
+peculiar "Dolce far niente" life, all lend a charm to which no one who
+visits the place has ever failed to respond.  In fact a visit to the
+Hawaiian Islands is one of the pleasantest experiences of a
+life-time.</p>
+
+<p>For people suffering from pulmonary troubles the climate is
+unrivalled and there are now several sanitariums where such patients
+can be attended to.</p>
+
+<p>San Francisco and Victoria are the two points of deportation for
+the Hawaiian Islands. The Oceanic Steamship Line has vessels sailing
+twice a month. One steamer sails for Honolulu, stays a few days, and
+returns to San Francisco. The other steamers touch at Honolulu and go
+on to the Australian colonies. Round trip tickets can be obtained and
+also lay over tickets, at the Company's offices on Montgomery street,
+San Francisco. The Pacific Mail and
+O.&nbsp;&amp;&nbsp;O. S.&nbsp;S. lines, running from China and Japan
+to San Francisco, also touch at Honolulu regularly.  Arrangements can
+be made to lay over in Honolulu, visit the Volcano and proceed on the
+voyage by the next vessel.</p>
+
+<p>From Victoria the C.&nbsp;&amp;&nbsp;A. S.&nbsp;S. sail once a
+month. They give the tourist a chance of seeing the Canadian Pacific
+Railroad before coming here, but a round trip ticket would have to be
+for a full month. By the O.&nbsp;S.&nbsp;S.  lines less time need be
+spent on the Islands.</p>
+
+<p class="list">The cost of round trip passage is $125.</p>
+
+<p class="list">The cost of trip to the Volcano, including all
+expenses is $50.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Hotel expenses in Honolulu from $2 a day, according to
+accommodation.</p>
+
+<p>Particulars on these subjects can always be learned by writing to
+Wilder S.&nbsp;S. Co., Fort street, Honolulu; or the Inter-Island
+Steamship Co., Queen street, Honolulu.</p>
+
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 56 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">56</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<h4>PRICE LIST OF PROVISIONS ON THE HAWAIIAN&nbsp;ISLANDS.</h4>
+
+<p class="list">Fresh Hawaiian butter,<!--Added comma--> from 25 to
+50c. per lb.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Hams, from 16-1/2 to 30c. per lb.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Bacon, from 16-1/2 to 20c. per lb.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Cheese, from 20 to 35c. per lb.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Family pork, from 15 to 18c. per lb.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Corned beef, 7c. per lb.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Fresh meat, from 6 to 15c. per lb.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Loin of Porterhouse steaks,<!--Added comma--> from 6
+to 15c. per lb.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Tinned fruits per doz.,<!--Added comma--> from $1.75
+to $2.25.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Golden Gate Flour, per 100-lb., $2.50.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Lower grades, $2.20.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Hawaiian rice, $3.25 to $5.00 per 100 lbs.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Hawaiian bananas, per bunch, 25 to 55c.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Potatoes, from 1 to 2c. per lb.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Eggs per dozen, 25 to 50c.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Rolled oats per case, $5.50.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Ice, in small quantities, 1-1/2c.; 50 lbs. and over,
+1c. per lb.</p>
+
+
+<h4>WAGES.</h4>
+
+<p>The following is an approximation of the wages paid to different
+classes of labor on the Hawaiian Islands:</p>
+
+<p class="list">Engineers on plantations, from $125 to $175 per month,
+house and firewood furnished.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Sugar boilers, $125 to $175 per month, house and
+firewood furnished.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Blacksmiths, plantation, $50 to $100 per month, house
+and firewood furnished.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Carpenters, plantation, $50 to $100 per month, house
+and firewood furnished.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Locomotive drivers, $40 to $75 per month, room and
+board furnished.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Head overseers, or head lunas, $100 to $150.</p>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 57 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">57</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p class="list">Under overseers, or lunas, $30 to $50 with room and
+board.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Bookkeepers, plantation, $100 to $175, house and
+firewood furnished.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Teamsters, white, $30 to $40 with room and board.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Hawaiians, $25 to $30 with room; no board.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Field labor, Portuguese and Hawaiian $16 to $18 per
+month; no board.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Field labor, Chinese and Japanese, $12.50 to $15 per
+month; no board.</p>
+
+<p class="list">In Honolulu bricklayers and masons receive from $5 to
+$6 per day; carpenters, $2.50 to $5; machinists, $3 to $5; painters,
+$2 to $5, per day of nine hours.</p>
+
+
+<h4>DOMESTIC LABOR.</h4>
+
+<p>The domestic labor in Honolulu and in all parts of the Islands, has
+for many years been performed by Chinese males, who undoubtedly make
+excellent house servants. During the last four or five years the
+Japanese have entered the field; the Japanese women are especially in
+demand as nurses for children.</p>
+
+<p class="list">The following are the prevailing rates of wages:</p>
+
+<p class="list">Cooks, Chinese and Japanese, $3 to $6 per week, with
+board and room.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Nurses and house servants, $8 to $12 per month, with
+board and room.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Gardeners or yard men, $8 to $12 per month, with board
+and room.</p>
+
+<p class="list">Sewing women, $1 per day and one meal.</p>
+
+<p>Good substantial meals can be obtained at respectable Chinese
+restaurants and at the Sailors' Home for 25 cents or Board for $4.50
+per week.</p>
+
+<p>The market for all kinds of labor is overstocked and it would be
+very unwise for any one to come to these Islands with no capital on
+the mere chance of obtaining employment. The many steamships arriving
+at this port bring numbers of people seeking employment who are
+obliged to return disappointed.</p>
+
+
+<div class="illo">
+<a name="NUUANU" id="NUUANU"></a>
+<img src="images/nuuanu.jpg" width="500" height="356" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><br />
+NUUANU AVENUE, HONOLULU.
+</span></div>
+
+<div class="illo">
+<a name="WAIKIKI" id="WAIKIKI"></a>
+<img src="images/waikiki.jpg" width="500" height="367" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><br />
+WAIKIKI BEACH.
+</span></div>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 58 -->
+<span class="pagenum">
+  <a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">58</a>
+  <a name="CHAPTER_VIII" id="CHAPTER_VIII"></a>
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER VIII.</h2>
+
+<hr class="mini" />
+
+<h3>HISTORICAL SKETCH.</h3>
+
+<p>Although the written history of the Hawaiian Islands begins with
+their discovery by Captain Cook in 1778, yet the aboriginal
+inhabitants had at that time an oral traditional history which
+extended back for several centuries.</p>
+
+
+<h3>ORIGIN.</h3>
+
+<p>As to their origin, these people formed but one branch of the
+Polynesian race, which at a remote period settled all the groups of
+islands in the central and Eastern Pacific, as far as New Zealand in
+the South and Easter Island in the East. This is shown by the close
+physical and moral resemblance between their inhabitants, as well as
+by the facts that they all speak dialects of the same language, and
+have the same manners and customs, the same general system of
+tabus,<!--[sic]--> and similar traditions and religious rites.</p>
+
+<p>The evidence of both language and physical traits tends to show
+that their remote ancestors came from the East Indian Archipelago, and
+that they were still more distantly related to the pre-Arian races of
+Hindostan.<!--[sic]--></p>
+
+<p>It is also proved by concurrent traditions of the different groups
+that there was a general movement of population throughout central
+Polynesia during the twelfth and thirteenth centuries of the Christian
+Era, during which the Harvey Islands and afterwards New Zealand were
+colonized, and many
+<!-- Page 59 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">59</a></span>
+voyages were made between the Hawaiian Islands and the Samoan and
+Society groups. This intercourse, however, seems to have ceased for
+four or five hundred years before the arrival of Captain Cook.</p>
+
+
+<h3>ARTS AND MANUFACTURES.</h3>
+
+<p>The ancient Hawaiians were not savages, in the proper sense of the
+term, but barbarians of a promising type. When we consider that they
+occupied the most isolated position in the world, and that they were
+destitute of metals and of beasts of burden, as well as of the cereal
+grains, cotton, flax and wool, we must admit that they had made a
+creditable degree of progress towards civilization. Like the other
+Polynesians, they had not invented the art of making pottery, or the
+use of the loom for weaving.</p>
+
+<p>Their cutting tools were made of stone, sharks' teeth or
+bamboo. Their axes were made of hard, fine grained lava, chiefly found
+on the mountain summits. Their principal implement for cultivating the
+soil was simply a stick of hard wood, either pointed or shaped into a
+flat blade at the end. With these rude tools they cut and framed the
+timbers for their houses, which were oblong with long sides and steep
+roofs, and were thatched with <i>pili</i> grass, ferns or <i>hala</i>
+leaves. In the building as well as in the management of canoes they
+were unsurpassed. For containers they used a large gourd (<i>cucurbita
+maxima</i>, which was not found elsewhere in the Pacific), and also
+cut out circular dishes of wood as truly as if they had been turned in
+a lathe.</p>
+
+<p>For clothing they beat out the inner bark of the paper mulberry and
+of some other trees, until it resembled thick flexible paper, when it
+was called <i>kapa</i> or <i>tapa</i>. For insignia of rank, they made
+splendid feather cloaks, and feather helmets, which were worn only by
+chiefs.</p>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 60 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">60</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>For lights they used the oily nuts of the <i>kukui</i> or
+candle-nut tree.</p>
+
+<p>For food they chiefly depended upon the tuberous roots of the
+<i>taro</i> plant (<i>Colocasia antiquorum</i>), but sweet potatoes
+were cultivated in the dry districts, and yams in Kauai and
+Niihau. They also cultivated bananas and sugar cane and the <i>awa</i>
+or <i>kava</i> plant for its narcotic properties.</p>
+
+<p>Fishing was carried on with great ingenuity and skill. Extensive
+fish ponds were built along the coasts, which must have cost immense
+labor.</p>
+
+<p>Their food was cooked then, as now, by steaming it in an <i>imu</i>
+or underground oven with heated stones. Fire was produced by friction,
+viz., by rubbing a hard, pointed stick in a groove made in a piece of
+softer wood, until the little heap of fine powder collected at the end
+of the groove took fire.</p>
+
+<p>There was no circulating medium which served the purpose of money,
+and all trade was conducted by barter.</p>
+
+
+<h3>CIVIL POLITY.</h3>
+
+<p>The civil polity of the ancient Hawaiians was far more despotic
+than that of any other Polynesian tribe. The community was divided
+into three classes, namely:</p>
+
+<p class="list">1.&nbsp;The nobility or <i>Alii</i>
+(N.&nbsp;Z. <i>Ariki</i>), comprising the kings and chiefs of various
+grades of rank.</p>
+
+<p class="list">2.&nbsp;The priests, <i>Kahuna</i>
+(N.&nbsp;Z. <i>Tahunga</i>), including priests, sorcerers and
+doctors.</p>
+
+<p class="list">3.&nbsp;The common people, <i>Makaainana</i>, or
+laboring class.</p>
+
+<p>There was a wide and impassable gulch between the chiefs and common
+people. In fact, the distinction between them was primarily of a
+sacred and religious character. The chief was believed to be descended
+from the gods, and to be allied to the invisible powers.</p>
+
+<p>The contrast in stature and appearance as well as in bearing
+between the chiefs and common people was very striking. Only
+<!-- Page 61 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">61</a></span>
+a chief had the right to wear the feather cloak and helmet, or the
+ivory clasp, <i>Niho Palaoa</i>; his canoe and his sails were painted
+red, and on state occasions he was attended by men carrying
+<i>kahilis</i> or plumed staffs of various colors.  When the highest
+chiefs appeared abroad, all the common people prostrated themselves
+with their faces upon the ground. It was death for a common man to
+remain standing at the mention of the king's name in song, or when the
+king's food, water or clothing was carried past; to put on any article
+of dress belonging to him, to enter his enclosure without permission,
+or to cross his shadow or that of his house. If a common man entered
+the dread presence of the sovereign, he must crawl prone on the
+ground, <i>kolokolo</i>, and leave in the same manner.</p>
+
+<p>The head chief of an island was styled the <i>Moi</i>, and his
+dignity was generally hereditary. There were usually at least four
+independent kinglets in the group, and sometimes the single Island of
+Hawaii was divided between several independent chiefs.</p>
+
+
+<h3>LAND TENURE.</h3>
+
+<p>As a rule, the chiefs were the only proprietors of the soil. They
+were supposed to own not only the soil and all that grew upon it, not
+only the fish of the sea, but also the time and labor of their
+people.</p>
+
+<p>The accepted theory was that all the lands belonged to the king, of
+whom they were held by the high chiefs in fief; <i>i. e.</i>, on
+condition of rendering him tribute and military service. Each of these
+district chieftains divided up his territory among an inferior order
+of petty chiefs, who owed to him the same service and obedience that
+he owed to the king.</p>
+
+<p>In this way the land was subdivided again and again, while at the
+bottom of the scale were the miserable serfs who tilled the
+soil. These last were simply tenants at will, liable to be
+dispossessed
+<!-- Page 62 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">62</a></span>
+of their little holdings at any time, or to be stripped of their
+personal property at the requisition of the chief.</p>
+
+
+<h3>WAR.</h3>
+
+<p>Wars were frequent and cruel. There were numerous wars to settle
+the succession to the sovereignty of an Island, as well as contests
+between the head chiefs of the principal Islands. For example, the
+chiefs of Oahu often contended with those of Maui for the possession
+of Molokai, and there were frequent wars between the chiefs of Hawaii
+and those of Maui for the district of Hana.</p>
+
+<p>Their weapons consisted of long spears, <i>pololu</i>; javelins,
+<i>ihe</i>; daggers, <i>pahoa</i>, and clubs made of hard wood. They
+never used the bow in war, but slings made of cocoanut<!--[sic]-->
+fiber or human hair were extensively employed. They used no shields,
+but became wonderfully expert in catching or parrying spears thrown at
+them.</p>
+
+<p>Sometimes they engaged in sea fights, with large fleets of canoes
+on each side. In general no quarter was given to the vanquished, but
+there were certain sanctuaries called <i>puuhonuas</i>, which afforded
+an inviolable refuge in time of war. Cannibalism was regarded by them
+with horror and detestation.</p>
+
+
+<h3>RELIGION.</h3>
+
+<p>The religious system of the ancient Hawaiians was very similar to
+that of other Polynesians. It consisted in a great measure of nature
+worship.  To their minds all the powers of nature, especially those
+that are mysterious and terrible, were conceived of as living and
+spiritual beings. Thus the volcano, the thunder, the whirlwind, the
+meteor and the shark were feared as being either the embodiment or the
+work of malevolent spirits (<i>akuas</i>).</p>
+
+<p>The four great gods, Kane, Kanaloa, Ku and Lono, who were worshiped
+throughout Polynesia, originally belonged to
+<!-- Page 63 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">63</a></span>
+this class, as is shown by the cosmogony of the New Zealand
+Maoris. Among these four Kane held the primacy. The souls of great
+chiefs went to his abode after death.</p>
+
+<p>Pele, the dread goddess of volcanoes, and her numerous family,
+dwelt in the crater of Kilauea, but also caused the eruptions of Mauna
+Loa and Hualalai. In Hawaii she was feared more than any other
+deity.</p>
+
+<p>One large class of <i>akuas</i> were supposed to be incarnated in
+certain species of animals, which were feared or believed to have a
+supernatural character, as the shark.</p>
+
+<p>Another class of deities, which included most of the professional
+gods, consisted of deified spirits of the dead. The <i>Aumakuas</i>
+were tutelar deities, attached to particular families, who were often
+deified ancestors. Sickness and disease were generally caused by their
+displeasure.</p>
+
+
+<h3>CEREMONIAL SYSTEM.</h3>
+
+<p>There were two hereditary orders of priests, endowed with lands,
+who kept up the elaborate liturgy and ritual of the temples, and also
+preserved whatever knowledge of astronomy, history, medicine, etc.,
+had been handed down to them.</p>
+
+<p>The tabu<!--[sic]--> system covered the entire daily life of the
+people with a vast network of minute regulations and penalties. Thus,
+it was tabu for men and women to eat together, or even to have their
+food cooked in the same oven. Women were forbidden to eat pork,
+bananas, cocoanuts,<!--[sic]--> or turtle and certain kinds of fish,
+on pain of death. There were certain tabu days when no canoe could be
+launched, no fire lighted, and when no sound could be made, on pain of
+death. Even dogs had to be muzzled and fowls shut up in calabashes for
+twenty-four hours at a time.</p>
+
+<p>The human sacrifice was the crowning act of the ancient worship,
+offered only on certain solemn occasions, and at the temples
+(<i>Heiaus</i>) of the highest class.</p>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 64 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">64</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Whenever a temple was to be dedicated, a new house to be built for
+the chief, or a new war canoe to be launched, many of the people fled
+to the mountains and lay hidden till the danger was past.</p>
+
+<p>Besides the regular priesthood, there were many kinds of medicine
+men, necromancers or mediums, sorcerers and diviners, who preyed upon
+the superstition and credulity of their countrymen. The belief that
+all forms of disease were caused by evil spirits, and their fear of
+being "prayed to death" (<i>anaana</i>), kept the people in a state of
+abject fear.</p>
+
+<p>There is too much reason to believe that during several centuries
+preceding the discovery of the Islands they had been deteriorating in
+many respects. As the historian Fornander has stated:</p>
+
+<p>"It was an era of strife, dynastic ambitions, internal and external
+wars on each Island, with all their deteriorating consequences of
+anarchy, depopulation, social and intellectual degradation, loss of
+liberty, loss of knowledge, loss of arts."</p>
+
+
+<h3>DISCOVERY OF THE&nbsp;ISLANDS.</h3>
+
+<p>It seems to be almost certain that one Juan Gaetano, a Spanish
+navigator, saw Hawaii in 1555 A.&nbsp;D. A group of islands, the
+largest of which was called La Mesa, was laid down in the old Spanish
+charts in the same latitude as the Hawaiian Islands, but 10 degrees
+too far east.</p>
+
+<p>On the eighteenth of January, 1778, Captain Cook, the great
+navigator, while sailing due north from the Society Islands,
+discovered the Islands of Oahu and Kauai. The next day he landed at
+Waimea, Kauai, where he held friendly intercourse with the natives,
+and afterwards laid in supplies at Niihau. He finally sailed for
+Alaska, Feb. 2d. The Hawaiians looked upon him as an incarnation of
+the god Lono, and upon his crew as supernatural beings. Returning from
+the Arctic the following winter, he anchored in Kealakekua bay,
+January 17th, 1779.
+<!-- Page 65 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">65</a></span>
+Here he received divine honors and was loaded with munificent presents
+of the best that the islands could produce. By his rash and arbitrary
+conduct, however, he involved himself in an affray with the natives,
+in which he was killed on February 14th, 1779.</p>
+
+<p>The spot where he fell is now marked by an appropriate monument.</p>
+
+<div class="illo">
+<a name="HOME" id="HOME"></a>
+<img src="images/home.jpg" width="500" height="366" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><br />
+LUNALILO HOME, FOR AGED HAWAIIANS.
+</span></div>
+
+<div class="illo">
+<a name="SCHOOL" id="SCHOOL"></a>
+<img src="images/school.jpg" width="500" height="384" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><br />
+KAMEHAMEHA SCHOOL.
+</span></div>
+
+
+<h3>EARLY TRADERS.</h3>
+
+<p>For seven years after the death of Captain Cook no foreign vessel
+ventured to touch at the Islands. After that time many of the vessels
+engaged in the fur trade on the northwest coast of America called at
+the Islands for supplies on their way to Canton or ran down here to
+spend the winter. Waimea, Kauai, and Kealakekua bay were the two
+harbors most frequented by them. Fire arms, powder and shot were the
+articles most in demand among the natives.</p>
+
+
+<h3>THE RISE OF KAMEHAMEHA.</h3>
+
+<p>At the death of Kalaniopuu, <i>Moi</i>, of Hawaii, in 1782, a civil
+war broke out, which rent the Island into three petty sovereignties,
+which were presently reduced to two.</p>
+
+<p>The districts of Kohala and Kona were held by Kamehameha, a nephew
+of the late king, while the other districts were loyal to his son,
+Keoua.  After a sanguinary war lasting nine years (during which
+Kamehameha had ravaged West Maui and conquered the district of
+Hamakua), he became master of the whole of the Island of Hawaii by the
+assassination of his rival, Keoua, at Kawaihae, in 1791.</p>
+
+
+<h3>VISITS OF VANCOUVER.</h3>
+
+<p>The name of Capt. George Vancouver is still cherished as that of a
+wise and generous benefactor to these Islands. During his
+<!-- Page 66 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">66</a></span>
+survey of the northwest coast of America in 1792-1794, he made three
+visits to the Islands. He uniformly refused to sell fire arms or
+ammunition to the chiefs, but gave them useful plants and seeds, and
+presented Kamehameha with the first cattle and sheep ever landed in
+the Islands. On the 25th of February, 1794, Kamehameha and his chiefs
+voluntarily placed Hawaii under the protection of Great Britain, in
+token of which the British flag was hoisted on shore at
+Kealakekua.</p>
+
+
+<h3>CONQUEST OF OAHU.</h3>
+
+<p>After the death of Kahekili, the sovereign of the leeward Islands,
+in 1794, a civil war broke out between his brother Kaeo and his son
+Kalanikupule, in which the former was killed. Soon after Kalanikupule
+treacherously massacred Captains Brown and Gordon, who had assisted
+him in the late war, and seized<!--Typo: siezed--> their vessels in
+the harbor of Honolulu.</p>
+
+<p>Having put his guns and ammunition on board, he proposed to sail
+immediately for Hawaii, in company with a fleet of war canoes, to
+attack Kamehameha. But the English sailors who had been reserved to
+navigate the two vessels, suddenly rose at midnight, recaptured them,
+and sailed for Hawaii, where they informed Kamehameha of all that had
+occurred.</p>
+
+<p>Kamehameha saw that his opportunity had now come, and lost no time
+in mustering all the war canoes and fighting men of Hawaii.</p>
+
+<p>After overrunning West Maui and touching at Molokai, he landed in
+Waialea bay, Oahu, in the latter part of April, 1795. There he spent a
+few days in organizing his army before marching up the valley of
+Nuuanu, where Kalanikupule had prepared to make his last stand. The
+Oahu warriors were soon routed and pursued up the valley. Some of the
+fugitives were hemmed in and driven over the "<i>Pali</i>," or
+precipice, at the head of Nuuanu, a little north of the present
+road.</p>
+
+<p>This victory made Kamehameha master of all the Islands
+<!-- Page 67 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">67</a></span>
+except Kauai and Niihau. With the exception of a short insurrection in
+Hawaii, there was peace during the rest of his reign.</p>
+
+
+<h3>DECREASE OF POPULATION.</h3>
+
+<p>The decrease of the population during this period must have been
+very rapid. Vancouver in 1792, Broughton in 1796, and Trumbull in
+1801, were strongly impressed with the misery of the common people and
+their rapid decrease in numbers. This was partly the result of wars,
+but was still more due to the diseases and vices introduced by
+foreigners. In the summer of 1804 a pestilence, supposed to have been
+the cholera, carried off half of the population of Oahu. Botany Bay
+convicts had introduced the art of distilling liquor before the year
+1800, and drunkenness had become very prevalent.</p>
+
+
+<h3>THE SANDAL-WOOD TRADE.</h3>
+
+<p>During the first quarter of the present century the sandal-wood
+trade was at its height. This wood was in great request at Canton,
+where it was sold for incense and the manufacture of fancy
+articles. It was purchased by the picul of 133-1/2 pounds, the price
+varying from eight to ten dollars for the picul. This wood, while it
+lasted, was a mine of wealth for the chiefs, by means of which they
+were enabled to buy fire arms, liquor, boats and schooners, as well as
+silks and other Chinese goods, for which they paid exorbitant
+prices.</p>
+
+
+<h3>THE CESSION OF KAUAI.</h3>
+
+<p>In March, 1810, Kaumualii, the last King of Kauai, visited Honolulu
+in the ship Albatross, Capt. Nathan Winship, in order to have an
+interview with Kamehameha. It was then arranged between the two chiefs
+that Kaumualii should continue to hold his Island in fief of
+Kamehameha during his life-time, on condition of paying tribute.</p>
+
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 68 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">68</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<h3>RUSSIAN AGGRESSIONS.</h3>
+
+<p>During the year 1815 a Dr.&nbsp;Scheffer was sent to the Islands by
+Baranoff, the Russian Governor of Alaska. He built a fort at Waimea,
+for Kaumualii, on which the Russian colors were displayed, and urged
+him to place himself under the protection of Russia. On hearing of
+this, Kamehameha sent a large force to Honolulu, where a substantial
+fort was built during the year 1816. He also sent orders to Kaumualii
+to expel Dr.&nbsp;Scheffer, which was done.</p>
+
+
+<h3>DEATH OF KAMEHAMEHA.</h3>
+
+<p>Kamehameha&nbsp;I. died on May 8th, 1819, at Kailua, Hawaii. His
+work was done. He had consolidated the group under a strong
+government, put an end to feudal anarchy and petty wars, and thus
+prepared the way for civilization and Christianity.</p>
+
+
+<h3>ABOLITION OF IDOLATRY.</h3>
+
+<p>In accordance with his will, his eldest son, Liholiho, was
+installed as king, with the title of Kamehameha&nbsp;II., and
+Kaahumanu, his favorite queen, as premier, to exercise equal powers
+with the young prince, whose dissolute and reckless character is well
+known.</p>
+
+<p>Their first important act was the abolition of the tabu<!--[sic]-->
+system, which took place at a great feast held at Kailua in October,
+1819, at which men and women ate together in public for the first
+time. This was followed by the general burning of idols and temples
+throughout the group.</p>
+
+<p>Kekuaokalani, a cousin of Liholiho, put himself at the head of the
+adherents of the ancient faith, but was defeated and slain in the
+battle of Kuamoo, fought about December 20th, 1819.</p>
+
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 69 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">69</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<h3>THE ARRIVAL OF THE AMERICAN MISSIONARIES.</h3>
+
+<p>The pioneer company of American missionaries to these Islands
+arrived at Kailua, April 4th, 1820. They soon reduced the language to
+writing and commenced printing the first book in January, 1822. They
+found in the Hawaiians an amiable and highly receptive race, eager for
+knowledge and easily influenced for good or evil. The principal
+opposition to reform was made by foreigners.</p>
+
+
+<h3>THE WHALING FLEET.</h3>
+
+<p>The first whale ship called at Honolulu in 1820, and was soon
+followed by many others. Their number soon increased to 100 every
+year, and the furnishing of supplies for them became the chief
+resource of the Islands, as the sandal-wood became exhausted.</p>
+
+
+<h3>DEATH OF LIHOLIHO.</h3>
+
+<p>The young king, accompanied by his wife and six chiefs, embarked
+for England, November 27, 1823, on an English whale ship. On their
+arrival in London they received the utmost hospitality and courtesy,
+but in a few weeks the whole party was attacked by the measles, of
+which the king and queen both died.</p>
+
+
+<h3>REBELLION ON KAUAI.</h3>
+
+<p>Meanwhile, on the death of Kaumualii, a rebellion broke out in
+Kauai, led by his son, Humehume. A desperate assault was made on the
+fort at Waimea, which was repulsed with loss. Over 1,000 warriors were
+sent down from Oahu and Maui, and a battle was fought near Hanapepe,
+August 18th, 1824, in which the rebels were routed.</p>
+
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 70 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">70</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<h3>VISIT OF LORD BYRON.</h3>
+
+<p>The frigate "Blonde," commanded by Lord Byron, cousin of the poet
+of that name, was commissioned to convey the remains of the late king
+and queen, together with their retinue, back to their native land. It
+arrived at Honolulu, May 6th, 1825, when the royal remains were
+deposited in a mausoleum with impressive funeral ceremonies.</p>
+
+<p>Kauikeaouli, the younger brother of Liholiho, was proclaimed king
+with the title of Kamehameha&nbsp;III., and Kaahumanu as regent during
+his minority. Her administration was signalized by a series of
+outrages at Lahaina and Honolulu, committed by a depraved class of
+foreigners who resented certain regulations made to restrict public
+prostitution.</p>
+
+<p>Com.&nbsp;Jones visited the Islands in the "Peacock" in 1826, and
+concluded the first treaty between the Hawaiian Islands and the United
+States. The next year the first written laws were published against
+murder, theft, adultery and gambling.</p>
+
+
+<h3>THE ROMAN CATHOLIC MISSION.</h3>
+
+<p>The first Roman Catholic missionaries arrived at Honolulu, July
+7th, 1827, on the ship "Comet," from Bordeaux, and soon gathered a
+congregation. They were members of the so-called "Picpusian Order," or
+"Congregation of the Sacred Hearts of Jesus and Mary." Unfortunately,
+misunderstandings arose, and from a mistaken belief that they were
+fomenting discord and sedition, the chiefs caused them to be deported
+to San Pedro, California, in January, 1832.</p>
+
+
+<h3>ACCESSION OF KAMEHAMEHA&nbsp;III.</h3>
+
+<p>Kaahumanu died June 5th, 1832, and was succeeded by Kinau,
+half-sister of the king. The king's minority was declared to be at an
+end in March, 1833. A tract of land was leased to Ladd &amp; Co. in
+1835, and about the same time a silk
+<!-- Page 71 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">71</a></span>
+plantation was commenced by Peck &amp; Titcomb. Cotton was raised and
+manufactured on a small scale at Kailua, Hawaii.</p>
+
+
+<h3>PERSECUTIONS.</h3>
+
+<p>During the next few years the chiefs persisted in a harsh and
+unjustifiable policy, which imperiled the independence of the
+country.</p>
+
+<p>On the return of the two banished priests from California, in
+April, 1837, they were ordered to return in the same vessel in which
+they had come, and were obliged to go on board of it. Meanwhile the
+British sloop of war "Sulphur," Captain Belcher, and the French
+frigate "Venus," Captain Du Petit Thouars, arrived and interposed in
+behalf of the priests. As a compromise, they were landed again on
+condition that they should leave by the first favorable
+opportunity. Again on the 3d of November, another priest,
+Rev.&nbsp;L. Maigret, and a lay brother arrived from Valparaiso, but
+were not allowed to land. Finally Revs. Maigret and Bachelot left in a
+schooner for Bonabe, Micronesia. From 1835 to 1839 the persecution of
+native converts was resumed, but was at last put an end to by the
+declaration of rights promulgated June 4th, 1839, and the king's edict
+of toleration, issued June 17th.</p>
+
+
+<h3>VISIT OF THE "ARTEMISE."</h3>
+
+<p>In consequence of these proceedings the French frigate "Artemise,"
+Captain Laplace, was ordered to Honolulu, where it arrived July 9th,
+1839.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Laplace immediately sent the Government a peremptory letter
+demanding that full religious liberty be proclaimed, and that the sum
+of $20,000 be brought on board by noon of the 12th, or hostilities
+would commence. The required treaty was signed and the money promptly
+paid, and on the 16th, a commercial convention was also signed.</p>
+
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 72 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">72</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<h3>FIRST CONSTITUTION.</h3>
+
+<p>The declaration of rights, mentioned above, which guaranteed
+religious liberty, produced a feeling of security unknown before, and
+formed the first step towards establishing individual property in
+land. The first constitution was proclaimed October 8th, 1840. It
+constituted a Legislature, consisting of a House of Hereditary Nobles,
+and Representatives to be chosen by the people, who voted as a
+separate house. It also defined the duties of the Governors and
+provided for a Supreme Court.</p>
+
+
+<h3>THE FIRST EMBASSY.</h3>
+
+<p>During the next two years the French and English consuls seemed to
+vie with each other in the manufacture of petty grievances. Aware of
+the dangers impending over it, the Hawaiian Government sent an embassy
+to the United States, Great Britain and France, in July, 1842, which
+consisted of Messrs. Haalilio, William Richards and Sir George
+Simpson, one of the governors of the Hudson Bay Company.</p>
+
+
+<h3>VISIT OF CAPTAIN MALLET.</h3>
+
+<p>On the 24th of August, 1842, the French corvette "Embuscade,"
+Captain Mallet, arrived at Honolulu, having been sent to investigate
+complaints of the violation of the Laplace Convention, chiefly
+relating to local school matters. Having received an able and
+courteous reply to his demands, he informed the king that Admiral Du
+Petit<!--Normalize DuPetit--> Thouars might be expected the next
+spring to settle these matters.</p>
+
+
+<h3>THE CESSION TO LORD&nbsp;PAULET.</h3>
+
+<p>The dispatch of the embassy to Europe and the visit of Captain
+Mallet both served to bring to a head the designs of
+Mr.&nbsp;Charlton, the British consul. He suddenly left for London,
+<!-- Page 73 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">73</a></span>
+leaving Alexander Simpson as acting consul, in order to defeat the
+objects of the embassy. In consequence of their representations,
+H.&nbsp;B.&nbsp;M. frigate "Carysford," commanded by George Paulet,
+was ordered to Honolulu, arriving there February 10, 1843. On the
+arrival of the king from Lahaina, Lord Paulet sent him six demands,
+threatening war if they were not acceded to by 4 p. m. of the next
+day. These demands chiefly related to a fraudulent land claim of
+Charlton's, and to decisions of the courts in certain civil suits
+between foreigners. Before the hour set for hostilities had arrived,
+the king acceded to the demands under protest, and appealed to the
+British Government for damages. But a fresh series of demands having
+been made, and claims for damages having been trumped up amounting to
+$80,000, the king decided, by Dr.&nbsp;Judd's advice, to forestall the
+intended seizure of the Islands by a provisional cession, pending an
+appeal to the justice of the home government.</p>
+
+<p>The act of cession was carried into effect February 25th, 1843. The
+British flag took the place of the Hawaiian for five months, and a
+body of native troops was organized and drilled by British
+officers.</p>
+
+<p>The country was meanwhile governed by a mixed commission consisting
+of Lord Paulet, Lieutenant Frere, a Mr.&nbsp;Mackay and
+Dr.&nbsp;Judd.</p>
+
+<div class="illo">
+<a name="COLLEGE" id="COLLEGE"></a>
+<img src="images/college.jpg" width="500" height="355" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><br />
+OAHU COLLEGE.
+</span></div>
+
+<div class="illo">
+<a name="PAUAHI" id="PAUAHI"></a>
+<img src="images/pauahi.jpg" width="500" height="352" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><br />
+PAUAHI HALL, OAHU COLLEGE.
+</span></div>
+
+
+<h3>THE RESTORATION.</h3>
+
+<p>On being informed of these events, Admiral Thomas,
+Commander-in-Chief of H.&nbsp;B.&nbsp;M.'s naval forces in the Pacific
+ocean, immediately sailed from Valparaiso for the Islands, arriving at
+Honolulu July 25th, 1843. He immediately issued a proclamation,
+declaring in the name of his government that he did not accept of the
+provisional cession of the Hawaiian Islands, and on the 31st restored
+the national flag with impressive ceremonies. His course was fully
+approved of by the home government,
+<!-- Page 74 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">74</a></span>
+and certainly tended to exalt the reputation of his country for
+justice and magnanimity in dealing with inferior races.</p>
+
+
+<h3>THE RECOGNITION OF HAWAIIAN INDEPENDENCE.</h3>
+
+<p>Meanwhile the Hawaiian embassadors,<!--[sic]--> who had been joined
+by Mr.&nbsp;Marshall, the king's envoy, had done effective work in
+London and Paris. At their request the matters in dispute had been
+referred to the law advisers of the crown, who decided in favor of the
+Hawaiian Government on every point except the Charlton land claim. At
+length, on the 28th of November, 1843, the two governments of France
+and England issued a joint declaration in which they recognized the
+independence of the Islands, and reciprocally engaged "never to take
+possession, either directly or under the title of a protectorate, or
+under any other form, of any part of the territory of which they are
+composed."</p>
+
+
+<h3>ORGANIZATION OF THE GOVERNMENT.</h3>
+
+<p>Both the king and his advisers saw that in order to maintain a
+permanent government it was necessary to combine both the native and
+foreign elements together in one common organization, and to make the
+king the sovereign not merely of one race or class, but of all. During
+the next few years the executive departments of the Government and the
+judiciary were organized by a group of men of remarkably high
+character and ability.</p>
+
+
+<h3>LAND TITLES.</h3>
+
+<p>During the period of 1846-1855 the ancient tenure of land was
+abolished, and the foundation laid of individual property in land. In
+the first place, the king as feudal suzerain divided the lands of the
+kingdom between himself and each one of the
+<!-- Page 75 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">75</a></span>
+chiefs, his feudatories, this partition being recorded in a book
+called the <i>Mahele</i> Book, or Book of Division. After this first
+partition was closed, out of four million acres there remained in the
+king's hands about two and a half millions.  The king then redivided
+the lands which had been surrendered to him, setting apart about a
+million and a half acres for the Government, and reserving for himself
+as his private domain, about a million acres, including the best of
+the lands. The common people were granted fee simple titles for their
+house lots and the lands which they actually cultivated for
+themselves, called <i>Kuleanas</i> or homesteads.</p>
+
+
+<h3>THE "REPRISALS" OF 1849.</h3>
+
+<p>From 1843 till 1848 the most amicable relations continued to exist
+between France and the Hawaiian Government. But this state of things
+was then reversed by M.&nbsp;Dillon, the new French consul, who
+endeavored to reopen all old disputes and to create new grievances in
+every possible way. His principal grounds of complaint were the high
+duty on brandy and the alleged partiality shown to the English
+language. On the 12th of August, 1849, the French frigate
+"Poursuivante," Admiral De Tromelin, arrived at Honolulu, and was
+joined the next day by the corvette "Gassendi."</p>
+
+<p>On the 22d the admiral sent to the king ten demands, drawn up by
+M.&nbsp;Dillon, allowing the Hawaiian Government three days in which
+to comply with them.</p>
+
+<p>As these demands were firmly but courteously refused, an armed
+force was landed on the 25th, which took possession of the deserted
+fort, the custom house and other buildings, and the harbor was
+blockaded for ten days. The fort was dismantled and the king's private
+yacht confiscated by way of "reprisal," after which the "Poursuivante"
+sailed for San Francisco, taking M.&nbsp;Dillon as a passenger.</p>
+
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 76 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">76</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<h3>THE SECOND EMBASSY TO FRANCE.</h3>
+
+<p>The king immediately sent Dr.&nbsp;Judd as special commissioner to
+France, accompanied by the two nephews of the king, Alexander, the
+heir-apparent, and Lot Kamehameha.</p>
+
+<p>But on arriving in Paris they found that M.&nbsp;Dillon had
+preceded them, and still retained the confidence of the Minister of
+Foreign Affairs.</p>
+
+<p>The embassy, however, agreed with Lord Palmerston upon the basis of
+a new treaty with Great Britain.</p>
+
+
+<h3>THE U.&nbsp;S. PROTECTORATE.</h3>
+
+<p>The French corvette "Serieuse" arrived at Honolulu, December 13,
+1850, bringing M.&nbsp;Perrin, Commissioner of France, and remained in
+port three months.</p>
+
+<p>To the surprise of all, he presented again the identical ten
+demands of his predecessor, and resumed his policy of petty annoyance
+and interference with internal affairs of the kingdom. At length his
+attitude became so menacing that the king and privy council passed a
+proclamation placing the Islands provisionally under the protectorate
+of the United States. This action was ratified by the next
+Legislature.  Although it was finally declined by the United States,
+it had the desired effect, and the obnoxious demands were dropped.</p>
+
+
+<h3>THE CONSTITUTION OF 1852.</h3>
+
+<p>Was a very liberal one for the times, and has formed the basis of
+all succeeding constitutions. The nobles were to be appointed by the
+kings for life. The representatives, who were to be not less than
+twenty-four in number, were to be elected by universal suffrage.</p>
+
+
+<h3>INDUSTRIAL PROGRESS.</h3>
+
+<p>Between the years 1850 and 1860 a large part of the government land
+was sold to the common people in small tracts at nominal prices.</p>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 77 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">77</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The rapid settlement of California opened a new market for the
+productions of the Islands, and gave a great stimulus to agriculture.
+For a time large profits were made by raising potatoes for the
+California market. Wheat was cultivated in the Makawao district, and a
+steam flouring mill was erected in Honolulu in 1854. The next year 463
+barrels of Hawaiian flour were exported. A coffee plantation was
+started at Hanalei, Kauai, in 1842, and promised well, but was
+attacked by blight after the severe drought of 1851-2. The export of
+coffee rose to 208,000 pounds in 1850, but then fell off. The export
+of sugar only reached 500 tons in 1853. The sugar mills were generally
+worked by oxen or mules, and the molasses drained in the old fashioned
+way.</p>
+
+
+<h3>THE UNFINISHED ANNEXATION TREATY.</h3>
+
+<p>The year 1853 was rendered memorable by a terrible epidemic of
+small-pox, which carried off several thousand people on the Island of
+Oahu. During that and the following year there was an active agitation
+in Honolulu in favor of annexation to the United States. The king
+favored it as a refuge from impending dangers. The missionaries
+generally opposed it, fearing that its effects would be injurious to
+the native race. The negotiations were carried on between
+Mr.&nbsp;Gregg, the American Minister, and Mr.&nbsp;Wyllie, the
+Minister of Foreign Affairs, and a draft of the treaty was completed
+in June, 1854.</p>
+
+<p>The representatives of France and Great Britain remonstrated with
+the king against it, while the heir-apparent was also opposed to
+it. The negotiation was still pending when the king suddenly died on
+the 15th of December, 1854.</p>
+
+<p>His adopted son and heir, Alexander Liholiho, was immediately
+proclaimed king, under the title of Kamehameha IV.</p>
+
+
+<h3>THE REIGN OF KAMEHAMEHA&nbsp;IV.</h3>
+
+<p>Was uneventful. He was married to Emma Rooke, a chiefess partly of
+English descent, who both by her character and her
+<!-- Page 78 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">78</a></span>
+talents was worthy of the position. By their personal exertions the
+king and queen succeeded in raising the funds with which to found the
+"Queen's Hospital" at Honolulu. Their little son, the "Prince of
+Hawaii," died in 1862, at four years of age, and with him expired the
+hope of the Kamehameha dynasty. During the same year Bishop Staley,
+accompanied by a staff of clergymen, arrived at Honolulu and commenced
+the Anglican Mission.</p>
+
+<p>During the following year the king was rapidly failing in health,
+and on the 30th of November, 1863, he died, at the early age of
+twenty-nine, and was succeeded by his elder brother, Prince Lot
+Kamehameha.</p>
+
+<p>The development of the country during his reign was nearly at a
+stand-still. The cultivation of wheat as well as that of coffee was
+given up, but the culture of rice was commenced in 1860, and proved to
+be a great success.</p>
+
+
+<h3>THE REIGN OF KAMEHAMEHA&nbsp;V.</h3>
+
+<p>The reign of Kamehameha&nbsp;V. was memorable for the change of the
+constitution which he made on his own authority, soon after coming to
+the throne. The right of suffrage was made to depend on a small
+property qualification and on ability to read and write. The Nobles
+and representatives were henceforth to sit and vote in one
+chamber. During his reign the Board of Education was constituted, the
+Bureau of Immigration formed, and the Act passed in 1865 to segregate
+the lepers.</p>
+
+<p>A treaty of reciprocity with the United States was negotiated, but
+failed of ratification by the Senate.</p>
+
+<p>A destructive eruption from Mauna Loa took place in 1868, in the
+District of Kau. The almost total destruction of the whaling fleet in
+the Arctic Sea in 1871 was a serious blow to the prosperity of the
+Islands.</p>
+
+<p>The King died suddenly December 11th, 1872, and with him ended the
+line of the Kamehamehas.</p>
+
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 79 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">79</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<h3>THE REIGN OF LUNALILO.</h3>
+
+<p>As Kamehameha&nbsp;V. died without appointing any successor, the
+choice devolved upon the Legislature, which met on the 8th of January,
+1873, and elected William Lunalilo, cousin of the late king, by a
+large majority, amid general rejoicing. During that year, the proposal
+to cede or lease Pearl Harbor to the United States in consideration of
+a treaty of commercial reciprocity gave rise to an extensive
+agitation, which intensified the suspicion and race prejudice that
+already existed.</p>
+
+<p>The execution of the law for the segregation of lepers helped to
+widen the breach, and the effects were seen in the mutiny of the
+household troops in September, 1873, which had the sympathy of the
+populace.</p>
+
+<p>The King's health was already failing, and on the 3d of February,
+1874, he died of pulmonary consumption. By his will he left the bulk
+of his real estate to found a home for aged and indigent
+Hawaiians.</p>
+
+
+<h3>ACCESSION OF KALAKAUA.</h3>
+
+<p>Again the Legislature was called together to elect his successor on
+the 12th of February, 1874. The two rival candidates were the
+Queen-Dowager Emma and David Kalakaua, the latter of whom was elected
+by thirty-nine votes to six. A large mob, composed of Queen Emma's
+partisans, surrounded the court house during the election, after which
+they broke into the building and assaulted the members of the
+Legislature.</p>
+
+<p>At the request of the Cabinet, a body of marines was landed from
+the U.&nbsp;S. ships "Tuscarora" and "Portsmouth," and another from
+H.&nbsp;B.&nbsp;M.'s ship "Tenedos," which dispersed the rioters and
+guarded the public buildings for a week. Kalakaua was sworn in at noon
+the next day, and duly proclaimed King.</p>
+
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 80 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">80</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<h3>THE RECIPROCITY TREATY.</h3>
+
+<p>During the next year negotiations were opened with the United
+States for a treaty of commercial reciprocity, which was ratified in
+June, 1875, and finally went into operation in September, 1876, in
+spite of bitter opposition in both countries. The development of the
+resources of the Islands, which has resulted from this treaty, has
+surpassed all expectation. In connection with it there has also been a
+large increase of the foreign elements in the population.</p>
+
+
+<h3>THE KING'S TOUR AROUND THE&nbsp;WORLD.</h3>
+
+<p>On the 20th of January, 1881, King Kalakaua set out on a tour
+around the world, accompanied by the late Col.&nbsp;C.&nbsp;H. Judd,
+and Mr.&nbsp;W.&nbsp;N. Armstrong.  He was received with royal honors
+in Japan, and afterwards visited China, Siam, Johore and British
+India. After visiting the Khedive of Egypt, the party made the tour of
+Europe, and returned home by way of the United States, arriving in
+Honolulu Oct. 29, 1881.</p>
+
+
+<h3>REACTIONARY POLICY OF KALAKAUA.</h3>
+
+<p>Unlike his predecessors, Kalakaua seemed to regard himself as merely a
+king of the native Hawaiians, and foreign residents as alien invaders.
+It also seemed to be his chief aim to change the system of government
+into a personal despotism, in which he should have unchecked control of
+the Government Treasury. Thus he took it upon himself in July, 1878, and
+again in August, 1880, to dismiss a Ministry, without assigning any
+reason, immediately after it had been triumphantly sustained by a vote
+of the Legislature. On the latter occasion, his appointment of Celso
+Caesar Moreno as premier called forth the protest of the representatives
+of three great Powers, and such an uprising of the people that he had to
+give way. Adroit politicians were not wanting to flatter his vanity,
+defend his
+<!-- Page 81 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">81</a></span>
+follies, and show him how to violate the spirit and intent of the
+Constitution, while keeping within the letter of the law. The
+Legislatures were packed with subservient office-holders, while every
+artifice was used to debauch the native electorate and to foment race
+prejudice. The national debt grew up from $389,000 in 1880 to
+$1,936,000 in 1887. At the same time, under the existing law, no
+foreigner could be naturalized without the King's approval.</p>
+
+<div class="illo">
+<a name="MASONIC" id="MASONIC"></a>
+<img src="images/masonic.jpg" width="500" height="363" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><br />
+MASONIC TEMPLE.
+</span></div>
+
+<div class="illo">
+<a name="MUSEUM" id="MUSEUM"></a>
+<img src="images/museum.jpg" width="500" height="359" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><br />
+KAMEHAMEHA MUSEUM.
+</span></div>
+
+
+<h3>THE REVOLUTION OF&nbsp;1887.</h3>
+
+<p>After the legislative session of 1886, the King was virtually his
+own prime minister, and went from one folly to another, until his
+acceptance of two bribes, one of $75,000 and another of $80,000 in
+connection with the assignment of an opium license, precipitated the
+revolution of 1887.  Overawed by the unanimity of the movement, and
+deserted by his followers, the King yielded without a struggle. The
+Constitution which he was pleased to sign on the 7th of July, 1887,
+was a revision of that of 1864, intended to put an end to mere
+personal government, and to make the executive responsible to the
+representatives of the people.  Office-holders were made ineligible to
+seats in the Legislature. The Ministers were henceforth to be
+removable only upon a vote of want of confidence passed by a majority
+of all the elective members of the Legislature. The Nobles, instead of
+being appointed by the King, were to be elected for terms of six
+years, by electors who should be possessed of taxable property worth
+$3,000, or in receipt of an annual income of $600.</p>
+
+
+<h3>THE INSURRECTION OF&nbsp;1889.</h3>
+
+<p>The opposition of the Court and of other adherents of the old
+regime, to the reforms of 1887, led to an insurrection headed by
+R.&nbsp;W. Wilcox, on the 30th of July, 1889 which was promptly
+<!-- Page 82 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">82</a></span>
+put down, but not without bloodshed. Seven of the rioters were killed
+and a large number wounded.</p>
+
+<p>There can be little doubt that the late King and his sister were
+accessory to this ill-advised outbreak.</p>
+
+
+<h3>ACCESSION OF LILIUOKALANI.</h3>
+
+<p>In order to recruit his health, the King visited California in
+November, 1890. In spite of the best medical attendance, he continued
+to fail, and breathed his last on the 20th of January, 1891, in San
+Francisco. His remains were brought to Honolulu in the
+U.&nbsp;S.&nbsp;S. "Charleston," arriving there January 29th, 1891. On
+the same day, his sister took the oath to maintain the Constitution,
+and was proclaimed Queen, under the title of Liliuokalani.</p>
+
+
+<h3>THE REVOLUTION OF&nbsp;1893.</h3>
+
+<p>The ex-Queen in a published statement has since declared that she
+signed the Constitution unwillingly. The history of her short reign
+shows that it was her unaltered purpose to restore autocratic
+government. In short, she was determined to govern as well as to
+reign.</p>
+
+<p>The decision of the Supreme Court that the term of the last Cabinet
+expired with the King, gave her an opportunity (which she improved),
+to dictate terms in advance to the incoming Cabinet, and to secure
+control of all appointments. The legislative session of 1892 was
+protracted to eight months chiefly by her determination to retain her
+control of the Executive, as well as to carry through the opium and
+lottery bills.  Meanwhile she had caused a Constitution to be drawn
+up, which would practically, have transformed the government from a
+limited to an absolute monarchy, besides disfranchising a class of
+citizens who paid two-thirds of the taxes. This Constitution she
+undertook to spring upon the country by a <i>coup d'etat</i>, on
+<!-- Page 83 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">83</a></span>
+the day of the prorogation of the Legislature, January 14th, 1893.</p>
+
+<p>Fortunately, at the critical moment, when her preparations were
+complete, her Ministers shrank from sharing the responsibility of such
+a revolutionary act, and induced her to postpone it. In such an
+undertaking to hesitate is fatal.</p>
+
+<p>Again there was a general uprising of the conservative part of the
+community similar to that of 1887. But this time public opinion
+condemned all half way measures, and declared the monarchy to be
+forfeited by its own act.</p>
+
+<p>The Reform leaders reorganized their forces, and formed a
+Provisional Government, which was proclaimed January 17th, 1893 from
+the Government Building. The U.&nbsp;S.&nbsp;S. "Boston," which had
+unexpectedly arrived from Hilo on the day of the prorogation, landed a
+force on the 16th, to protect the lives and property of American
+citizens, in case of disorder or incendiarism. The Queen's ministers
+availed themselves of the presence of these troops on shore as an
+excuse for their inaction, and persuaded the Queen to resign under
+protest, and to appeal to the government of the United States.</p>
+
+<p>A treaty of annexation was soon after negotiated with the United
+States during President Harrison's administration, which was withdrawn
+by President Cleveland immediately after his accession. The failure of
+his attempt to restore the monarchy by diplomacy is well known.</p>
+
+
+<h3>THE REPUBLIC OF HAWAII.</h3>
+
+<p>During the next year a convention was elected, which sat in
+Honolulu during the month of June, 1894, and framed a new Constitution
+for the country, and the Republic of Hawaii was formally proclaimed
+July 4, 1894.</p>
+
+<p>Another royalist conspiracy was formed during the fall of that
+year, which resulted in the insurrection of January 6th,
+<!-- Page 84 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">84</a></span>
+1895, which was promptly crushed by the patriotic citizens of the
+Republic.</p>
+
+<p>A dangerous epidemic of Asiatic cholera in the following September,
+was stamped out by the united efforts of the public spirited citizens
+of Honolulu.</p>
+
+<p>For four years, in spite of hostile influences from without and
+enemies at home, the Republic has maintained peace and order,
+administered justice, carried on extensive internal improvements,
+advanced education, and kept the financial credit of the nation above
+par in the markets of the world.</p>
+
+<div style="margin: auto; max-width: 36em">
+<div>
+<!-- Page 85 -->
+<span class="pagenum">
+  <a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">85</a>
+  <a name="OFFICIAL_DIRECTORY" id="OFFICIAL_DIRECTORY"></a>
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<h3>OFFICIAL DIRECTORY, REPUBLIC OF HAWAII.</h3>
+
+<h4>EXECUTIVE COUNCIL.</h4>
+
+<p class="hangindent">
+Sanford&nbsp;B. Dole, President of the Republic of Hawaii.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Henry&nbsp;E. Cooper, Minister of Foreign Affairs.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">James&nbsp;A. King, Minister of the Interior.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Samuel&nbsp;M. Damon, Minister of Finance.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">William&nbsp;O. Smith, Attorney-General.</p>
+
+
+<h4>COUNCIL OF STATE.</h4>
+
+<table width="100%" summary="council of state">
+<tr>
+<td class="hangindent">
+William&nbsp;C. Wilder,
+</td>
+
+<td class="hangindent">
+George&nbsp;W. Smith,
+</td>
+
+<td class="hangindent">
+Mark&nbsp;P. Robinson,
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="hangindent">
+Cecil Brown,
+</td>
+
+<td class="hangindent">
+John Phillips,
+</td>
+
+<td class="hangindent">
+John Ena,
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="hangindent">
+P.&nbsp;C. Jones,
+</td>
+
+<td class="hangindent">
+D.&nbsp;L. Naone,
+</td>
+
+<td class="hangindent">
+Samuel&nbsp;M. Ka-ne,
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="hangindent">
+J.&nbsp;A. Kennedy,
+</td>
+
+<td class="hangindent">
+A.&nbsp;G.&nbsp;M. Robertson,
+</td>
+
+<td class="hangindent">
+John Nott,
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="hangindent">
+C.&nbsp;Bolte,
+</td>
+
+<td class="hangindent">
+E.&nbsp;C. Winston,
+</td>
+
+<td class="hangindent">
+J.&nbsp;P. Mendonca.
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+</table>
+
+
+<h4>SUPREME COURT.</h4>
+
+<p class="hangindent">
+Hon.&nbsp;A.&nbsp;F. Judd, Chief Justice.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Hon.&nbsp;W.&nbsp;F. Frear, First Associate
+Justice.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Hon.&nbsp;W. Austin Whiting, Second Associate
+Justice.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Henry Smith, Chief Clerk.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Geo. Lucas, Deputy Clerk.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">James Thompson, Second Deputy Clerk.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">J. Walter Jones, Stenographer.</p>
+
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 86 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">86</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<h4>CIRCUIT JUDGES.</h4>
+
+<p class="hangindent">
+First Circuit&mdash;Alfred&nbsp;W. Carter, Antonio Perry, Oahu.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Second Circuit&mdash;J.&nbsp;W. Kalua.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Third and Fourth
+Circuits&mdash;S.&nbsp;L. Austin.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Fifth Circuit&mdash;J. Hardy.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Offices and Court-room in Court House, King
+street. Sitting in Honolulu: First Monday in February, May, August and
+November.</p>
+
+
+<h4>DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS.</h4>
+
+<h5>Office in Executive Building, King street.</h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Henry&nbsp;E. Cooper, Minister Foreign
+Affairs.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">George&nbsp;C. Potter, Secretary.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Alexander St. M. Mackintosh, Clerk.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Miss Kate Kelley, Stenographer.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">B.&nbsp;L. Marx, Clerk Executive Council.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">James&nbsp;W. Girvin, Secretary Chinese
+Bureau.</p>
+
+
+<h4>DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR.</h4>
+
+<h5>Office in Executive Building, King street.</h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">James&nbsp;A. King, Minister of the
+Interior.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Chief Clerk, John&nbsp;A. Hassinger.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Assistant Clerks, James&nbsp;H. Boyd,
+H.&nbsp;C. Meyers, Stephen Mahaulu, George&nbsp;C. Ross,
+Edward&nbsp;S. Boyd.</p>
+
+
+<h4>CHIEFS OF BUREAUS, INTERIOR DEPARTMENT.</h4>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Surveyor-General, W.&nbsp;D. Alexander.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Superintendent Public Works, W.&nbsp;E. Rowell.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Superintendent Water Works, Andrew Brown.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Inspector Electric Lights, John Cassidy.</p>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 87 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">87</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Registrar of Conveyances, T.&nbsp;G. Thrum.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Road Supervisor, Honolulu, W.&nbsp;H. Cummings.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Insane Asylum, Dr.&nbsp;Geo.&nbsp;H. Herbert.</p>
+
+
+<h4>BOARD OF FIRE COMMISSIONERS.</h4>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Andrew Brown, Charles Crozier and
+J.&nbsp;H. Fisher.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">James&nbsp;H. Hunt, Chief
+Engineer,<!--Typo: Enginee--> H.&nbsp;F.&nbsp;D.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">William&nbsp;R. Sims, Secretary.</p>
+
+
+<h4>BUREAU OF AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY.</h4>
+
+<p class="hangindent">President, the Minister of the Interior. Allan
+Herbert, Thomas King, Wray Taylor, E.&nbsp;W. Jordan. Joseph Marsden,
+Commissioner and Secretary.</p>
+
+
+<h4>DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE.</h4>
+
+<h5>Office in Executive Building, King street.</h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Minister of Finance, Samuel&nbsp;M. Damon.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Auditor-General, H.&nbsp;Laws.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Registrar of Accounts, W.&nbsp;G. Ashley.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Clerk of Finance Office,
+E.&nbsp;R. Stackable.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Collector-General of Customs,
+James&nbsp;B. Castle.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Tax Assessor, Oahu, Jonathan Shaw.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Postmaster-General, J.&nbsp;M. Oat.</p>
+
+
+<h4>CUSTOMS BUREAU.</h4>
+
+<h5>Office in Custom House, Esplanade, Fort street.</h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">
+Collector-General, James&nbsp;B. Castle.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Deputy Collector, Frank&nbsp;B. McStocker.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Harbor Master, Captain A.&nbsp;Fuller.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Port Surveyor, George C.&nbsp;Stratemeyer.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Storekeeper, .........</p><!--Add dots-->
+
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 88 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">88</a></span>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4>DEPARTMENT OF ATTORNEY-GENERAL.</h4>
+
+<h5>Office in Executive Building, King street.</h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">
+Attorney-General, William&nbsp;O. Smith.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Deputy Attorney-General, E.&nbsp;P. Dole.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Clerk, J.&nbsp;M. Kea.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Marshal, A.&nbsp;M. Brown.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Deputy Marshal, H.&nbsp;R. Hitchcock.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Jailor<!--[sic]--> Oahu Prison, J.&nbsp;A. Low.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Prison Physician, C.&nbsp;B. Cooper, M.&nbsp;D.</p>
+
+
+<h4>DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION.</h4>
+
+<h5>Office in Judiciary Building.</h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">
+Henry&nbsp;E. Cooper, Minister of Public Instruction.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Commissioners, Professor William Dewitt
+Alexander, Mrs.  Emma Louisa Dillingham,
+Mr.&nbsp;William&nbsp;A. Bowen, Mrs.  Alice Clark Jordan,
+Mr.&nbsp;H.&nbsp;M. von Holt.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">H.&nbsp;S. Townsend, Inspector-General of
+Schools.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">J.&nbsp;F. Scott, Deputy Inspector-General of
+Schools.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">C.&nbsp;T. Rodgers, Secretary of Department.</p>
+
+
+<h4>BOARD OF IMMIGRATION.</h4>
+
+<h5>Office in Judiciary Building.</h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">
+President, James&nbsp;A. King.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Members of Board of Immigration,
+J.&nbsp;B. Atherton, Joseph Marsden, D.&nbsp;B. Smith,
+James&nbsp;G. Spencer, J.&nbsp;Carden. Secretary, Wray Taylor.</p>
+
+
+<h4>BOARD OF HEALTH.</h4>
+
+<h5>Office in Judiciary Building.</h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">President, William&nbsp;O. Smith.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Secretary, Charles Wilcox.</p>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 89 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">89</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Members, D.&nbsp;Keliipio, C.&nbsp;A. Brown,
+N.&nbsp;B. Emerson, M.&nbsp;D.; F.&nbsp;R. Day, M.&nbsp;D.;
+C.&nbsp;B. Wood, M.&nbsp;D., and T.&nbsp;F. Lansing.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Port Physician, Dr.&nbsp;Francis Day.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Dispensary, Dr.&nbsp;H.&nbsp;W. Howard.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Leper Settlement, Dr.&nbsp;R.&nbsp;K. Oliver.</p>
+
+
+<h4>POLICE COURT.</h4>
+
+<h5>Police Station Building, Merchant street.</h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">
+George&nbsp;H. de&nbsp;la Vergne, Magistrate.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">William Cuelho, Clerk.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="mini" />
+
+<div class="illo">
+<a name="KAWAIAHAO" id="KAWAIAHAO"></a>
+<img src="images/kawaiahao.jpg" width="500" height="356" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><br />
+KAWAIAHAO CHURCH (Hawaiian).
+</span></div>
+
+<div class="illo">
+<a name="CHURCH" id="CHURCH"></a>
+<img src="images/church.jpg" width="337" height="500" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><br />
+CENTRAL UNION CHURCH.
+</span></div>
+
+
+<h4>FOREIGN REPRESENTATIVES IN HONOLULU.</h4>
+
+<h5><i>Diplomatic.</i></h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">United States&mdash;Envoy Extraordinary and
+Minister Plenipotentiary, Albert&nbsp;S. Willis, Esq.; residence, King
+St. Ellis Mills, Esq., Secretary of Legation.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Portugal&mdash;Charge d'Affaires and
+Consul-General, Senhor A.  de Souza Canavarro; residence, Beretania
+St.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Great Britain&mdash;Commissioner and
+Consul-General, Captain A.&nbsp;G.&nbsp;S. Hawes.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Japan&mdash;Diplomatic Agent and Consul-General,
+Mr.&nbsp;H. Shimamura; residence, Nuuanu
+Ave. H.&nbsp;I.&nbsp;J.&nbsp;M. Eleve Consul, Mr.&nbsp;K. Mimashi,
+Secretary H.&nbsp;I.&nbsp;J.&nbsp;M. Consulate-General.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">France&mdash;Consul and Commissioner,
+Mons. Louis Voisson; Chancellor of Legation,
+Mons.&nbsp;A. Vizzavona.</p>
+
+<h5><i>Consular.</i></h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">United States&mdash;Consul-General, Ellis Mills.
+W. Porter Boyd, United States Vice and Deputy Consul-General.
+</p>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 90 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">90</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Italy&mdash;F.&nbsp;A. Schaefer, Consul. (Dean
+of the Consular Corps.)</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Netherlands&mdash;J.&nbsp;H. Paty, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Denmark&mdash;H.&nbsp;R. Macfarlane, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Mexico, H.&nbsp;Renjes, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Peru&mdash;Bruce Cartwright, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Chile&mdash;Julius Hoting, Consul.</p><!--Typo: Chili-->
+
+<p class="hangindent">Austria-Hungary&mdash;J.&nbsp;F. Hackfeld,
+Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Germany&mdash;J.&nbsp;F. Hackfeld, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Belgium&mdash;H. Focke, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Great Britain&mdash;T.&nbsp;R. Walker,
+Vice-Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Spain&mdash;H. Renjes, Vice-Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Russia&mdash;J.&nbsp;F. Hackfeld, Acting
+Vice-Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Sweden and Norway&mdash;Charles Weight, Acting
+Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">China&mdash;Goo Kim Fui, Commercial Agent; Wong
+Kwai, Assistant Commercial Agent.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">U.&nbsp;S. Consular Agent, Kahului,
+A.&nbsp;J. Dickens, Acting.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">U.&nbsp;S. Consular Agent, Mahukona,
+C.&nbsp;J. Falk.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">U.&nbsp;S. Consular Agent, Hilo, Charles
+Furneaux.</p>
+
+<hr class="mini" />
+
+
+<h4>PRINCIPAL HAWAIIAN REPRESENTATIVES ABROAD.</h4>
+
+
+<h5><i>United States.</i></h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Washington,
+D.&nbsp;C.&mdash;Francis&nbsp;M. Hatch, Envoy Extraordinary and
+Minister Plenipotentiary; Major Frank&nbsp;P. Hastings, Charge
+d'Affaires and Secretary of Legation.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">New York&mdash;E.&nbsp;H. Allen,
+Consul-General.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Chicago&mdash;Fred&nbsp;W. Job, Consul-General
+for the States of Illinois, Michigan, Ohio, Indiana and Wisconsin.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">San Francisco&mdash;Charles&nbsp;T. Wilder,
+Consul-General for the Pacific States, California, Oregon, Nevada and
+Washington; J.&nbsp;F. Soper, Vice and Deputy Consul-General.</p>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 91 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">91</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Boston&mdash;Gorham&nbsp;D. Gilman,
+Consul-General.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Portland, Oregon&mdash;J. McCracken, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Port Townsend&mdash;James&nbsp;G. Swan, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Seattle&mdash;John&nbsp;H. Carter, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Tacoma&mdash;J.&nbsp;T. Steeb, Acting Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Philadelphia&mdash;Robert&nbsp;H. Davis, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">San Diego&mdash;H.&nbsp;P. Wood, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Detroit&mdash;A.&nbsp;L. Bresler, Consul.</p>
+
+
+<h5><i>Great Britain.</i></h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">London&mdash;Manley Hopkins, Consul-General;
+Cyril Hopkins, Vice-Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Liverpool&mdash;Harold Janion, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Bristol&mdash;Mark Whitwill, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Hull&mdash;W. Moran, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Newcastle-on-Tyne&mdash;E. Biesterfeld, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Falmouth&mdash;Cecil Robert Broad, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Dover (and the Cinque Ports)&mdash;Francis
+Wm. Prescott, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Swansea&mdash;H. Goldberg, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Cardiff&mdash;J. Bovey, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Edinburgh and Leith&mdash;E.&nbsp;G. Buchanan,
+Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Glasgow&mdash;Peter Denniston, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Dundee&mdash;J.&nbsp;G. Zoller, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Dublin&mdash;R. Jas. Murphy, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Queenstown&mdash;Geo.&nbsp;B. Dawson, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Belfast&mdash;W.&nbsp;A. Ross, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Middlesborough&mdash;B.&nbsp;C. Atkinson, Consul.</p>
+
+
+<h5><i>British Colonies.</i></h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Toronto, Ontario&mdash;J.&nbsp;Enoch Thompson,
+Consul-General; Col.  Geo.&nbsp;A. Shaw, Vice-Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">St.&nbsp;John's,
+N.&nbsp;B.&mdash;Allan&nbsp;O. Crookshank, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Rimouski&mdash;J.&nbsp;N. Pouliot,
+Vice-Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Montreal&mdash;Dickson Anderson, Consul.
+<!-- Page 92 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">92</a></span>
+Yarmouth, N.&nbsp;S.&mdash;Ed.&nbsp;F. Clements, Vice-Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Victoria, B.&nbsp;C.&mdash;R.&nbsp;P. Rithet,
+Consul-General for British Columbia.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Vancouver,
+B.&nbsp;C.&mdash;J.&nbsp;W. McFarland, Vice-Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Sydney,
+N.&nbsp;S.&nbsp;W.&mdash;W.&nbsp;E. Dixon, Consul-General.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Melbourne, Victoria&mdash;G.&nbsp;N. Oakley,
+Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Brisbane,
+Queensland&mdash;Alex.&nbsp;B. Webster, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Hobart, Tasmania&mdash;Hon. Audley Coote,
+Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Launceston, Tasmania&mdash;Geo. Collins,
+Vice-Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Newcastle,
+N.&nbsp;S.&nbsp;W.&mdash;W.&nbsp;J. Gillam, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Auckland, N.&nbsp;Z.&mdash;James Macfarlane,
+Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Dunedin, N.&nbsp;Z.&mdash;W.&nbsp;G. Neill,
+Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Gibraltar&mdash;H. Schott, Consul.</p>
+
+
+<h5><i>France and Colonies.</i></h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Paris&mdash;Alfred Houle, Charge d'Affaires and
+Consul-General; A.&nbsp;N.&nbsp;H. Teyssier, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Marseilles&mdash;........, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Bordeaux&mdash;Ernest de Boissac, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Dijon&mdash;H.&nbsp;F.&nbsp;J. Vieilhomme,
+Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Liborne&mdash;C. Schaessler, Vice-Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Cette&mdash;Julius Chavasse, Vice-Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Grenoble&mdash;J.&nbsp;L. Garcin,
+Vice-Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Papeete, Tahiti&mdash;E.&nbsp;A. Bonet,
+Consul.</p>
+
+
+<h5><i>Spain.</i></h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Barcelona&mdash;Enrique Minguez,
+Consul-General.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Cadiz&mdash;J. Shaw, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Valencia&mdash;Julio Soler, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Malaga&mdash;F.&nbsp;T. de Navarra, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Cartagena&mdash;J. Paris, Consul.</p>
+
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 93 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">93</a></span>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><i>Portugal and Colonies.</i></h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Lisbon&mdash;A.&nbsp;F. de Serpa,
+Consul-General.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Oporto&mdash;Narciso T.&nbsp;M. Ferro,
+Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Madeira Island&mdash;L.&nbsp;D.&nbsp;F. Branco,
+Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Cape Vincent, Cape de Verde
+Islands&mdash;Clarimundo Martins, Vice-Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Lagos, Cape de Verde Islands&mdash;Manuel Jose
+Barbosa, Vice-Consul.</p>
+
+
+<h5><i>Azores Islands.</i></h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Ponta Delgardo (St.&nbsp;Michaels)&mdash;Senhor
+Bernardo Machado de Faria Maia, Consul-General; A. da Silva Moreira,
+Consul.</p>
+
+
+<h5><i>Italy.</i></h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Rome&mdash;Dwight Benton, Consul-General;
+Hale&nbsp;P. Benton, Vice and Deputy Consul-General.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Palermo, Sicily&mdash;A. Tagliavia, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Genoa&mdash;Raphael de Luchi, Consul.</p>
+
+
+<h5><i>Holland.</i></h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Amsterdam&mdash;D.&nbsp;H. Schmull,
+Consul-General.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Dordrecht&mdash;P.&nbsp;J. Bouwman, Consul.</p>
+
+
+<h5><i>Japan.</i></h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Tokio&mdash;R.&nbsp;W. Irwin, Minister
+Resident.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Kobe&mdash;C.&nbsp;P. Hall, Vice-Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Yokohama&mdash;B.&nbsp;C. Howard, Consul;
+Dr.&nbsp;Stuart Eldridge, M.&nbsp;D., Sanitary Inspector.</p>
+
+
+<h5><i>China.</i></h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Hong Kong&mdash;J.&nbsp;J. Bell Irving, Acting
+Consul-General; Dr.  Gregory&nbsp;P. Jordan, M.&nbsp;D., Sanitary
+Inspector.</p>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 94 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">94</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Amoy&mdash;Robert&nbsp;H. Bruce, Consul;
+Dr.&nbsp;Hugh MacDougald, M.&nbsp;D., Sanitary Inspector.</p>
+
+
+<h5><i>Belgium.</i></h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Antwerp&mdash;Victor Forge, Consul-General.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Ghent&mdash;E. Coppieters, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Liege&mdash;J. Blanpain, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Bruges&mdash;E. Van Den Brande, Consul.</p>
+
+
+<h5><i>Sweden and Norway.</i></h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Stockholm, Sweden&mdash;C.&nbsp;A. Engvalls,
+Consul-General.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Christiana, Norway&mdash;L. Samson, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Gothemburg, Sweden&mdash;Gustaf Kraak,
+Vice-Consul.</p>
+
+
+<h5><i>Austria.</i></h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Vienna&mdash;Hugo Schonberger, Consul.</p>
+
+
+<h5><i>Germany and Colonies.</i></h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Bremen&mdash;H.&nbsp;F. Glade, Charge d'Affaires
+and Consul-General; J.&nbsp;F. Muller, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Hamburg&mdash;E.&nbsp;F. Weber, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Frankfort-on-Main&mdash;J. Kopp, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Dresden&mdash;A.&nbsp;P. Russ, Consul.</p>
+
+
+<h5><i>Canary Islands.</i></h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Las Palamas&mdash;L. Falcon y Quevedo, Consul;
+J.&nbsp;B. De Laguna, Vice-Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Santa Cruz de la
+Palma&mdash;Antonio&nbsp;C. de&nbsp;las Casas, Vice-Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Areciefe de Lanzarote&mdash;E. Murales,
+Vice-Consul.</p>
+
+
+<h5><i>Mexico.</i></h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Mexico&mdash;Col.&nbsp;W.&nbsp;J. De Gress,
+Consul-General; R.&nbsp;H. Baker, Vice-Consul.</p>
+
+<div>
+<!-- Page 95 -->
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">95</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Manzanillo&mdash;Robert James Barney,
+Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Ensenada&mdash;James Moorkens, Vice-Consul.</p>
+
+
+<h5><i>Central and South America.</i></h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Valparaiso, South America&mdash;David Thomas,
+Charge d'Affaires and Consul-General.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Lima, South America&mdash;F.&nbsp;L. Crosby,
+Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Montevideo, South America&mdash;Conrad Hughes,
+Consul.</p>
+
+
+<h5><i>Philippine Islands.</i></h5>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Iloilo&mdash;Geo. Shelmerdine, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Manila&mdash;Jasper&nbsp;M. Wood, Consul.</p>
+
+<p class="hangindent">Cebu&mdash;Geo.&nbsp;A. Cadell, Consul.</p>
+
+<div class="hugeskip"></div>
+
+</div>
+
+</div> <!-- End of global div-->
+
+
+<div class="tnote">
+<h3>
+<a name="Transcribers_Endnote" id="Transcribers_Endnote"></a>
+Transcriber's Note
+</h3>
+
+<p>
+With the exception of OCEANIC STEAMSHIP AUSTRALIA, the illustrations
+and cover image come from a slightly different printing of the
+pamphlet than the text.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Minor typographical errors and irregularities have been corrected.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The table of contents and list of illustrations have been added for
+the reader's convenience.
+</p>
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Hawaiian Islands, by 
+The Department of Foreign Affairs
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS ***
+
+***** This file should be named 29383-h.htm or 29383-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/9/3/8/29383/
+
+Produced by Steven Giacomelli, Andrew D. Hwang and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+(This file was produced from images generously made
+available by Case Western Reserve University Preservation
+Department Digital Library)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/29383-h/images/church.jpg b/29383-h/images/church.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3f18be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/images/church.jpg
diff --git a/29383-h/images/college.jpg b/29383-h/images/college.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3acddc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/images/college.jpg
diff --git a/29383-h/images/cover.jpg b/29383-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45737f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/images/cover.jpg
diff --git a/29383-h/images/dole.jpg b/29383-h/images/dole.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7e8a15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/images/dole.jpg
diff --git a/29383-h/images/ewa.jpg b/29383-h/images/ewa.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a42fcf2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/images/ewa.jpg
diff --git a/29383-h/images/executive.jpg b/29383-h/images/executive.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1e687a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/images/executive.jpg
diff --git a/29383-h/images/hamakua.jpg b/29383-h/images/hamakua.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9ae351
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/images/hamakua.jpg
diff --git a/29383-h/images/home.jpg b/29383-h/images/home.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5b59ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/images/home.jpg
diff --git a/29383-h/images/house.jpg b/29383-h/images/house.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d50de77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/images/house.jpg
diff --git a/29383-h/images/judiciary.jpg b/29383-h/images/judiciary.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b023d8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/images/judiciary.jpg
diff --git a/29383-h/images/kawaiahao.jpg b/29383-h/images/kawaiahao.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a027fe9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/images/kawaiahao.jpg
diff --git a/29383-h/images/map.jpg b/29383-h/images/map.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5230336
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/images/map.jpg
diff --git a/29383-h/images/map_sm.jpg b/29383-h/images/map_sm.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b7ddf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/images/map_sm.jpg
diff --git a/29383-h/images/masonic.jpg b/29383-h/images/masonic.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..635e8ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/images/masonic.jpg
diff --git a/29383-h/images/museum.jpg b/29383-h/images/museum.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea1b087
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/images/museum.jpg
diff --git a/29383-h/images/nuuanu.jpg b/29383-h/images/nuuanu.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c981ec2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/images/nuuanu.jpg
diff --git a/29383-h/images/pauahi.jpg b/29383-h/images/pauahi.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7370b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/images/pauahi.jpg
diff --git a/29383-h/images/pauoa.jpg b/29383-h/images/pauoa.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e4d276
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/images/pauoa.jpg
diff --git a/29383-h/images/pineapple.jpg b/29383-h/images/pineapple.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2beef88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/images/pineapple.jpg
diff --git a/29383-h/images/puna.jpg b/29383-h/images/puna.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0d2071
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/images/puna.jpg
diff --git a/29383-h/images/railroad.jpg b/29383-h/images/railroad.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2880e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/images/railroad.jpg
diff --git a/29383-h/images/rice.jpg b/29383-h/images/rice.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33d649c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/images/rice.jpg
diff --git a/29383-h/images/school.jpg b/29383-h/images/school.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cec2f1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/images/school.jpg
diff --git a/29383-h/images/steamship.jpg b/29383-h/images/steamship.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..411fb6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/images/steamship.jpg
diff --git a/29383-h/images/valley.jpg b/29383-h/images/valley.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bab056d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/images/valley.jpg
diff --git a/29383-h/images/waikiki.jpg b/29383-h/images/waikiki.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d770166
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383-h/images/waikiki.jpg
diff --git a/29383.txt b/29383.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a4cf09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3978 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Hawaiian Islands, by
+The Department of Foreign Affairs
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Hawaiian Islands
+
+Author: The Department of Foreign Affairs
+
+Release Date: July 12, 2009 [EBook #29383]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Steven Giacomelli, Andrew D. Hwang and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+(This file was produced from images generously made
+available by Case Western Reserve University Preservation
+Department Digital Library)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS
+
+THEIR RESOURCES AGRICULTURAL,
+COMMERCIAL AND FINANCIAL.
+
+
+[Illustration (Cover image).]
+
+
+[Illustration: MAP of the HAWAIIAN ISLANDS.]
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+CHAPTER I.              3
+CHAPTER II.            12
+CHAPTER III.           16
+CHAPTER IV.            20
+CHAPTER V.             37
+CHAPTER VI.            43
+CHAPTER VII.           52
+CHAPTER VIII.          58
+OFFICIAL DIRECTORY.    85
+
+
+LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+MAP OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS.
+SANFORD B. DOLE, President of the Republic of Hawaii.
+EXECUTIVE BUILDING. / JUDICIARY BUILDING.
+EWA MILL. / VALLEY SCENE, HAWAII.
+PAUOA VALLEY RICE FIELDS. / PINEAPPLE PLANTATION.
+COFFEE PLANTATION, HAMAKUA. / COFFEE PLANTATION, PUNA.
+OCEANIC STEAMSHIP AUSTRALIA. / VOLCANO HOUSE.
+KOHALA RAILROAD. / RICE FIELD, PEARL CITY.
+NUUANU AVENUE, HONOLULU. / WAIKIKI BEACH.
+LUNALILO HOME, FOR AGED HAWAIIANS. / KAMEHAMEHA SCHOOL.
+OAHU COLLEGE. / PAUAHI HALL, OAHU COLLEGE.
+MASONIC TEMPLE. / KAMEHAMEHA MUSEUM.
+KAWAIAHAO CHURCH (Hawaiian). / CENTRAL UNION CHURCH.
+
+
+[Illustration: SANFORD B. DOLE. President of the Republic of Hawaii.]
+
+
+
+
+THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS
+
+THEIR RESOURCES AGRICULTURAL, COMMERCIAL AND FINANCIAL.
+
+
+Coffee,
+_THE COMING STAPLE PRODUCT._
+
+
+ISSUED UNDER THE AUSPICES
+OF THE
+DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS,
+1896.
+
+
+HONOLULU:
+PRINTED BY THE HAWAIIAN GAZETTE COMPANY.
+
+
+
+
+The following pamphlet has been compiled for the purpose of giving
+information to those intending to invest in the industries of the
+Hawaiian Islands. The information can be vouched for as correct. The
+portion dealing with agriculture is from the pen of Joseph Marsden,
+Esq., Commissioner of Agriculture. The digest of the land law has been
+prepared by J. F. Brown, Esq., Commissioner of Public Lands. The
+historical portion has been written by Prof. Alexander, Chief of the
+Government Survey and author of a "Short History of the Hawaiian People"
+and other works. The pamphlet has been planned, edited and in part
+written by Alatau T. Atkinson, Esq., ex-Inspector General of Schools,
+and now General Superintendent of Census.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+
+GENERAL INFORMATION.
+
+The Hawaiian Islands are situated in the North Pacific Ocean and lie
+between longitudes 154 deg. 40' and 160 deg. 30' West, and latitudes 22 deg. 16' and
+18 deg. 55' North. They are thus on the very edge of the tropics, but their
+position in mid-ocean and the prevalence of the northeast trade wind
+gives them a climate unequalled by any other portion of the globe--a
+perpetual summer without an enervating heat. In the Hawaiian Islands
+Americans and Europeans can and do work in the open air, at all seasons
+of the year, as they cannot in countries lying in the same latitudes
+elsewhere. To note an instance, Calcutta lies a little to the north of
+the latitude of Kauai, our most northerly Island, and in Calcutta the
+American and European can only work with his brain; hard physical labor
+he cannot do and live. On the Hawaiian Islands he can work and thrive.
+
+
+RAINFALL AND TEMPERATURE.
+
+The rainfall varies, being greater on the windward side of the Islands,
+and increasing up to a certain elevation. Thus, at Olaa, on the Island
+of Hawaii, windward side and elevation of about 2,000 feet, the rainfall
+from July 1st, 1894, to June 30, 1895, was 176.82 inches, while at
+Kailua, on the leeward side, at a low level, it was only 51.21 inches
+during the same period.
+
+The temperature also varies according to elevation and position. On the
+Island of Hawaii you can get any climate from the heat of summer to actual
+winter at the summits of the two great mountains. A meteorological record,
+kept carefully for a period of twelve years, gives 89 deg. as the highest and
+54 deg. as the lowest temperature recorded, or a mean temperature of 71 deg. 30'
+for the year. A case of sunstroke has never been known. People make no
+special precautions against the sun, wearing straw and soft felt hats
+similar to those worn in the States during the summer months.
+
+
+WINDS.
+
+The prevailing winds, as mentioned above, are the northeast trades.
+These blow for about nine months of the year. The remainder of the
+period the winds are variable and chiefly from the south. The Islands
+are outside the cyclone belt, and severe storms accompanied by thunder
+and lightning are of rare occurrence.
+
+
+HEALTH.
+
+The Islands possess a healthy climate. There are no virulent fevers such
+as are encountered on the coast of Africa or in the West India Islands.
+Epidemics seldom visit the Islands, and when they do they are generally
+light. A careful system of quarantine guards the Islands now from
+epidemics from abroad. Such grave diseases as pneumonia and diphtheria
+are almost unknown. Children thrive wonderfully.
+
+
+AREA.
+
+For practical purposes--and these lines are written for practical
+men--there are eight Islands in the Hawaiian group. The others are mere
+rocks, of no value to mankind at present. These eight Islands, beginning
+from the northwest, are named Niihau, Kauai, Oahu, Molokai, Lanai,
+Kahoolawe, Maui and Hawaii. The areas of these Islands are as follows:
+
+             =Square Miles.=
+
+  Niihau             97
+  Kauai             590
+  Oahu              600
+  Molokai           270
+  Maui              760
+  Lanai             150
+  Kahoolawe          63
+  Hawaii           4210
+                   ----
+  Total            6740
+
+The Islands that interest an intending immigrant are Hawaii, Maui, Oahu
+and Kauai. It is on these Islands that coffee, fruits, potatoes, corn
+and vegetables can be raised by the small investor, and where land can
+be obtained on reasonable terms.
+
+
+HAWAII.
+
+The Island of Hawaii is the largest in the group, and presents great
+varieties of soil and climate. The windward side, which includes the
+districts of North Kohala, Hamakua, Hilo and Puna, is copiously watered
+by rains and, in the Hilo district, the streams rush impetuously down
+every gulch or ravine. The leeward side of the Island, including South
+Kohala, North and South Kona, and Kau, is not exposed to such strong
+rains, but an ample supply of water falls in the rain belt. The Kona
+district has given the coffee product a name in the markets of the world.
+
+On this Island are now situated numerous sugar plantations. Coffee
+employs the industry of several hundred owners, ranging from the man
+with 200,000 trees to him who has only an acre or so. There are
+thousands upon thousands of acres at present uncultivated and only
+awaiting the sturdy arms and enterprising brains of the men of the
+temperate zone to develop them.
+
+
+MAUI.
+
+Maui is also a very fine Island. Besides its sugar plantations, it has
+numerous coffee lands, especially in the eastern part, which are just
+now being opened up. The western slopes of Haleakala, the main mountain
+of Maui, are covered with small farms where are raised potatoes, corn,
+beans and pigs. Again, here, thousands of acres are lying fallow.
+
+
+HONOLULU.
+
+On Oahu is the capital, Honolulu. It is a city numbering thirty thousand
+inhabitants and is pleasantly situated on the south side of the Island.
+The city extends a considerable distance up Nuuanu Valley and has wings
+extending northwest and southeast. It is a city of foliage. Except in
+the business blocks, every house stands in its own garden, and some of
+the houses are wonderfully beautiful.
+
+The city is lighted with electric light; there is a very complete
+telephone system, and tram cars run at short intervals along the
+principal streets and continue out to a sea-bathing resort and public
+park, four miles from the city. There are numerous stores where all
+kinds of goods can be obtained. In this particular Honolulu occupies
+a position ahead of any city of similar size. The public buildings
+are handsome and commodious. There are numerous churches, schools, a
+public library of over 10,000 volumes, Y. M. C. A. Hall, Masonic Temple,
+Odd Fellows' Hall and Theater. There is frequent steam communication
+with San Francisco, once a month with Victoria (British Columbia), and
+twice a month with New Zealand and the Australian Colonies. Steamers
+also connect Honolulu with China and Japan. There are three evening
+daily papers published in English, one daily morning paper, and two
+weeklies. Besides these there are papers published in the Hawaiian,
+Portuguese, Japanese and Chinese languages, and also monthly magazines
+in various tongues.
+
+
+OAHU'S OPPORTUNITIES.
+
+The Island of Oahu presents excellent opportunities for the investor.
+Acres upon acres of land remain undeveloped among its teeming valleys,
+the energies and wealth of the population having been devoted to the
+development of the sugar lands on the larger Islands.
+
+A line of railroad has been constructed which at present runs along the
+coast to a distance of thirty miles from the city. It is proposed to
+continue this line completely around the Island. This railroad opens up
+rich coffee and farming lands and affords ready means of transport for
+the produce, and an expeditious method for obtaining the necessary
+supplies, etc., from the capital. The management of the railroad offers
+special inducements for would-be investors to see the country, and
+special rates should they conclude to settle.
+
+
+KAUAI.
+
+Kauai is called the "Garden Island," it is so well watered and so
+luxuriant in vegetation. The Island is at present largely devoted to the
+cultivation of sugar. Rice also cuts a considerable figure in the
+agricultural production of Kauai. That it can produce coffee is
+undoubted, but there is a timidity about embarking in the industry,
+because some forty years ago the experiment of a coffee plantation was
+tried, and owing to misjudgment of location and soil, failed. Since then
+the cultivation of coffee has come to be more thoroughly understood, and
+there is no doubt that quantities of land suitable for such cultivation
+are now lying, like the sleeping beauty, waiting for the kiss of
+enterprise to make them awake into usefulness and profit for mankind.
+
+There is room on the Hawaiian Islands for at least ten times the present
+population. The climate, soil and social conditions all tend to make
+them a desirable home for those who are willing to work, and have a
+moderate capital to begin with.
+
+
+GOVERNMENT.
+
+The Government of the Hawaiian Islands is a Republic. Up to the year
+1893 it had been a limited monarchy, but at that date it was felt, by
+the progressive party in the state, that monarchy had had its day, and
+that the friends of such a form of government should give way to more
+liberal institutions, assimilating to the institutions of the United
+States, and to become a part of which Great Republic is the earnest
+desire of all those who have the interests of the Islands at heart. The
+monarchy, in a bloodless revolution, disappeared and the Republic took
+its place.
+
+The Republic is a republic of progress, and under the Government thus
+established every facility has been given for developing and improving
+the country. The President is elected for six years. The Legislature
+consists of a Senate and House of Representatives, all members being
+elected by popular vote. The Senators are elected for a term of six
+years, and voters for Senators must have real property worth $1,500, or
+personal property worth $3,000, or an income of not less than $600 per
+annum. The vote for Representatives is based on manhood suffrage.
+
+
+TAXATION.
+
+All males between the ages of 20 and 60 pay a personal tax of $5, viz:
+Poll tax, $1; road tax, $2; school tax, $2. Land pays a tax of one per
+cent. on the cash value, and personal property a similar rate. Carts pay
+$2, brakes $3, carriages $5, dogs $1, female dogs $3. From the above it
+will be seen that the taxes are not heavy as compared with other
+countries; moreover, there are no local taxes of any kind.
+
+
+METHOD OF ACQUIRING LAND.
+
+Land can be obtained from the Government by two methods, viz.; The cash
+freehold system, and the right of purchase leases. Under the first
+system the land is sold at auction. The purchaser pays one-quarter in
+cash and the rest in equal installments of one, two and three years,
+interest being charged at the rate of six per cent. upon the unpaid
+balance. Under this system the purchaser is bound to maintain a home on
+the land from the commencement of the second year to the end of the
+third. The right of purchase leases are drawn for twenty-one years at a
+rental of eight per cent. on the appraised value of the land. The lessee
+has the privilege of purchasing the land, after the third year, _at the
+original appraised value_, provided 25 per cent. of the land is reduced
+to cultivation, and other conditions of the lease filled. In this case a
+home must be maintained from the end of the first year to the end of the
+fifth year. The limit of first-class agricultural land obtainable is 100
+acres. This amount is increased on lands of inferior quality. Under the
+above conditions the applicant must be 18 years of age and obtain
+special letters of denization. Land can also be obtained from the
+various land and investment companies, and from private parties. The
+full land law will be treated of in Chapter VI. of this pamphlet.
+
+[Illustration: EXECUTIVE BUILDING.]
+
+[Illustration: JUDICIARY BUILDING.]
+
+
+JUDICIARY, POLICE, ETC.
+
+There is a thoroughly efficient judiciary consisting of a Supreme Court,
+five Circuit Courts in which trials by jury are conducted, and District
+Courts in every district. The higher courts are presided over by well
+trained, educated men. There is an efficient police force in every part
+of the group. The inhabitants are law-abiding and crimes of violence are
+very rare. There is very little petty theft, and even in Honolulu, the
+greatest center of population and a seaport town, many of the houses are
+left with doors unlocked at night.
+
+
+SCHOOLS.
+
+There is an excellent system of free public schools taught in the
+English language, the teachers in many cases being imported from the
+United States. The main plan of the system is modelled upon the public
+school system of the United States, modified to meet the wants of a
+heterogeneous population. The children are instructed in writing,
+reading, composition, arithmetic, geography, both local and general. The
+books are uniform and obtainable at the same price as in the United
+States. The schools are strictly non-sectarian. There is no district,
+however remote, in which there is no school. The only people who cannot
+read and write are those who come from abroad. Those born in the Islands
+are compelled by law to take advantage of the education offered. Besides
+the common school education, opportunities are given at various centers
+for a higher education equivalent to the grammar grade of the United
+States, and in Honolulu a high school and collegiate course can be
+obtained at a small cost.
+
+
+CHURCHES.
+
+The various Christian denominations are represented and all forms are
+tolerated. The country churches of the Protestant denominations are
+chiefly conducted by Hawaiian pastors, the Roman Catholic by French and
+German priests, who are mostly good linguists and speak Hawaiian,
+English and Portuguese, besides their mother tongue. Wherever there is a
+large collection of English speaking people a Protestant church is
+usually supported by them. In Honolulu there is a large number of
+churches, Congregational, Roman Catholic, Episcopalian, Methodist and
+Mormon. There is a Sunday law, and all work which is not absolutely
+necessary is prohibited on that day. Rational outdoor amusement is not
+prohibited, such as riding, boating, shooting, etc., and the Government
+Band plays at the public park at Waikiki every Sunday afternoon.
+
+
+PHYSICIANS.
+
+In every district of the Islands the Government supports a doctor, who
+gives his services to indigent Hawaiians free of charge--others have to
+pay. In many places there are physicians settled who carry on a private
+practice.
+
+
+TELEPHONES.
+
+The Islands of Oahu, Kauai and Hawaii have telephones to every
+accessible point. The rent of the instrument is moderate, and a small
+charge is made for those who do not care or cannot afford to possess an
+instrument of their own. On Maui the telephone is at present established
+only in part.
+
+
+COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE ISLANDS.
+
+Communication between the Islands is by steamer; of these some seventeen
+are constantly plying from port to port, affording weekly communication
+with the capital. The regular passenger steamers are well fitted with
+cabins, have electric bells and electric lights and all modern
+accommodations.
+
+
+POSTAL MATTERS.
+
+There is a regular postal system, and on the arrival of a steamer at
+any main point, mail carriers at once start out to distribute the
+mail through the district. The Hawaiian Islands belong to the Postal
+Union, and money orders can be obtained to the United States, Canada,
+Great Britain, Germany, Norway, Sweden, Denmark, the Netherlands,
+Portugal, Hong Kong and Colony of Victoria, as well as local orders
+between the Islands.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+
+AGRICULTURAL INDUSTRIES.
+
+The mainstay of the Hawaiian Islands has, for the last thirty-five
+years, been the sugar industry. From this source a large amount of
+wealth has been accumulated. But the sugar industry requires large
+capital for expensive machinery, and has never proved remunerative to
+small investors. An attempt has been made at profit-sharing and has met
+with some success, the small farmer cultivating and the capitalist
+grinding at a central mill. Of late years, moreover, the small farmer
+has been steadily developing in the Hawaiian Islands and attention has
+been given to other products than sugar.
+
+Rice, neither the European nor the American can cultivate as laborers.
+It requires working in marshy land, and though on the Islands it yields
+two crops a year, none but the Chinaman can raise it successfully. A
+dry-land or mountain rice has been introduced, which will be treated
+under the head of Agricultural possibilities.
+
+The main staple after sugar and rice is coffee. Of this hundreds of
+thousands of trees have been planted out within the last five years.
+This is essentially the crop of the future and bids fair to become as
+important a staple as sugar. Coffee does not require the amount of
+capital that sugar does, and it can be worked remuneratively upon a
+small area. It is estimated that at the end of the fourth year the
+return from a 75-acre coffee plantation will much more than pay the
+running expenses, while from that time on a return of from eight to ten
+thousand dollars per annum may be realized.
+
+On page 32 will be found an estimate of the cost of establishing a
+75-acre coffee plantation from the first to the seventh year.
+
+Fruits can also be cultivated to advantage. At present the banana trade
+of the Islands amounts to over 100,000 bunches per annum, valued at over
+$100,000, and the quantity might be very easily quadrupled. The banana
+industry may be regarded as in its infancy. The export of the fruit is
+only from the Island of Oahu, but there are thousands of acres on the
+other Islands of the group which could be profitably used for this
+cultivation and for nothing else. The whole question of the banana
+industry hinges on the market. At present the market is limited.
+
+Limes and oranges can be cultivated and the fruit can be easily packed
+for export; at present the production does not meet the local market.
+The fruits can be raised to perfection. The Hawaiian orange has a fine
+flavor and the Hawaiian lime has an aroma and flavor far superior to
+that cultivated in Mexico and Central America. In the uplands of Hawaii
+and Maui potatoes can be and are raised. Their quality is good. Corn is
+also raised. In these industries many Portuguese, Norwegians and others
+have embarked. Both these products find an ample local market. The corn
+is used largely for feed on the plantations. The corn is ground with the
+cob and makes an excellent feed for working cattle, horses and mules.
+
+In the uplands, where the climate is temperate, as at Waimea, Hawaii,
+vegetables of all kinds can be raised; excellent cauliflowers, cabbages
+and every product of the temperate zone can be grown to perfection.
+
+Cattle raising in so small a place as the Hawaiian Islands does not
+present great opportunities except for local consumption. Pigs are
+profitable to the small farmer. In the Kula district of Maui pigs are
+fattened upon the corn and potatoes raised in the district. The price of
+pork, dressed, is 25 cents per pound in Honolulu and about 15 cents per
+pound in the outside districts. The Chinese, of whom there are some
+15,000 resident on the various Islands, are extremely fond of pork, so
+that there is a large local market, which has to be supplemented by
+importations from California.
+
+Attention has lately been given to fiber plants, for which there are
+many suitable locations. Ramie grows luxuriantly, but the lack of proper
+decorticating and cleaning machinery has prevented any advance in this
+cultivation.
+
+Sisal hemp and Sansevieria have been experimented with, but without any
+distinct influence upon the trade output.
+
+The cultivation of pineapples is a very growing industry. In 1895 pines
+were exported from the Islands to San Francisco to the value of nearly
+$9,000. This has grown up in the last half dozen years. There is every
+reason to think that canning pineapples for the Coast and other markets
+can be made profitable.
+
+The guava, which grows wild, can also be put up to profit, for the
+manufacture of guava jelly. It has never been entered upon on a large
+scale, but to the thrifty farmer it would add a convenient slice to his
+income, just as the juice of the maple adds an increase to the farmer of
+the Eastern States. Well made guava jelly will find a market anywhere.
+In England it is regarded as a great delicacy, being imported from the
+West India Islands. Besides the guava there are other fruits which can
+be put up to commercial profit, notably the poha or Cape gooseberry
+(Physalis Edulis). This has been successfully made into jams and jelly,
+which command an extensive local sale and should find their way into
+larger markets.
+
+In point of fact, outside the great industries of sugar, coffee and
+rice, there is a good field for many minor industries which can be
+carried on with profit by those who know what work is, and are willing
+to put their shoulders to the wheel.
+
+In the Hawaiian Islands a simple life can be lived, and entering
+gradually upon the coffee industry, a good competence can be obtained
+long before such could be realized by the agriculturalist elsewhere.
+However, it is useless to come to the Islands without the necessary
+capital to develop the land that can be obtained.
+
+Between arriving and the time that the crops begin to give returns there
+is a period where the living must be close, and cash must be paid out
+for the necessary improvements. The land is here, the climate is here;
+it only requires brains, a small capital and energy to realize such
+comfort and independence as can not be realized in old countries, in
+one-fourth of the time.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+
+COFFEE.
+
+The most promising of all the Island products, outside of sugar, is
+coffee. No finer coffee in the world is produced than that of the
+Hawaiian Islands. It requires care and does not produce a crop until the
+third year, but it remains till the fifth year to make a proper
+realization upon the investment. It is evidently necessary to give a
+very full description of the coffee plant and its method of culture to
+assure intending immigrants of what is before them.
+
+Coffee is a shrub belonging to the family of the Rubiaceae. Botanists
+divide it into many species, but it can be practically divided into two
+sections, Arabian coffee and Liberian coffee, or in point of fact,
+Asiatic and African. In the Hawaiian Islands coffee grows best between
+500 and 2,000 feet above the sea level, though there are cases in which
+it has done well close to the sea. It requires a loose porous soil and
+does not thrive well in heavy clayey ground which holds much water. Of
+such heavy land there is very little in the Hawaiian Islands. The soil
+is generally very porous.
+
+It is very evident that coffee will thrive and give good results in
+varying conditions of soil and degrees of heat. In these Islands it grows
+and produces from very nearly at the sea level to the elevation of 2,600
+feet. The highest elevation of bearing coffee, known here, is twenty-five
+miles from the town of Hilo and in the celebrated Olaa district.
+
+[Illustration: EWA MILL.]
+
+[Illustration: VALLEY SCENE, HAWAII.]
+
+With such a range it is evident that, in a tropical climate, the
+cultivation of coffee presents greater opportunities for an investor
+than other tropical products.
+
+For years it was thought that coffee would only grow to advantage in the
+Kona district of Hawaii. Practical experiment has shown that it can be
+grown with success in almost any part of the Islands.
+
+The opening up of the Olaa portion of the Puna district, by a well
+macadamized road leading from Hilo to the Volcano, may be regarded as
+the commencement of the coffee industry on a large scale on the Hawaiian
+Islands. There are now over fifty plantations where six years ago there
+was nothing but tangled and dense forest. The Olaa land is Government
+property and can be acquired under the land law. There are still 10,000
+acres not taken up. The location is very desirable as there is direct
+communication with Hilo by an excellent road and the crop can be readily
+taken to the shipping point. Indeed it can not be long before a railroad
+will be built; when this takes place a far larger extent of land will be
+available for coffee growing in this section of the country. The soil in
+the Olaa district is deep and wonderfully prolific.
+
+Other portions of Puna also present many fertile lands, and coffee
+plantations in those parts are coming to the front showing excellent
+results. A considerable number of investors have opened up coffee
+plantations in them, all of which are doing excellently. These
+plantations, to the knowledge of the writer are, many of them, carried
+on out of the savings made by workers in Honolulu, who are thus
+preparing for themselves a provision for their early middle age. On the
+Island of Hawaii are the great coffee districts of Olaa, Puna, Kona and
+Hamakua, in each of which thriving coffee plantations are established,
+while tens of thousands of acres of the very finest lands are yet
+undisturbed. Government lands in these districts are being opened up for
+settlement as fast as circumstances will permit.
+
+On the Island of Maui there is a large area of splendid coffee lands.
+The extensive land of Keanae belonging to the Government will be opened
+for settlement as soon as the preliminary work of surveying is completed.
+
+On the Island of Molokai the industry is making progress and there are
+several plantations along the leeward valleys.
+
+So also on the Island of Oahu there is much good coffee land, which is
+being experimented upon, and considerable capital invested in the
+undertaking.
+
+As the case now stands for the investor, land can be obtained for coffee
+growing in:--
+
+  ISLAND OF HAWAII.
+      North and South Kona,
+      Hilo,
+      Puna, including Olaa,
+      Hamakua.
+
+  ISLAND OF MAUI.
+      Keanae,
+      Nahiku,
+      Lahaina,
+      Kaupo.
+
+  ISLAND OF MOLOKAI.
+
+  ISLAND OF OAHU.
+
+  ISLAND OF KAUAI.
+
+In addition to the large tracts of Government lands on Hawaii and Maui,
+there are many fine tracts of first-class coffee lands owned or
+controlled by private parties. It is the policy of the Government to
+encourage the settlement of its lands by small farmers. Hence the amount
+of land, granted to one party or that one party can take up, while amply
+sufficient to enable one person or family, with honest endeavor, to
+acquire an independence, is not large enough to offer inducements for
+the employment of large amounts of capital.
+
+That areas of land, for the establishment of large coffee plantations,
+can be acquired is reasonably certain as large owners are evincing a
+disposition to sell and lease their lands.
+
+There is no agricultural investment that offers better opportunities for
+the profitable employment of capital, than a well managed coffee estate.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+
+CULTIVATION OF THE COFFEE TREE IN THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS.
+
+In order to obtain the best results the coffee tree requires to be
+properly planted, and during its life time needs frequent and
+intelligent cultivation.
+
+The various operations incidental to the opening and carrying on of a
+coffee plantation will be taken up in their proper order and described
+in as plain language as possible, and as briefly as is consistent with a
+clear explanation of the subject.
+
+The very first thing the planter should do after obtaining possession of
+his land is to plant a nursery, so that he may have, as soon as
+possible, an abundant supply of strong healthy plants. Many planters
+have planted their fields with wild stumps, these are young coffee
+plants that are found under wild growths of coffee trees. The young
+trees are cut off about six inches above the ground, they are then taken
+up and the lateral roots trimmed close to the tap root. The thready end
+of the tap root is cut off and the stump is ready to plant. In some
+cases the young plants are taken up, from under the wild trees, and
+planted just as they are. This method can be dismissed at once as the
+worst possible method of planting the coffee tree. The very best plants
+are strong healthy nursery plants, that is, plants that have been grown
+from the best seed in a properly prepared nursery. The next best plants
+to use are nursery stumps. These are nursery trees that have grown too
+large to safely transplant. By cutting them down and trimming the roots
+they can be safely transplanted to the field, where they will grow into
+good healthy trees. Stumps soon after planting send up several shoots,
+these, with the exception of the strongest one, are taken off. This
+latter shoot is to grow and make the coffee trees.
+
+
+MAKING THE NURSERY.
+
+The size of the nursery will depend on how large the plantation is to
+be. For a 75-acre plantation, one acre of ground will more than supply
+all the plants required. It is always desirable to have a greater number
+of plants than is needed to just plant the acreage the plantation is to
+be, for after the fields are planted some of the plants may get injured
+from dry weather and require replacing with plants from the nursery. Any
+surplus left, after the trees in the fields are well established, can be
+sold to some later planter, who will find it to his advantage to
+purchase good nursery plants for his first planting and thereby save one
+year of time. It is advisable for all planters to buy plants for their
+first planting, but for the second year's planting they should have a
+nursery of their own from which they can select the strongest and most
+forward plants.
+
+The land for the nursery should be selected as close as possible to
+where the plantation is to be. It should be on a slight slope to insure
+drainage, and free from rocks and stones. The soil should be ploughed or
+dug over to the depth of one foot and made as fine as possible. Beds
+should be thrown up six inches high and three feet wide. The surface of
+the beds should be made quite smooth and level; the seeds should be
+planted six inches apart and three quarters of an inch deep. A good way
+to ensure even and regular planting is to make a frame three feet wide
+each way. Pegs, three quarters of an inch long and five eighths of an
+inch diameter, should be fastened to one side of the frame, placing
+them exactly six inches apart. The frame, thus prepared, is placed, pegs
+down, on the bed. A slight pressure will sink the pegs into the soil.
+The frame is now lifted and you have the holes for the seeds all of one
+depth and equi-distant from each other. The seeds can now be dropped one
+in each hole. The seeds should be placed flat side down, and covered by
+brushing over the surface of the bed. If the weather is at all dry it is
+a good plan to mulch the surface of the bed with dry grass or fern
+leaves. The soil should be kept moist, and if there is not sufficient
+rain the beds must be watered. In six or seven weeks the seeds should
+sprout and show above ground. The mulching should now be moved from over
+the plants and arranged in the rows. It has been the practice of some
+planters to plant the seed much closer than six inches apart, but it
+will be found that plants at six inches apart can be more easily and
+safely transplanted than from close planted beds. It will be advisable
+in taking up plants from the beds, to take only every other one, this
+will give the remaining plants more room to develop and grow more stocky
+than would be the case if all the plants were taken up from each bed as
+they were required.
+
+
+CLEARING THE LAND.
+
+The next thing for the planter to do is to get his land cleared. This
+can be done more satisfactorily and cheaply by contract than can be done
+by days' work. Gangs of Chinese and Japanese undertake the clearing of
+land and will make a contract to clear the land as per specification. In
+the Olaa District land costs from $20 to $50 per acre to clear,
+according to the kind of clearing done. The land is forest land and some
+planters have the trees cut down and everything burned making the land
+quite clear, while others just have the vines and ferns cut and the
+trees felled, leaving everything on the land to rot. This method while
+costing much less than burning up everything, makes it more expensive to
+lay out and plant the land. The planter must decide for himself which of
+the two methods he will pursue. However, it can be said in the case of
+those who only cut and fell, in a few years everything, trees, vines and
+ferns rot down and greatly increase the fertility of the soil. The next
+thing is to lay out the land for the digging of the holes where it is
+intended to set out the young trees. There is a wide diversity of
+opinion as to the proper distance apart to plant coffee trees. From
+10x12 feet down to 5x6 and all intermediate distances are practiced. It
+is a significant fact that planters who formerly planted their trees at
+the wider distances are now setting out trees as close as 6x5. Trees
+planted 6x6 will probably yield better results per acre than trees
+planted at a wider or closer distance. Having fixed upon the distance
+apart the trees are to be planted, the planter proceeds to mark with
+pegs the places where he wants the holes dug. This is usually done with
+a line or rope that has pieces of red rag fastened in the strands, at
+the distance apart at which it is intended to dig the holes. The line is
+drawn tightly across one end of the clearing and a peg driven into the
+soil at every place that is marked on the line. The men, holding the two
+ends of the line, are each provided with a stick the exact length that
+the rows are to be apart. After one row is pegged, the line is advanced
+one length of the stick and the operation repeated until the whole
+clearing is pegged. After the first line is pegged a line should be laid
+at exactly right angles to the first line so that the rows will be
+straight both ways. The pegging being completed, the holes should be dug
+not less than 18 inches wide and 18 inches deep. The top soil should be
+carefully placed on one side of the hole and the subsoil on the other,
+the holes should remain open as long as possible and should only be
+filled in a week or so before planting the trees. The bottoms of the
+holes should be explored with a light crowbar and, if any rocks or
+stones are found, they should be removed. In filling the holes the top
+soil (that has been placed on one side) should be placed in the bottom
+of the hole and other top soil should be taken from between the rows
+until the hole is full, the subsoil can now be disposed of by scattering
+it between the rows. The holes after filling should have the marking
+pegs replaced in the center of the filling, this will serve as a guide
+for planting the trees.
+
+
+PLANTING.
+
+There is no operation in all the work of establishing a coffee
+plantation that requires such careful supervision as that of planting
+out the young trees. If the work is carelessly done and the slender tap
+root is doubled up or, if it is shortened too much, the tree will never
+thrive. It may grow fairly well for a time, perhaps until the time for
+the first crop, then the foliage will turn yellow and the tree show
+every sign of decay. The effort to produce a crop is too much for the
+tree and the sooner it is pulled up and replaced by a properly planted
+tree the better.
+
+The closest supervision is necessary in order that the planter may be
+certain that the tap roots are placed perfectly straight in the ground;
+and the lateral roots placed in a natural position. In order to effect
+this, with the least amount of trouble, transplanters have been used. A
+transplanter that has been used with success is made as follows: two
+pieces of sheet iron (galvanized) are bent into two half circles, which,
+when placed together, form a cylinder 3 inches in diameter and seven
+inches long. A piece of hoop iron is bent to a ring, that will fit over
+the cylinder, and riveted. The mode of using is as follows: The two
+halves of the cylinder are pressed into the ground, one on each side of
+the young coffee tree. They are pressed down until the upper ends are
+level with the surface of the soil. The hoop iron ring is then
+pressed over the ends of the two halves of the cylinder, binding them
+firmly together. The cylinder can now be lifted from the ground bringing
+with it the young tree with all its roots in the position in which they
+grew. In this condition the young trees are carried to the field and,
+the holes being opened, the cylinder, holding the tree, is placed in the
+ground and the soil packed firmly around it. The hoop iron ring is then
+removed and the two halves of the cylinder withdrawn. The soil is again
+compacted around the roots and the tree is planted. There is another
+transplanter, invented in America, that would probably be better and
+more economical in working than the one described above. This
+transplanter consists of a cylinder of thin sheet steel. These are made
+in America of various sizes to suit different kinds of trees. For a
+coffee tree a good size would be 7 inches long and 5 inches in diameter.
+The cylinder has an opening, five-eighths of an inch wide, running the
+whole length of the cylinder and exactly opposite this opening a handle
+is riveted. This handle is of half inch round iron, 18 inches long with
+a cross bar on top. The rod is bent outward in the form of a bow, so
+that in working, the branches of the young tree may not be injured. The
+mode of working the transplanter is as follows: the cylinder is placed
+on the ground with the tree in the center of the cylinder. This can be
+done by allowing the stem of the young tree to pass through the slot in
+the cylinder. Then, by means of the cross handle, the cylinder is turned
+and pressed into the soil until the upper end is level with the surface
+of the ground. Then, by lifting on the stem of the tree and the handle
+of the transplanter at the same time, the tree is taken from the ground
+with its roots undisturbed. Should the end of the tap root project below
+the end of the cylinder, the thready end should be pinched off with the
+thumb nail. By placing the lower end of the cylinder on the bottom of a
+box and inserting a wedge-shaped piece of wood in the slot, the cylinder
+is sprung open and can be withdrawn, leaving the young tree, with a
+cylinder of earth around its roots, standing on the bottom of the box.
+This operation can be repeated until the box is full of the young trees,
+when it is carried to the field and the trees placed one at each hole.
+By using a duplicate transplanter a cylinder of earth is removed from
+the spot where the tree is to be placed, and the tree with its cylinder
+of earth is placed in the round hole, which it exactly fits, the earth
+being slightly compacted around the roots. The tree is thus planted with
+the absolute certainty that the roots are in their natural position.
+
+[Illustration: PAUOA VALLEY RICE FIELDS.]
+
+[Illustration: PINEAPPLE PLANTATION.]
+
+
+WEEDING.
+
+The old adage, "a stitch in time saves nine," will bear its fullest
+application in the care and weeding of a coffee estate. From the time
+the land is first cleared, weeding should commence, and it is
+astonishing how little it will cost if care is taken that no weed be
+allowed to run to seed. The bulk of Hawaiian coffee lands is situated in
+the forests where the land is covered with a dense undergrowth of ferns
+and vines and there are no pernicious weeds to bother. But soon after
+clearing, the seeds of weeds are dropped by the birds and are carried in
+on the feet and clothing of the laborers and visitors. We have no weeds
+that run to seed in less than thirty days, and if the fields are gone
+over, once a month, and any weed that can be found pulled up and buried,
+the work of weeding will be reduced to a minimum. But if the weeds, that
+are bound to spring up, are allowed to run to seed, the work of weeding
+will be greatly increased and will require the labor of a large gang to
+keep the fields in order. If taken in time, the labor of one man will
+keep from 15 to 25 acres quite clean. During the first year after
+setting out the fields, all that is required is to keep the fields clear
+of weeds and the replacing, with a healthy tree from the nursery, any
+tree that from any cause looks sickly and does not come along well.
+
+It will be found that in parts of the field some trees, while looking
+healthy, do not grow as fast as the average of the trees, this is often
+due to the soil not being of as good a quality. Knolls and side hills
+are not generally so rich as the hollows and valleys, and the coffee
+trees, planted in the poorest parts of the field, should be fertilized
+until they are as vigorous as the trees in the best parts.
+
+
+HANDLING.
+
+During the second year the young trees will have begun to make a good
+growth and will require handling. In order to make clear the description
+of the operations of handling and pruning, it may be well to describe
+here the component parts of the coffee tree.
+
+The underground portion consists of a tap root and numerous lateral or
+side roots. The parts above ground consist of:
+
+1st. The stem or trunk.
+
+2d. The primaries or first branches; these grow from the trunk in pairs
+at intervals of from two to four inches, the two primaries, making a
+pair, grow one opposite to the other, the pair above radiating out at a
+different angle and so on to the top of the tree.
+
+3rd. The secondaries; these are the branches that grow in pairs from the
+primaries.
+
+4th. The tertiaries; these are the third branches that grow in pairs
+from the secondaries in the same manner as the secondaries grow on the
+primaries.
+
+5th. The leaves that grow on all the branches.
+
+During the whole of the second year, the field should be gone over at
+least every two months and all the secondaries that make their
+appearance should be rubbed off; this can be done by a touch of the
+fingers, if the secondaries are not more than two or three inches long.
+If allowed to grow longer, the knife must be used, or there is danger
+of tearing out the eye or bud, which we depend upon for growing new
+secondaries at the proper time. During the second year, the secondaries
+will make their appearance only on the lower sets of primaries, the
+upper sets as they grow being too young to grow secondaries. At the
+beginning of the third year all the secondaries should be allowed to
+grow till they attain a length of six inches; then the trees should be
+carefully gone over and all but five of the secondaries on each primary
+cut off with a sharp pruning knife. No pairs should be left, and only
+the strongest and most vigorous should be retained. They should be
+disposed on alternate sides of the primary and none left in a space of
+six inches from the stem of the tree. The object of this is to allow the
+light to penetrate to the center of the tree, for the coffee tree bears
+fruit in greater profusion on branches that are exposed to the light
+than on those that are shaded.
+
+During this third year the tree will blossom and bear the first or
+maiden crop. In some cases the tree will blossom in the second year, but
+it is a wise plan to rub all the blossoms off, as it only weakens the
+tree to bear a crop at such an early age. It is of the utmost importance
+that in the first crop, as well as in all future crops, the tree should
+not be overburdened with a superabundance of growing wood. If left to
+itself, the lower primaries will grow a mass of secondaries, so much so
+that no blossom will set on them, and the first crop will come only on
+the upper primaries, and be only a third or fourth of the crop that
+would be produced if the trees were properly handled. By handling, as
+described above, the tree is relieved of all superfluous wood and only
+such secondaries are left as are needed to bear the fourth year's crop,
+and the maiden crop will grow on the primaries. It may be well to
+mention here, that coffee only grows on wood of the second year's
+growth, and does not grow on the same wood twice.
+
+During the third year, the secondaries will come on the upper primaries.
+When they are well set, they should be reduced in number and in no case
+should more than five be left to grow. In some cases four or even three
+will be sufficient. Whatever the number that may be left, it must be
+understood that these are the branches that will bear the crop for the
+fourth year. During the third year new secondaries will grow from the
+places where the former secondaries grew. Sometimes two will grow from
+one bud, they should all be removed, the trees being gone over two
+months, but at the last handling before blossoming time, which varies
+greatly with the elevation above sea level, enough of these new
+secondaries should be left to make wood for the fifth year's crop. From
+this time on the coffee planter should be able to point out the wood on
+which the present and the next year's crop will be borne, and it is this
+wood and that only, that should be allowed to grow. All other shoots,
+suckers, etc., should be rubbed off each time the tree is handled,
+provision being made each year for the wood for the crop two years hence.
+
+During the third year, the trees will require topping. As to the height
+at which a coffee tree should be topped, there is a great diversity of
+opinion. Some planters advocate topping as low as four and a half feet,
+others at six or seven feet; as a matter of fact the coffee tree will
+bear fruit if topped as low as one and one half feet or if not topped at
+all. The only valid reason for topping as low as four and a half feet is
+for the convenience of picking the crop. Five and a half or six feet is
+a good height to top a coffee tree on the rich lands of the Hawaiian
+Islands. In fact the planters should not be guided by the number of
+feet, but by the number of primaries he desires the tree to carry.
+Eighteen to twenty pairs are a reasonable number for a coffee tree to
+carry in this country, and it will be found that by not counting those
+primaries that grow on the stem within fifteen inches from the ground,
+eighteen or twenty pairs of primaries will come on the stem within six
+feet from the ground. Before topping the tree, it should be allowed to
+grow somewhat higher that it is intended to top, so that the wood may be
+hardened and not decay as it sometimes does if topped when the wood is
+too young. Topping is performed by cutting off the top of the tree at a
+point an inch above a pair of primaries. Both primaries should also be
+cut off an inch from the stem. This will leave the top in the form of a
+cross; a knot will form at this point from which the tree will
+constantly send up shoots striving to make a new top. These should be
+torn off every time the tree is handled.
+
+We have now arrived at the time when the tree is bearing the first or
+maiden crop. Through careful handling the tree has been divested of all
+superfluous shoots, branches, etc., and the crop is maturing on the
+primaries. If the trees are situated on good rich soil, and the trees
+are well grown, there should be at least thirteen pairs of primaries
+bearing crop. At an average of fifty berries to each primary there will
+be a yield of over one and a quarter pounds of clean coffee to the tree.
+This yield for the first crop has been much exceeded in this country,
+but it can only be assured by careful cultivation and handling as
+described in this paper.
+
+We will now take a look at the condition of our three years old trees.
+They have all been topped and are carrying from thirty-six to forty
+primaries, of which all except the upper six or eight are carrying four
+or five secondaries that are well advanced and which will bear the crop
+for the fourth year. There will also be four or five secondaries, that
+are one or two months old, which are intended to bear the fifth year's
+crop. All other growth should be removed as before up to the time of
+blossoming for the fourth year's crop. This may be estimated as follows:
+There should be at least twenty-four primaries that have on each of them
+say, four bearing secondaries. At thirty berries to each secondary, the
+yield would be close to three pounds of clean coffee to each tree. This
+again has been exceeded in this country for four year old trees, but it
+must be borne in mind, that in order to obtain these results, proper
+cultivation, handling and pruning must be done. Without proper care such
+results would be impossible, the coffee cannot grow an abundance of wood
+and coffee at the same time. As soon as the crop of the fourth year is
+gathered the work of pruning must commence without delay. This consists
+of cutting off with a sharp knife the secondaries that have borne the
+crop. They must not be cut so close as to injure the eye or bud. About
+three-sixteenths of an inch from the stem of the primary will be quite
+safe, and the secondaries for the fifth year's crop will soon make their
+appearance. Care should be taken to leave the stem of the tree clear of
+shoots and foliage for a space of six inches from the stem; the tree
+will want all the light it can get. The coffee tree can be said to be in
+full bearing when all the primaries are carrying bearing secondaries.
+During the life of the coffee tree, the planter must keep a close watch
+on his trees and restrict their wood-bearing propensities to the wood
+that is to bear his crops; nothing else should be allowed to grow. If
+the work is commenced rightly and carried on systematically, the work
+will not be difficult and no crops will be lost. But on the other hand,
+if the work is neglected, the trees will become matted and all the lower
+primaries die off. These, if once lost, will not grow again. The tree
+under these conditions will only bear a tithe of the crop it would bear
+with proper attention, and furthermore it is a most difficult matter to
+bring a neglected tree into proper shape and it can only be done at a
+loss of one and perhaps two years' time. There are many minor details
+connected with the care of the coffee tree which would occupy too much
+space to describe here, and which the coffee planter can easily learn as
+he carries on the work of coffee planting. Without doubt coffee planting
+in this country is destined to become a great industry. We have large
+tracts of the finest coffee lands in the world, only waiting to be
+cultivated to make prosperous and happy homes. One parting word to the
+intending coffee planter, take Davie Crockett's motto, "Be sure you're
+right and then go ahead."
+
+
+ESTIMATE OF COST OF ESTABLISHING AND MAINTAINING A COFFEE PLANTATION OF
+75 ACRES, FROM THE FIRST TO THE SEVENTH YEAR.
+
+FIRST YEAR.
+
+  Purchase of 100 acres of Government land
+  at $10.00 per acre                           $1,000 00
+
+  Manager's house and water tank                  600 00
+
+  Laborers' quarters and water tank               350 00
+
+  Clearing 50 acres of land, at $20 per acre    1,000 00
+
+  Fencing                                         300 00
+
+  Purchase of 65,000, 1-year old coffee
+  plants at $5.00 per M                           325 00
+
+  Lining, holing and planting 50 acres            600 00
+
+  Manager's salary, 1 year                      1,200 00
+
+  Labor of 6 Japanese, 1 year at $15 per
+  month                                         1,080 00
+
+  Purchase of tools and starting nursery          500 00
+                                               ---------
+                                               $6,955 00     $6,955 00
+
+SECOND YEAR.
+
+  Manager's salary                             $1,200 00
+
+  Labor, 6 Japanese                             1,080 00
+
+  Extra labor lining, holing and planting
+  25 acres                                        300 00
+
+  Sundries                                        500 00
+                                               ---------
+                                               $3,080 00    $10,035 00
+
+THIRD YEAR.
+
+  Manager's salary                             $1,200 00
+
+  Labor, 9 Japanese                             1,620 00
+
+  Pulping shed and drying house                   500 00
+
+  Pulper, with engine and boiler                  500 00
+
+  Extra help for picking, pulping and drying
+  20,000 lbs. of coffee from 50 acres
+  (at 4 cents per lb.)                            800 00
+
+  Hulling, polishing and grading 20,000 lbs.
+  of coffee at 1 cent                             200 00
+
+  Sundries: bags, freight, etc.                   250 00
+                                               ---------
+                                               $5,070 00      5,070 00
+
+                                                            $15,105 00
+
+CREDIT.
+
+  By sale of 20,000 lbs. of coffee at 18 cents                3,600 00
+                                                             ---------
+                                                            $11,505 00
+
+FOURTH YEAR.
+
+  Manager's salary                             $1,200 00
+
+  Labor, 9 Japanese                             1,620 00
+
+  Extra labor picking, pulping and drying
+  50,000 lbs. of coffee from 50 acres
+  (at 4 cents per lb.)                          2,000 00
+
+  10,000 lbs. from 25 acres (3-year-old trees)    400 00
+
+  Hulling, polishing and grading 60,000 lbs.
+  at 1 cent                                       600 00
+
+  Sundries: bags, freight, etc.                   400 00
+                                               ---------
+                                               $6,220 00      6,220 00
+                                                             ---------
+                                                            $17,725 00
+
+CREDIT.
+
+  By sale of 60,000 lbs. of coffee at 18c                    10,800 00
+                                                             ---------
+                                                            $ 6,925 00
+
+FIFTH YEAR.
+
+  Manager's salary                             $1,200 00
+
+  Labor, 9 Japanese                             1,620 00
+
+  Picking, pulping and drying 60,000 lbs.
+  coffee from 50 acres and 25,000 lbs.
+  from 25 acres, at 4 cents                     3,400 00
+
+  Hulling, polishing and grading 85,000 lbs.
+  at 1 cent per lb.                               850 00
+
+  Sundries: bags, freight, etc.                   500 00
+                                               ---------
+                                               $7,570 00      7,570 00
+                                                             ---------
+                                                            $14,495 00
+
+CREDIT.
+
+  By sale of 85,000 lbs. coffee at 18 cents                  15,300 00
+                                                             ---------
+  Balance on hand                                           $   905 00
+
+SIXTH YEAR.
+
+  Manager's salary                             $1,200 00
+
+  Labor, 9 Japanese                             1,620 00
+
+  Picking, pulping and drying 75,000 lbs. of
+  coffee from 50 acres, and 25,000 lbs. from
+  25 acres, 100,000 lbs. at 4 cents             4,000 00
+
+  Hulling, polishing and grading 100,000 lbs.
+  at 1 cent                                     1,000 00
+
+  Sundries: bags, freight, etc.                 1,000 00
+                                               ---------
+                                               $8,820 00    $ 8,820 00
+
+CREDIT.
+
+  By sale of 100,000 lbs. of coffee at 18 cents              18,000 00
+                                                             ---------
+  Balance on hand                                           $10,085 00
+
+SEVENTH YEAR.
+
+  Manager's salary                             $1,200 00
+
+  Labor, 12 Japanese                            2,160 00
+
+  Picking, pulping and drying 125,000 lbs.
+  of coffee at 4 cents                          5,500 00
+
+  Hulling, polishing and grading 125,000 lbs.
+  at 1 cent                                     1,250 00
+
+  Sundries: bags, freight, etc.                 1,200 00
+                                               ---------
+                                              $11,310 00    $11,310 00
+
+CREDIT.
+
+  By sale of 125,000 lbs. of coffee at 18 cents              22,500 00
+                                                             ---------
+  Balance to credit of Plantation at
+  end of seventh year                                       $21,275 00
+
+The yields as given in the above estimate are far below what may be
+attained by thorough cultivation and fertilizing. The coffee tree
+responds readily to good treatment, but will disappoint its owner if
+neglected.
+
+[Illustration: COFFEE PLANTATION, HAMAKUA.]
+
+[Illustration: COFFEE PLANTATION, PUNA.]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+
+AGRICULTURAL POSSIBILITIES.
+
+While the coffee trees are growing and during the time that will elapse
+before the planter receives returns from his investment, it would be a
+wise thing for him to plant such things, as will not only provide the
+greater part of the food for himself and family, but may also yield a
+moderate return in money. The soil and climate of the Hawaiian Islands
+will grow almost anything that grows in any other country. All Northern
+fruits can be grown if one will only go high enough on the mountain
+slopes of Maui and Hawaii. But the coffee planter must confine himself
+to such things as will thrive in the vicinity in which his coffee trees
+are planted, and it is for the information of intending planters that
+this chapter is written.
+
+In the first place, almost all kinds of vegetables will grow in such
+profusion as will astonish those who have lived only in Northern climes.
+Green and sweet corn, potatoes, Irish and sweet, cabbages, tomatoes,
+beans, lettuce, radishes and many other kinds of vegetables, all of the
+finest quality and in the greatest profusion, can be had every day in
+the year. Strawberries and raspberries can also be had all the year
+round. In addition to oranges and limes, which grow to perfection in
+this country, many fruits peculiar to tropical and semi-tropical
+climates grow well and flourish in these Islands. Among the more
+important is the Avocado Pear (Persea Gratissima), commonly called the
+Alligator Pear. This tree grows well and bears fruit, of splendid
+quality, in from 3 to 5 years from seed. The fruit is much esteemed by
+all classes. A small quantity of the fruit is shipped to California;
+what reaches there in good condition is quickly bought at high prices.
+It can only be carried safely in cold storage, and this is very
+expensive freight. A native peach does well, and will bear fruit in two
+years from seed. The fruit is much smaller than the American peach,
+which by the way does not do well on elevations below 4000 feet, but
+very sweet and juicy and makes excellent preserves and pies. Without
+doubt this peach could in a few years be improved so as to rival peaches
+of any other country. The Mango (Mangifera Indica) is a tropical fruit
+tree that grows in the greatest profusion and bears enormous crops of
+delicious fruit. It comes into bearing in 5 or 6 years from seed and
+does well from sea level to an elevation of 2000 feet. The fruit is much
+liked by every one; the green fruit is made into a sauce resembling, but
+much superior to, apple butter.
+
+The Guava (Psidium Guayava) grows wild in all parts of the Islands
+below 3000 feet. The fruit, of which there is a great abundance, is
+made into jam and the very finest jelly in the world. In the fruiting
+season large quantities of the jelly can be made, and without doubt,
+exported at a profit.
+
+The Poha (Physalis edulis) is a quick growing shrub bearing a berry that
+makes excellent jelly and jam. The shrub grows wild on elevations
+between 1000 and 4000 feet. A patch of pohas planted in a corner of a
+garden, will grow and yield a bountiful supply of fruit almost without
+cultivation.
+
+Pineapples are at home on these Islands; a small plot planted with the
+best varieties of this king of fruits will keep the table supplied the
+year round.
+
+Another valuable fruit indigenous to this country is the Papaia (Carica
+papaya). This fine fruit can be raised in enormous quantities and is a
+most fattening food for pigs and chickens. The tree fruits in eight or
+nine months from the seed, and thence forward for years it yields ripe
+fruit every month in the year. The fruit is of the size of a small
+melon and is very rich in sugar. The unripe fruit contains a milky juice
+that, even when diluted with water, renders any tough meat, that is
+washed in it, quite tender. A small piece of the unripe fruit placed in
+the water in which meat or tough chicken is boiled makes it tender and
+easily digestible.
+
+A very valuable food plant, indigenous to these Islands, is the taro
+(Colocasia esculenta). The variety known as dry land taro will grow on
+land that is moist enough for the coffee trees. The taro is a grand food
+plant, the tubers containing more nutriment for a given weight than any
+other vegetable food. The young tops when cooked are hard to distinguish
+from spinach. The tubers must be cooked before they can be used for
+food, in order to dissipate a very acrid principle that exists in both
+leaves and root.
+
+Another important food plant that has been introduced and yields
+abundantly is the Cassava (Manihot utilissima). This plant furnishes the
+staple food for the population of Brazil. It is easily propagated by the
+planting pieces of the woody portions of the stems and branches. The
+tubers are available in nine or ten months after planting. There are two
+kinds, the sweet and the bitter; the latter being the more prolific. The
+sweet kind can be fed to pigs without cooking. The bitter kind contains
+a poisonous substance which is entirely destroyed by cooking. There is
+no danger of animals eating the bitter kind in a raw state, for no stock
+will touch it, while the sweet kind is eagerly eaten in the raw state by
+pigs, horses, cows, etc. The tubers are prepared for human food by
+grating them. The juice is then expelled by pressure, and the residue
+pounded into a coarse meal, which is made into thin cakes. It is an
+excellent food, and said to be much more digestible than bread and other
+foods made from wheat. Pigs can be very cheaply raised on the sweet
+variety of this plant. A field of the plant being ready to gather, a
+portion is fenced off, and the pigs turned into it. They will continue
+to feed until every vestige of the tubers is eaten, leaving the ground
+in a fine condition for replanting. The tubers never spoil in the
+ground, in fact the soil is the very best storehouse for them. However
+if left for two or three years the tubers grow very large and tough.
+
+Bananas, in great variety, are grown in all parts of the Islands where
+there is sufficient moisture. Any land that will grow coffee will grow
+bananas. The yield of fruit from this remarkable plant is something
+astonishing. It commences to bear fruit in a little over one year from
+the time of planting. The stem decays after the formation of a bunch
+of fruit; this will weigh from 50 to 100 pounds and upwards. Numerous
+suckers spring up from around the decaying stem and bear fruit in
+their turn. One-half an acre planted with bananas would not only
+furnish a large family with an abundance of delicious and nutritious
+fruit, but would also yield a large supply of feed for pigs, chickens
+and other stock.
+
+The tea plant (Camellia Thea) grows well in this country and yields
+a tea of good quality. It is hardly likely that it will become an
+article of export from this country, as we cannot compete with the
+very low prices paid for labor in the great tea countries, India,
+Ceylon, and China. But it can be grown for home consumption, and
+there is no reason why every coffee planter should not have a patch
+of tea growing on his land. An eighth of an acre, planted out in tea
+plants, would yield more tea than could be consumed by a large family;
+the work of cultivation and preparation is light and easy and could be
+done by women and children.
+
+The coffee lands are situated in forested tracts in which there is
+little or no pasturage for animals. Every coffee planter should keep one
+or more cows to obtain the milk and butter which will furnish a large
+addition to the food supply for himself and family. In order to do this,
+it will be necessary to plant such things as will furnish food for
+the animals. We have several fodder plants that will yield a large
+quantity of feed and which will only grow in tropical and semi-tropical
+countries.
+
+[Illustration: OCEANIC STEAMSHIP AUSTRALIA.]
+
+[Illustration: VOLCANO HOUSE.]
+
+First among these is the Teosinte Reana (Euchlacna luxurians). This
+plant is a native of Guatamala, and grows splendidly in this country;
+each plant requires sixteen feet of ground for its full development. It
+is an annual if allowed to run to seed; but its growth can be continued
+by cutting when four or five feet high, and green feed obtained all the
+year round.
+
+Guinea grass (Panicum Maximum), one of the grandest of fodder plants,
+has been introduced and finds a congenial home in this country. It is
+purely a tropical grass, it grows to a height of eight feet forming
+large bunches which, when cut young, furnish an abundance of sweet and
+tender feed. In districts when there is sufficient moisture, it can be
+cut every two months. Caffir corn, Egyptian millet and Sorghum grow
+well, and should be planted in order to have a change of feed.
+
+Pumpkins and squash grow to an enormous size and yield an immense
+quantity of feed, much relished by cows and pigs.
+
+A dry land rice is being tried in the coffee districts of Olaa and Kona,
+on the Island of Hawaii, and there is every reason to believe that it
+will be successful. Nearly all the laborers on the coffee plantations
+use rice as their staple food and it has to be brought from the Island
+of Oahu to the Islands of Hawaii and Maui. There is no doubt but that
+the rice used by the labor on the coffee plantations, can be raised on
+the spot, reducing the cost of living to the laborers, and making them
+more contented.
+
+It will be seen from the foregoing that many things can be grown that
+will enable the coffee planter to not only reduce the outlay for living
+expenses for himself and family but will also allow them to enjoy many
+of the comforts and luxuries of life.
+
+While our main industries, sugar, coffee and rice, are being vigorously
+carried on, new products are not lost sight of. Experiments are in
+progress that promise to greatly diversify our industries and increase
+the number of our exports.
+
+Several fiber plants are receiving attention, particularly the Sisal
+Hemp (Agave Sisalana) and Sansevieria or bow string Hemp. The Sisal
+plant will grow and flourish on lands that are too dry for any other
+cultivation. Many thousands of the plants have been introduced and at
+least one plantation is being set out.
+
+The bow string Hemp requires a wet, rich land in order to do well. It
+probably yields the best fiber of all the leaf fiber plants.
+
+Ramie (Boehmeria nivea) grows splendidly in this country and after being
+well established will yield 4 to 6 crops per annum. Whenever a machine
+is invented that will economically decorticate the Ramie fiber, its
+cultivation will become an important industry in this country. Ramie
+will grow and do well wherever the coffee tree will grow, and whenever
+the machine is available, the coffee planter will have a profitable
+industry, to go hand in hand with coffee and employ the slack time
+between the coffee picking seasons.
+
+Cocoa (Theobroma Cacao) is the tree that produces the fruit from which
+chocolate is made. It grows and bears well in moist humid districts, and
+many of the coffee planters are setting out numbers of the trees.
+
+There are many other economic plants that are well suited for culture in
+this country. The country is entering on a new era, and as the lands
+become settled and population increases, many small cultures will become
+possible, which will afford many persons the opportunity of making an
+easy living in a land of eternal summer.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+
+DIGEST OF THE LAND ACT OF 1895.
+
+(With reference to unoccupied lands.)
+
+The Land Act of 1895, having for its special object the settlement and
+cultivation of the Government agricultural and pastoral land, vested the
+control and management of Public Lands in a Board of Three
+Commissioners, composed of the Minister of the Interior and two persons
+appointed and removable by the President, one of whom is designated the
+Agent of Public Lands; but excepting from the control of the
+Commissioners, town lots, landings, tracts reserved for Public purposes,
+etc., which remain under the control of the Minister of the Interior.
+
+For the purposes of the Act, the Republic of Hawaii is divided into Six
+Land Districts, as follows:
+
+  1st. Hilo and Puna on the Island of Hawaii.
+  2d. Hamakua and Kohala on the Island of Hawaii.
+  3rd. Kona and Kau on the Island of Hawaii.
+  4th. The Islands of Maui, Molokai, Lanai and Kahoolawe.
+  5th. The Island of Oahu.
+  6th. The Island of Kauai.
+
+The Commissioners are represented by a Sub-Agent in each District.
+
+Public Lands for the purposes of this Act are classified as follows:
+
+I. Agricultural Lands. First Class: Land suitable for the cultivation of
+Fruit, Coffee, Sugar or other perennial crops with or without irrigation.
+
+Second Class: Land suitable for the cultivation of annual crops only.
+
+Third Class: Wet lands such as kalo and rice lands.
+
+II. Pastoral Land. First Class: Land not in the description of
+Agricultural land but capable of carrying livestock the year through.
+
+Second Class: Land capable of carrying livestock only part of the year,
+or otherwise inferior to First Class Pastoral land.
+
+III. Pastoral Agricultural Land: Land adapted in part for pasturage and
+in part for cultivation.
+
+IV. Forest Land: Land producing forest trees but unsuitable for
+cultivation.
+
+V. Waste Land. Land not included in the other classes.
+
+The Act provides three principal methods for the acquirement of Public
+Lands, under systems known as
+
+I. Homestead Lease.
+
+II. Right of Purchase Lease.
+
+III. Cash Freehold.
+
+
+GENERAL QUALIFICATION OF APPLICANTS.
+
+Applicants for land under systems named above, must be over eighteen
+years of age, must be citizens by birth or naturalization or have
+received letters of denization or special rights of citizenship, be
+under no civil disability for any offense, nor delinquent in the payment
+of taxes. Special qualifications are named under the respective systems.
+
+
+HOMESTEAD LEASE SYSTEM.
+
+The Homestead Lease system permits the acquirement of Public Land by
+qualified persons without other payments than a fee of two dollars upon
+application and a fee of five dollars upon issuance of Homestead Lease.
+
+The limit of area in the different classes of land which may be acquired
+under Homestead Lease is:
+
+  8 acres first-class agricultural land;
+  16 acres second-class agricultural land;
+  1 acre wet (rice or taro) land;
+  30 acres first-class pastoral land;
+  60 acres second-class pastoral land;
+  45 acres pastoral-agricultural land.
+
+
+SPECIAL QUALIFICATIONS OF APPLICANTS FOR HOMESTEAD LEASE.
+
+Any person having the general qualifications (as to citizenship, etc.)
+who is not the owner in his own right of any land in the Hawaiian
+Islands, other than "wet land" (rice, taro, etc.) and who is not an
+applicant for other land under the Act may apply under this part of
+the Act, and such application may cover one lot of wet land in addition
+to other land, if reasonably near. Husband and wife may not both be
+applicants.
+
+Applications must be made in person at the office of Sub-Agent of the
+District, accompanied by sworn declaration of qualifications, and a fee
+of $2.
+
+
+CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPATION.
+
+The successful applicant receives a certificate of occupation which
+entitles him to occupy the described premises and to receive a homestead
+lease for Nine Hundred and Ninety-Nine Years, if conditions of
+certificate of occupation have been fulfilled, the conditions being:
+
+That the occupier shall, before the end of two years, build a dwelling
+house and reside on the premises. He shall maintain his home on the
+premises from and after the end of two years from date of certificate.
+He shall before the end of six years from date of certificate have in
+cultivation not less than 10 per cent. of the land, or have in
+cultivation 5 per cent. of the land and, in good growing condition, not
+less than ten timber, shade or fruit trees per acre on agricultural
+land, or if pastoral land, fence the same within six years.
+
+He shall pay the taxes assessed upon the premises within sixty days
+after the same are delinquent.
+
+He shall perform any conditions of the certificates for the planting or
+protection of trees, or prevention or destruction of vegetable pests
+that may be on the premises.
+
+
+CONDITIONS OF HOMESTEAD LEASE.
+
+The Lessee or his successors must maintain his home on the leased
+premises, must pay the taxes assessed upon the premises, within sixty
+days after the same are delinquent, and perform any conditions of the
+lease relating to protection or planting of trees, or destruction and
+prevention of vegetable pests.
+
+Lands held under a certificate of occupation or homestead lease are
+liable to taxation as estates in fee.
+
+In case of the death of an occupier or lessee his interests,
+notwithstanding any devise or bequest shall vest in his relations, in
+the order prescribed in the Act, the widow or widower being first in
+order, then the children, etc.
+
+Certificates of occupation or homestead lease, or any interest
+thereunder, is not assignable by way of mortgage nor is the same subject
+to attachment, levy or sale on any process issuing from the Courts of
+the country. Neither the whole nor any portion of the premises may be
+sub-let.
+
+Surrender may be made to the Government by an occupier or lessee having
+the whole interest if all conditions to date of surrender have been
+fulfilled, and the person so surrendering is entitled to receive from
+the Government the value of permanent improvement, whenever the same is
+received by the Government from a new tenant.
+
+
+RIGHT OF PURCHASE LEASES.
+
+Right of Purchase Leases, for the term of twenty-one years, may be
+issued to qualified applicants, with the privilege to the Lessee of
+purchasing at the end of three years and upon fulfillment of special
+conditions.
+
+
+QUALIFICATIONS OF APPLICANTS.
+
+Any person who is over eighteen years of age, who is a citizen by birth
+or naturalization of the Republic of Hawaii or who has received letters
+of denization of special rights of citizenship, who is under no civil
+disability for any offense, who is not delinquent in the payment of
+taxes, and who does not own any agricultural or pastoral land in the
+Hawaiian Islands, may apply for Right of Purchase Lease, the limit of
+areas which may be acquired being:
+
+  100 acres first-class agricultural land;
+  200 acres second-class agricultural land;
+  2 acres wet (rice or taro) land;
+  600 acres first-class pastoral land;
+  1200 acres second-class pastoral land;
+  400 acres mixed agricultural and pastoral land.
+
+Any qualified person, owning less than the respective amounts stated in
+foregoing list, and which is not subject to residence condition, may
+acquire additional land of the classes already held by him but so that
+his aggregate holding shall not be in excess of the limit named; or if
+desiring additional land of another class may acquire the same according
+to ratio established between the various classes.
+
+Husband and wife may not both be applicants for Right of Purchase Leases.
+
+Application must be made in person at the office of Sub-Agent of the
+District, and must be accompanied by a fee equal to six months rent of
+premises, fee to be credited on account of rent, if application is
+successful, and to be returned is application is unsuccessful. In case
+of more than one application for same lot the first application takes
+precedence.
+
+
+CONDITIONS OF RIGHT OF PURCHASE LEASE.
+
+Term: twenty-one years.
+
+Rental: Eight per cent. on the appraised value given in lease, payable
+semi-annually.
+
+The Lessee must from the end of the first to the end of the fifth year
+continuously maintain his home on the leased premises.
+
+The Lessee must have in cultivation at the end of three years five per
+cent. and at the end of five years ten per cent. of his holding, and
+maintain on agricultural land an average of ten trees to the acre.
+
+Pastoral land must be fenced.
+
+Interest in Right of Purchase Lease is not assignable without written
+consent of the Commissioners of Public Lands, but the lease may be
+surrendered to the Government.
+
+In case of forfeiture or surrender of right of purchase lease,
+reappraisement is made of the land and of permanent improvements
+thereon, and if the land is again disposed of, the incoming tenant shall
+pay for such permanent improvements and the amount when so received by
+the Government shall be paid to the surrendering Lessee.
+
+
+CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH PURCHASE MAY BE MADE.
+
+At any time after third year of leasehold term, the Lessee is entitled
+to a Land Patent giving fee simple title, upon his payment of the
+appraised value set forth in lease, if he has reduced to cultivation
+twenty-five per cent. of his leased premises, and has substantially
+performed all other conditions of his lease.
+
+[Illustration: KOHALA RAILROAD.]
+
+[Illustration: RICE FIELD, PEARL CITY.]
+
+
+CASH FREEHOLDS.
+
+Cash Freehold Lots are sold at auction to the highest qualified bidder,
+at appraised value as upset price.
+
+The qualification of applicants for Cash Freeholds and the areas of land
+which may be acquired are the same as those under Right of Purchase
+lease system.
+
+
+APPLICATIONS.
+
+Applications must be made to Sub-Agent of District in writing with sworn
+declaration as to qualifications, and a fee of ten per cent. of
+appraised value of lot, which fee is forfeited if applicant declines to
+take the premises at the appraised value, and is credited to him if he
+becomes the purchaser of the lot. If such applicant, however, is outbid,
+his fee is returned to him.
+
+If two or more applications are made and there is no bid above the upset
+price, the first application takes precedence.
+
+The purchaser at auction sale must pay immediately thereafter one-fourth
+of purchase price and thereupon receive a "Freehold Agreement."
+
+
+CONDITIONS OF FREEHOLD AGREEMENT.
+
+The freeholder shall pay the balance of purchase price in equal
+installments in one, two and three years, with interest at 6 per cent.,
+but may pay any installment before it is due and stop corresponding
+interest.
+
+Twenty-five per cent. of agricultural land must be cultivated, and
+pastoral land fenced before the end of third year.
+
+Freeholder must maintain his home on the premises, from end of first to
+end of third year.
+
+He may not assign or sub-let without consent of Agent of Public Lands.
+
+He must allow Agents of the Government to enter and examine the premises.
+
+He must pay all taxes that may be due upon the premises.
+
+If all conditions are fulfilled he is entitled at end of three years to
+Patent giving fee simple title.
+
+In case of forfeiture or surrender the land and permanent improvements
+are reappraised separately, and the value of such improvements when
+received by Government from new tenant or freeholder, will be paid to
+surrendering freeholder.
+
+
+SETTLEMENT ASSOCIATIONS.
+
+Six or more qualified persons may form a "Settlement Association" and
+apply for holdings in one block.
+
+The provisions for cash freehold apply to the settlement of such blocks,
+but first auction sale is confined to members of such Settlement
+Association.
+
+Any lot in such block which may be forfeited or surrendered, or which is
+not taken up by any member of the Settlement Association, within three
+months, shall be open to any qualified applicants.
+
+Disputes, disagreements or misunderstandings, between the parties to
+certificate of occupation, homestead lease, right of purchase lease, or
+cash freehold and relating thereto, which can not be amicably settled,
+shall be submitted to the Circuit Judge in whose jurisdiction the
+premises are situated and his decision shall be final subject only to
+appeal to Supreme Court.
+
+
+CASH SALES AND SPECIAL AGREEMENTS.
+
+With consent of Executive Council, public lands not under lease may be
+sold in parcels of not over one thousand acres, at public auction for
+cash, and upon such sale and payment of full consideration, a land
+patent will issue.
+
+Parcels of land of not over six hundred acres, may with consent of
+Executive Council, be sold at public auction upon part credit and part
+cash, and upon such terms and conditions of improvement, residence,
+etc., as may be imposed.
+
+Upon fulfillment of all conditions a Land Patent will issue.
+
+
+GENERAL LEASES.
+
+General leases of public lands may be made for a term not exceeding
+twenty-one years.
+
+Such leases are sold at public auction, and require rent in advance
+quarterly, semi-annually or annually.
+
+The conditions of general leases are made at discretion of the
+Commissioners, and may be made for any class of public lands.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+
+MISCELLANEOUS.
+
+
+POPULATION.
+
+The population of the Islands according to the census of 1890 was
+89,991, or in round numbers 90,000. A census of the population has just
+been taken, but the results cannot be exactly known for some months. An
+estimate recently made based upon the knowledge of general increase from
+various sources gives the population as follows:
+
+  Hawaiians                35,000
+  Part Hawaiians           10,000
+  Chinese                  15,000
+  Japanese                 24,000
+  Portuguese                9,000
+  American and European    14,000
+                          -------
+    Total                 107,000
+
+Since the census returns began to come in, it is very evident that this
+estimate will be exceeded by some 2,000, making the total population
+109,000. The increase will probably be found among Japanese and
+Portuguese. The population of Honolulu is 29,920, or practically 30,000.
+
+
+SHIPPING.
+
+The vessels flying the Hawaiian flag number 52, aggregating 21,678 tons.
+They are divided as follows:
+
+  23 steamers, aggregating                9,575 tons
+  5 barks,         "                      4,198  "
+  3 ships,         "                      6,272  "
+  21 schooners and sloops, aggregating    1,623  "
+
+Of these vessels 13 are employed in foreign trade and 39 in trade
+between the Islands.
+
+
+FINANCES.
+
+Mention has been made of the taxes of this country. A few words will be
+to the point upon the financial condition of the government.
+
+The direct taxes yielded, in 1895, $592,691.92. The Customs revenue was
+$547,149.04 and licenses, &c., produced $600,224.23, in all
+$1,740,065.19.
+
+The current expenditures are kept within the current income. Great
+public improvements are provided for by loan. This is what every growing
+country has to do. The public debt of the country on January 1, 1896,
+was $3,764,335. With a population of 109,000, this gives about $34 per
+head of the population. The Hawaiian Government finds no difficulty in
+obtaining means for internal improvements, and a scheme is now on foot
+to reduce the interest and consolidate the public debt.
+
+The exports in 1895 amounted to $8,474,138.15 and the imports to
+$5,339,785.04. This certainly shows well for a country whose total
+population is exceeded by dozens of cities. Of the exports $7,975,590.41
+were accredited to sugar, $22,823.68 to coffee, $102,599.25 to bananas
+and $8,783.84 to pineapples. These three latter items are elastic and
+the showing of 1896 will give a very large increase in their yields.
+
+Of the imports $4,121,920.22 came from the Pacific ports of the United
+States and $394,399.16 from the Atlantic ports; a total of
+$4,516,319.38, leaving but $1,197,698.16 for every other nation that the
+country has commercial relations with.
+
+In point of fact, taking exports and imports, the business in 1895 done
+by the Hawaiian Islands with all its commercial relations amounted to
+$14,188,155.69; of this sum $12,908,508.92 was done with the United
+States, which amounts to 91 per cent. of the whole business of the
+Islands. From these figures it can be judged how prosperous a little
+community that of the Hawaiian Islands is, and further how close are its
+relations with the Great Republic. What country in the world has 91 per
+cent. of its commercial relations with its neighbor?
+
+The financial condition of Hawaii is on a sound basis. The men in charge
+of its government are frugal and careful of the public expenditure, the
+whole tendency of the Republic is to foster industry and thrift. The
+institutions are liberal and nothing is more desirable for such a
+country than the immigration of colonists, with capital to develop the
+industries and determination to work honestly and well.
+
+
+FOR TOURISTS.
+
+It was not the intention when planning this pamphlet to speak of the
+opportunities for tourists visiting the Islands, but a few words are
+appended. The object of the pamphlet has been to show the agricultural
+resources and general conditions.
+
+The great attraction of the Islands is undoubtedly the Volcano of
+Kilauea, the greatest and most striking volcano in the world. Though
+quiescent for a time during part of 1895 and 1896, it has now burst
+forth with renewed splendor and promises to exceed many of its former
+efforts. Moreover, from the rising of the lakes of fire, and the floor
+of the crater generally, it has evidently come to stay.
+
+But it is not only this one great natural wonder that is attractive to
+the tourist. The crater of Haleakala, the largest extinct crater in the
+world, is almost, in its silent magnificence, equal to the wonder of the
+boiling and seething Kilauea. Then the delightful climate, the balmy
+breezes, the brilliant coloring of sky, sea and land, the luxuriant
+tropical vegetation, and the peculiar "Dolce far niente" life, all lend
+a charm to which no one who visits the place has ever failed to respond.
+In fact a visit to the Hawaiian Islands is one of the pleasantest
+experiences of a life-time.
+
+For people suffering from pulmonary troubles the climate is unrivalled
+and there are now several sanitariums where such patients can be
+attended to.
+
+San Francisco and Victoria are the two points of deportation for the
+Hawaiian Islands. The Oceanic Steamship Line has vessels sailing twice a
+month. One steamer sails for Honolulu, stays a few days, and returns to
+San Francisco. The other steamers touch at Honolulu and go on to the
+Australian colonies. Round trip tickets can be obtained and also lay
+over tickets, at the Company's offices on Montgomery street, San
+Francisco. The Pacific Mail and O. & O. S. S. lines, running from China
+and Japan to San Francisco, also touch at Honolulu regularly.
+Arrangements can be made to lay over in Honolulu, visit the Volcano and
+proceed on the voyage by the next vessel.
+
+From Victoria the C. & A. S. S. sail once a month. They give the tourist
+a chance of seeing the Canadian Pacific Railroad before coming here, but
+a round trip ticket would have to be for a full month. By the O. S. S.
+lines less time need be spent on the Islands.
+
+The cost of round trip passage is $125.
+
+The cost of trip to the Volcano, including all expenses is $50.
+
+Hotel expenses in Honolulu from $2 a day, according to accommodation.
+
+Particulars on these subjects can always be learned by writing to Wilder
+S. S. Co., Fort street, Honolulu; or the Inter-Island Steamship Co.,
+Queen street, Honolulu.
+
+
+PRICE LIST OF PROVISIONS ON THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS.
+
+Fresh Hawaiian butter, from 25 to 50c. per lb.
+
+Hams, from 16-1/2 to 30c. per lb.
+
+Bacon, from 16-1/2 to 20c. per lb.
+
+Cheese, from 20 to 35c. per lb.
+
+Family pork, from 15 to 18c. per lb.
+
+Corned beef, 7c. per lb.
+
+Fresh meat, from 6 to 15c. per lb.
+
+Loin of Porterhouse steaks, from 6 to 15c. per lb.
+
+Tinned fruits per doz., from $1.75 to $2.25.
+
+Golden Gate Flour, per 100-lb., $2.50.
+
+Lower grades, $2.20.
+
+Hawaiian rice, $3.25 to $5.00 per 100 lbs.
+
+Hawaiian bananas, per bunch, 25 to 55c.
+
+Potatoes, from 1 to 2c. per lb.
+
+Eggs per dozen, 25 to 50c.
+
+Rolled oats per case, $5.50.
+
+Ice, in small quantities, 1-1/2c.; 50 lbs. and over, 1c. per lb.
+
+
+WAGES.
+
+The following is an approximation of the wages paid to different classes
+of labor on the Hawaiian Islands:
+
+Engineers on plantations, from $125 to $175 per month, house and
+firewood furnished.
+
+Sugar boilers, $125 to $175 per month, house and firewood furnished.
+
+Blacksmiths, plantation, $50 to $100 per month, house and firewood
+furnished.
+
+Carpenters, plantation, $50 to $100 per month, house and firewood
+furnished.
+
+Locomotive drivers, $40 to $75 per month, room and board furnished.
+
+Head overseers, or head lunas, $100 to $150.
+
+Under overseers, or lunas, $30 to $50 with room and board.
+
+Bookkeepers, plantation, $100 to $175, house and firewood furnished.
+
+Teamsters, white, $30 to $40 with room and board.
+
+Hawaiians, $25 to $30 with room; no board.
+
+Field labor, Portuguese and Hawaiian $16 to $18 per month; no board.
+
+Field labor, Chinese and Japanese, $12.50 to $15 per month; no board.
+
+In Honolulu bricklayers and masons receive from $5 to $6 per day;
+carpenters, $2.50 to $5; machinists, $3 to $5; painters, $2 to $5, per
+day of nine hours.
+
+
+DOMESTIC LABOR.
+
+The domestic labor in Honolulu and in all parts of the Islands, has
+for many years been performed by Chinese males, who undoubtedly make
+excellent house servants. During the last four or five years the
+Japanese have entered the field; the Japanese women are especially in
+demand as nurses for children.
+
+The following are the prevailing rates of wages:
+
+Cooks, Chinese and Japanese, $3 to $6 per week, with board and room.
+
+Nurses and house servants, $8 to $12 per month, with board and room.
+
+Gardeners or yard men, $8 to $12 per month, with board and room.
+
+Sewing women, $1 per day and one meal.
+
+Good substantial meals can be obtained at respectable Chinese restaurants
+and at the Sailors' Home for 25 cents or Board for $4.50 per week.
+
+The market for all kinds of labor is overstocked and it would be very
+unwise for any one to come to these Islands with no capital on the mere
+chance of obtaining employment. The many steamships arriving at this
+port bring numbers of people seeking employment who are obliged to
+return disappointed.
+
+[Illustration: NUUANU AVENUE, HONOLULU.]
+
+[Illustration: WAIKIKI BEACH.]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+
+HISTORICAL SKETCH.
+
+Although the written history of the Hawaiian Islands begins with their
+discovery by Captain Cook in 1778, yet the aboriginal inhabitants had at
+that time an oral traditional history which extended back for several
+centuries.
+
+
+ORIGIN.
+
+As to their origin, these people formed but one branch of the Polynesian
+race, which at a remote period settled all the groups of islands in the
+central and Eastern Pacific, as far as New Zealand in the South and
+Easter Island in the East. This is shown by the close physical and moral
+resemblance between their inhabitants, as well as by the facts that they
+all speak dialects of the same language, and have the same manners and
+customs, the same general system of tabus, and similar traditions and
+religious rites.
+
+The evidence of both language and physical traits tends to show that
+their remote ancestors came from the East Indian Archipelago, and that
+they were still more distantly related to the pre-Arian races of
+Hindostan.
+
+It is also proved by concurrent traditions of the different groups that
+there was a general movement of population throughout central Polynesia
+during the twelfth and thirteenth centuries of the Christian Era, during
+which the Harvey Islands and afterwards New Zealand were colonized, and
+many voyages were made between the Hawaiian Islands and the Samoan and
+Society groups. This intercourse, however, seems to have ceased for four
+or five hundred years before the arrival of Captain Cook.
+
+
+ARTS AND MANUFACTURES.
+
+The ancient Hawaiians were not savages, in the proper sense of the term,
+but barbarians of a promising type. When we consider that they occupied
+the most isolated position in the world, and that they were destitute of
+metals and of beasts of burden, as well as of the cereal grains, cotton,
+flax and wool, we must admit that they had made a creditable degree of
+progress towards civilization. Like the other Polynesians, they had not
+invented the art of making pottery, or the use of the loom for weaving.
+
+Their cutting tools were made of stone, sharks' teeth or bamboo. Their
+axes were made of hard, fine grained lava, chiefly found on the mountain
+summits. Their principal implement for cultivating the soil was simply a
+stick of hard wood, either pointed or shaped into a flat blade at the
+end. With these rude tools they cut and framed the timbers for their
+houses, which were oblong with long sides and steep roofs, and were
+thatched with _pili_ grass, ferns or _hala_ leaves. In the building as
+well as in the management of canoes they were unsurpassed. For
+containers they used a large gourd (_cucurbita maxima_, which was not
+found elsewhere in the Pacific), and also cut out circular dishes of
+wood as truly as if they had been turned in a lathe.
+
+For clothing they beat out the inner bark of the paper mulberry and of
+some other trees, until it resembled thick flexible paper, when it was
+called _kapa_ or _tapa_. For insignia of rank, they made splendid
+feather cloaks, and feather helmets, which were worn only by chiefs.
+
+For lights they used the oily nuts of the _kukui_ or candle-nut tree.
+
+For food they chiefly depended upon the tuberous roots of the _taro_
+plant (_Colocasia antiquorum_), but sweet potatoes were cultivated in
+the dry districts, and yams in Kauai and Niihau. They also cultivated
+bananas and sugar cane and the _awa_ or _kava_ plant for its narcotic
+properties.
+
+Fishing was carried on with great ingenuity and skill. Extensive fish
+ponds were built along the coasts, which must have cost immense labor.
+
+Their food was cooked then, as now, by steaming it in an _imu_ or
+underground oven with heated stones. Fire was produced by friction,
+viz., by rubbing a hard, pointed stick in a groove made in a piece of
+softer wood, until the little heap of fine powder collected at the end
+of the groove took fire.
+
+There was no circulating medium which served the purpose of money, and
+all trade was conducted by barter.
+
+
+CIVIL POLITY.
+
+The civil polity of the ancient Hawaiians was far more despotic than
+that of any other Polynesian tribe. The community was divided into three
+classes, namely:
+
+1. The nobility or _Alii_ (N. Z. _Ariki_), comprising the kings and
+chiefs of various grades of rank.
+
+2. The priests, _Kahuna_ (N. Z. _Tahunga_), including priests, sorcerers
+and doctors.
+
+3. The common people, _Makaainana_, or laboring class.
+
+There was a wide and impassable gulch between the chiefs and common
+people. In fact, the distinction between them was primarily of a sacred
+and religious character. The chief was believed to be descended from the
+gods, and to be allied to the invisible powers.
+
+The contrast in stature and appearance as well as in bearing between the
+chiefs and common people was very striking. Only a chief had the right
+to wear the feather cloak and helmet, or the ivory clasp, _Niho Palaoa_;
+his canoe and his sails were painted red, and on state occasions he was
+attended by men carrying _kahilis_ or plumed staffs of various colors.
+When the highest chiefs appeared abroad, all the common people
+prostrated themselves with their faces upon the ground. It was death for
+a common man to remain standing at the mention of the king's name in
+song, or when the king's food, water or clothing was carried past; to
+put on any article of dress belonging to him, to enter his enclosure
+without permission, or to cross his shadow or that of his house. If a
+common man entered the dread presence of the sovereign, he must crawl
+prone on the ground, _kolokolo_, and leave in the same manner.
+
+The head chief of an island was styled the _Moi_, and his dignity was
+generally hereditary. There were usually at least four independent
+kinglets in the group, and sometimes the single Island of Hawaii was
+divided between several independent chiefs.
+
+
+LAND TENURE.
+
+As a rule, the chiefs were the only proprietors of the soil. They were
+supposed to own not only the soil and all that grew upon it, not only
+the fish of the sea, but also the time and labor of their people.
+
+The accepted theory was that all the lands belonged to the king, of whom
+they were held by the high chiefs in fief; _i. e._, on condition of
+rendering him tribute and military service. Each of these district
+chieftains divided up his territory among an inferior order of petty
+chiefs, who owed to him the same service and obedience that he owed to
+the king.
+
+In this way the land was subdivided again and again, while at the bottom
+of the scale were the miserable serfs who tilled the soil. These last
+were simply tenants at will, liable to be dispossessed of their little
+holdings at any time, or to be stripped of their personal property at
+the requisition of the chief.
+
+
+WAR.
+
+Wars were frequent and cruel. There were numerous wars to settle the
+succession to the sovereignty of an Island, as well as contests between
+the head chiefs of the principal Islands. For example, the chiefs of
+Oahu often contended with those of Maui for the possession of Molokai,
+and there were frequent wars between the chiefs of Hawaii and those of
+Maui for the district of Hana.
+
+Their weapons consisted of long spears, _pololu_; javelins, _ihe_;
+daggers, _pahoa_, and clubs made of hard wood. They never used the bow
+in war, but slings made of cocoanut fiber or human hair were extensively
+employed. They used no shields, but became wonderfully expert in
+catching or parrying spears thrown at them.
+
+Sometimes they engaged in sea fights, with large fleets of canoes
+on each side. In general no quarter was given to the vanquished, but
+there were certain sanctuaries called _puuhonuas_, which afforded an
+inviolable refuge in time of war. Cannibalism was regarded by them with
+horror and detestation.
+
+
+RELIGION.
+
+The religious system of the ancient Hawaiians was very similar to that
+of other Polynesians. It consisted in a great measure of nature worship.
+To their minds all the powers of nature, especially those that are
+mysterious and terrible, were conceived of as living and spiritual
+beings. Thus the volcano, the thunder, the whirlwind, the meteor and the
+shark were feared as being either the embodiment or the work of
+malevolent spirits (_akuas_).
+
+The four great gods, Kane, Kanaloa, Ku and Lono, who were worshiped
+throughout Polynesia, originally belonged to this class, as is shown by
+the cosmogony of the New Zealand Maoris. Among these four Kane held the
+primacy. The souls of great chiefs went to his abode after death.
+
+Pele, the dread goddess of volcanoes, and her numerous family, dwelt in
+the crater of Kilauea, but also caused the eruptions of Mauna Loa and
+Hualalai. In Hawaii she was feared more than any other deity.
+
+One large class of _akuas_ were supposed to be incarnated in certain
+species of animals, which were feared or believed to have a supernatural
+character, as the shark.
+
+Another class of deities, which included most of the professional gods,
+consisted of deified spirits of the dead. The _Aumakuas_ were tutelar
+deities, attached to particular families, who were often deified
+ancestors. Sickness and disease were generally caused by their
+displeasure.
+
+
+CEREMONIAL SYSTEM.
+
+There were two hereditary orders of priests, endowed with lands, who
+kept up the elaborate liturgy and ritual of the temples, and also
+preserved whatever knowledge of astronomy, history, medicine, etc., had
+been handed down to them.
+
+The tabu system covered the entire daily life of the people with a vast
+network of minute regulations and penalties. Thus, it was tabu for men
+and women to eat together, or even to have their food cooked in the same
+oven. Women were forbidden to eat pork, bananas, cocoanuts, or turtle
+and certain kinds of fish, on pain of death. There were certain tabu
+days when no canoe could be launched, no fire lighted, and when no sound
+could be made, on pain of death. Even dogs had to be muzzled and fowls
+shut up in calabashes for twenty-four hours at a time.
+
+The human sacrifice was the crowning act of the ancient worship, offered
+only on certain solemn occasions, and at the temples (_Heiaus_) of the
+highest class.
+
+Whenever a temple was to be dedicated, a new house to be built for the
+chief, or a new war canoe to be launched, many of the people fled to the
+mountains and lay hidden till the danger was past.
+
+Besides the regular priesthood, there were many kinds of medicine men,
+necromancers or mediums, sorcerers and diviners, who preyed upon the
+superstition and credulity of their countrymen. The belief that all
+forms of disease were caused by evil spirits, and their fear of being
+"prayed to death" (_anaana_), kept the people in a state of abject fear.
+
+There is too much reason to believe that during several centuries
+preceding the discovery of the Islands they had been deteriorating in
+many respects. As the historian Fornander has stated:
+
+"It was an era of strife, dynastic ambitions, internal and external wars
+on each Island, with all their deteriorating consequences of anarchy,
+depopulation, social and intellectual degradation, loss of liberty, loss
+of knowledge, loss of arts."
+
+
+DISCOVERY OF THE ISLANDS.
+
+It seems to be almost certain that one Juan Gaetano, a Spanish
+navigator, saw Hawaii in 1555 A. D. A group of islands, the largest of
+which was called La Mesa, was laid down in the old Spanish charts in the
+same latitude as the Hawaiian Islands, but 10 degrees too far east.
+
+On the eighteenth of January, 1778, Captain Cook, the great navigator,
+while sailing due north from the Society Islands, discovered the Islands
+of Oahu and Kauai. The next day he landed at Waimea, Kauai, where he
+held friendly intercourse with the natives, and afterwards laid in
+supplies at Niihau. He finally sailed for Alaska, Feb. 2d. The Hawaiians
+looked upon him as an incarnation of the god Lono, and upon his crew as
+supernatural beings. Returning from the Arctic the following winter, he
+anchored in Kealakekua bay, January 17th, 1779. Here he received
+divine honors and was loaded with munificent presents of the best that
+the islands could produce. By his rash and arbitrary conduct, however,
+he involved himself in an affray with the natives, in which he was
+killed on February 14th, 1779.
+
+The spot where he fell is now marked by an appropriate monument.
+
+[Illustration: LUNALILO HOME, FOR AGED HAWAIIANS.]
+
+[Illustration: KAMEHAMEHA SCHOOL.]
+
+
+EARLY TRADERS.
+
+For seven years after the death of Captain Cook no foreign vessel
+ventured to touch at the Islands. After that time many of the vessels
+engaged in the fur trade on the northwest coast of America called at the
+Islands for supplies on their way to Canton or ran down here to spend
+the winter. Waimea, Kauai, and Kealakekua bay were the two harbors most
+frequented by them. Fire arms, powder and shot were the articles most in
+demand among the natives.
+
+
+THE RISE OF KAMEHAMEHA.
+
+At the death of Kalaniopuu, _Moi_, of Hawaii, in 1782, a civil war broke
+out, which rent the Island into three petty sovereignties, which were
+presently reduced to two.
+
+The districts of Kohala and Kona were held by Kamehameha, a nephew of
+the late king, while the other districts were loyal to his son, Keoua.
+After a sanguinary war lasting nine years (during which Kamehameha had
+ravaged West Maui and conquered the district of Hamakua), he became
+master of the whole of the Island of Hawaii by the assassination of his
+rival, Keoua, at Kawaihae, in 1791.
+
+
+VISITS OF VANCOUVER.
+
+The name of Capt. George Vancouver is still cherished as that of a wise
+and generous benefactor to these Islands. During his survey of the
+northwest coast of America in 1792-1794, he made three visits to the
+Islands. He uniformly refused to sell fire arms or ammunition to the
+chiefs, but gave them useful plants and seeds, and presented Kamehameha
+with the first cattle and sheep ever landed in the Islands. On the 25th
+of February, 1794, Kamehameha and his chiefs voluntarily placed Hawaii
+under the protection of Great Britain, in token of which the British
+flag was hoisted on shore at Kealakekua.
+
+
+CONQUEST OF OAHU.
+
+After the death of Kahekili, the sovereign of the leeward Islands, in
+1794, a civil war broke out between his brother Kaeo and his son
+Kalanikupule, in which the former was killed. Soon after Kalanikupule
+treacherously massacred Captains Brown and Gordon, who had assisted him
+in the late war, and seized their vessels in the harbor of Honolulu.
+
+Having put his guns and ammunition on board, he proposed to sail
+immediately for Hawaii, in company with a fleet of war canoes, to attack
+Kamehameha. But the English sailors who had been reserved to navigate
+the two vessels, suddenly rose at midnight, recaptured them, and sailed
+for Hawaii, where they informed Kamehameha of all that had occurred.
+
+Kamehameha saw that his opportunity had now come, and lost no time in
+mustering all the war canoes and fighting men of Hawaii.
+
+After overrunning West Maui and touching at Molokai, he landed in
+Waialea bay, Oahu, in the latter part of April, 1795. There he spent a
+few days in organizing his army before marching up the valley of Nuuanu,
+where Kalanikupule had prepared to make his last stand. The Oahu
+warriors were soon routed and pursued up the valley. Some of the
+fugitives were hemmed in and driven over the "_Pali_," or precipice, at
+the head of Nuuanu, a little north of the present road.
+
+This victory made Kamehameha master of all the Islands except Kauai and
+Niihau. With the exception of a short insurrection in Hawaii, there was
+peace during the rest of his reign.
+
+
+DECREASE OF POPULATION.
+
+The decrease of the population during this period must have been very
+rapid. Vancouver in 1792, Broughton in 1796, and Trumbull in 1801, were
+strongly impressed with the misery of the common people and their rapid
+decrease in numbers. This was partly the result of wars, but was still
+more due to the diseases and vices introduced by foreigners. In the
+summer of 1804 a pestilence, supposed to have been the cholera, carried
+off half of the population of Oahu. Botany Bay convicts had introduced
+the art of distilling liquor before the year 1800, and drunkenness had
+become very prevalent.
+
+
+THE SANDAL-WOOD TRADE.
+
+During the first quarter of the present century the sandal-wood trade
+was at its height. This wood was in great request at Canton, where it
+was sold for incense and the manufacture of fancy articles. It was
+purchased by the picul of 133-1/2 pounds, the price varying from eight
+to ten dollars for the picul. This wood, while it lasted, was a mine of
+wealth for the chiefs, by means of which they were enabled to buy fire
+arms, liquor, boats and schooners, as well as silks and other Chinese
+goods, for which they paid exorbitant prices.
+
+
+THE CESSION OF KAUAI.
+
+In March, 1810, Kaumualii, the last King of Kauai, visited Honolulu in
+the ship Albatross, Capt. Nathan Winship, in order to have an interview
+with Kamehameha. It was then arranged between the two chiefs that
+Kaumualii should continue to hold his Island in fief of Kamehameha
+during his life-time, on condition of paying tribute.
+
+
+RUSSIAN AGGRESSIONS.
+
+During the year 1815 a Dr. Scheffer was sent to the Islands by Baranoff,
+the Russian Governor of Alaska. He built a fort at Waimea, for
+Kaumualii, on which the Russian colors were displayed, and urged him to
+place himself under the protection of Russia. On hearing of this,
+Kamehameha sent a large force to Honolulu, where a substantial fort was
+built during the year 1816. He also sent orders to Kaumualii to expel
+Dr. Scheffer, which was done.
+
+
+DEATH OF KAMEHAMEHA.
+
+Kamehameha I. died on May 8th, 1819, at Kailua, Hawaii. His work was
+done. He had consolidated the group under a strong government, put an
+end to feudal anarchy and petty wars, and thus prepared the way for
+civilization and Christianity.
+
+
+ABOLITION OF IDOLATRY.
+
+In accordance with his will, his eldest son, Liholiho, was installed as
+king, with the title of Kamehameha II., and Kaahumanu, his favorite
+queen, as premier, to exercise equal powers with the young prince, whose
+dissolute and reckless character is well known.
+
+Their first important act was the abolition of the tabu system, which
+took place at a great feast held at Kailua in October, 1819, at which men
+and women ate together in public for the first time. This was followed by
+the general burning of idols and temples throughout the group.
+
+Kekuaokalani, a cousin of Liholiho, put himself at the head of the
+adherents of the ancient faith, but was defeated and slain in the battle
+of Kuamoo, fought about December 20th, 1819.
+
+
+THE ARRIVAL OF THE AMERICAN MISSIONARIES.
+
+The pioneer company of American missionaries to these Islands arrived at
+Kailua, April 4th, 1820. They soon reduced the language to writing and
+commenced printing the first book in January, 1822. They found in the
+Hawaiians an amiable and highly receptive race, eager for knowledge and
+easily influenced for good or evil. The principal opposition to reform
+was made by foreigners.
+
+
+THE WHALING FLEET.
+
+The first whale ship called at Honolulu in 1820, and was soon followed
+by many others. Their number soon increased to 100 every year, and the
+furnishing of supplies for them became the chief resource of the
+Islands, as the sandal-wood became exhausted.
+
+
+DEATH OF LIHOLIHO.
+
+The young king, accompanied by his wife and six chiefs, embarked for
+England, November 27, 1823, on an English whale ship. On their arrival
+in London they received the utmost hospitality and courtesy, but in a
+few weeks the whole party was attacked by the measles, of which the king
+and queen both died.
+
+
+REBELLION ON KAUAI.
+
+Meanwhile, on the death of Kaumualii, a rebellion broke out in Kauai,
+led by his son, Humehume. A desperate assault was made on the fort at
+Waimea, which was repulsed with loss. Over 1,000 warriors were sent down
+from Oahu and Maui, and a battle was fought near Hanapepe, August 18th,
+1824, in which the rebels were routed.
+
+
+VISIT OF LORD BYRON.
+
+The frigate "Blonde," commanded by Lord Byron, cousin of the poet of
+that name, was commissioned to convey the remains of the late king and
+queen, together with their retinue, back to their native land. It
+arrived at Honolulu, May 6th, 1825, when the royal remains were
+deposited in a mausoleum with impressive funeral ceremonies.
+
+Kauikeaouli, the younger brother of Liholiho, was proclaimed king with
+the title of Kamehameha III., and Kaahumanu as regent during his
+minority. Her administration was signalized by a series of outrages at
+Lahaina and Honolulu, committed by a depraved class of foreigners who
+resented certain regulations made to restrict public prostitution.
+
+Com. Jones visited the Islands in the "Peacock" in 1826, and concluded
+the first treaty between the Hawaiian Islands and the United States. The
+next year the first written laws were published against murder, theft,
+adultery and gambling.
+
+
+THE ROMAN CATHOLIC MISSION.
+
+The first Roman Catholic missionaries arrived at Honolulu, July 7th,
+1827, on the ship "Comet," from Bordeaux, and soon gathered a
+congregation. They were members of the so-called "Picpusian Order," or
+"Congregation of the Sacred Hearts of Jesus and Mary." Unfortunately,
+misunderstandings arose, and from a mistaken belief that they were
+fomenting discord and sedition, the chiefs caused them to be deported to
+San Pedro, California, in January, 1832.
+
+
+ACCESSION OF KAMEHAMEHA III.
+
+Kaahumanu died June 5th, 1832, and was succeeded by Kinau, half-sister
+of the king. The king's minority was declared to be at an end in March,
+1833. A tract of land was leased to Ladd & Co. in 1835, and about the
+same time a silk plantation was commenced by Peck & Titcomb. Cotton was
+raised and manufactured on a small scale at Kailua, Hawaii.
+
+
+PERSECUTIONS.
+
+During the next few years the chiefs persisted in a harsh and
+unjustifiable policy, which imperiled the independence of the country.
+
+On the return of the two banished priests from California, in April,
+1837, they were ordered to return in the same vessel in which they had
+come, and were obliged to go on board of it. Meanwhile the British sloop
+of war "Sulphur," Captain Belcher, and the French frigate "Venus,"
+Captain Du Petit Thouars, arrived and interposed in behalf of the
+priests. As a compromise, they were landed again on condition that they
+should leave by the first favorable opportunity. Again on the 3d of
+November, another priest, Rev. L. Maigret, and a lay brother arrived
+from Valparaiso, but were not allowed to land. Finally Revs. Maigret and
+Bachelot left in a schooner for Bonabe, Micronesia. From 1835 to 1839
+the persecution of native converts was resumed, but was at last put an
+end to by the declaration of rights promulgated June 4th, 1839, and the
+king's edict of toleration, issued June 17th.
+
+
+VISIT OF THE "ARTEMISE."
+
+In consequence of these proceedings the French frigate "Artemise,"
+Captain Laplace, was ordered to Honolulu, where it arrived July 9th, 1839.
+
+Captain Laplace immediately sent the Government a peremptory letter
+demanding that full religious liberty be proclaimed, and that the sum of
+$20,000 be brought on board by noon of the 12th, or hostilities would
+commence. The required treaty was signed and the money promptly paid,
+and on the 16th, a commercial convention was also signed.
+
+
+FIRST CONSTITUTION.
+
+The declaration of rights, mentioned above, which guaranteed religious
+liberty, produced a feeling of security unknown before, and formed the
+first step towards establishing individual property in land. The first
+constitution was proclaimed October 8th, 1840. It constituted a
+Legislature, consisting of a House of Hereditary Nobles, and
+Representatives to be chosen by the people, who voted as a separate
+house. It also defined the duties of the Governors and provided for a
+Supreme Court.
+
+
+THE FIRST EMBASSY.
+
+During the next two years the French and English consuls seemed to vie
+with each other in the manufacture of petty grievances. Aware of the
+dangers impending over it, the Hawaiian Government sent an embassy to
+the United States, Great Britain and France, in July, 1842, which
+consisted of Messrs. Haalilio, William Richards and Sir George Simpson,
+one of the governors of the Hudson Bay Company.
+
+
+VISIT OF CAPTAIN MALLET.
+
+On the 24th of August, 1842, the French corvette "Embuscade," Captain
+Mallet, arrived at Honolulu, having been sent to investigate complaints
+of the violation of the Laplace Convention, chiefly relating to local
+school matters. Having received an able and courteous reply to his
+demands, he informed the king that Admiral Du Petit Thouars might be
+expected the next spring to settle these matters.
+
+
+THE CESSION TO LORD PAULET.
+
+The dispatch of the embassy to Europe and the visit of Captain Mallet
+both served to bring to a head the designs of Mr. Charlton, the British
+consul. He suddenly left for London, leaving Alexander Simpson as
+acting consul, in order to defeat the objects of the embassy. In
+consequence of their representations, H. B. M. frigate "Carysford,"
+commanded by George Paulet, was ordered to Honolulu, arriving there
+February 10, 1843. On the arrival of the king from Lahaina, Lord Paulet
+sent him six demands, threatening war if they were not acceded to by 4
+p. m. of the next day. These demands chiefly related to a fraudulent
+land claim of Charlton's, and to decisions of the courts in certain
+civil suits between foreigners. Before the hour set for hostilities had
+arrived, the king acceded to the demands under protest, and appealed to
+the British Government for damages. But a fresh series of demands having
+been made, and claims for damages having been trumped up amounting to
+$80,000, the king decided, by Dr. Judd's advice, to forestall the
+intended seizure of the Islands by a provisional cession, pending an
+appeal to the justice of the home government.
+
+The act of cession was carried into effect February 25th, 1843. The
+British flag took the place of the Hawaiian for five months, and a body
+of native troops was organized and drilled by British officers.
+
+The country was meanwhile governed by a mixed commission consisting of
+Lord Paulet, Lieutenant Frere, a Mr. Mackay and Dr. Judd.
+
+[Illustration: OAHU COLLEGE.]
+
+[Illustration: PAUAHI HALL, OAHU COLLEGE.]
+
+
+THE RESTORATION.
+
+On being informed of these events, Admiral Thomas, Commander-in-Chief of
+H. B. M.'s naval forces in the Pacific ocean, immediately sailed from
+Valparaiso for the Islands, arriving at Honolulu July 25th, 1843. He
+immediately issued a proclamation, declaring in the name of his
+government that he did not accept of the provisional cession of the
+Hawaiian Islands, and on the 31st restored the national flag with
+impressive ceremonies. His course was fully approved of by the home
+government, and certainly tended to exalt the reputation of his country
+for justice and magnanimity in dealing with inferior races.
+
+
+THE RECOGNITION OF HAWAIIAN INDEPENDENCE.
+
+Meanwhile the Hawaiian embassadors, who had been joined by Mr. Marshall,
+the king's envoy, had done effective work in London and Paris. At their
+request the matters in dispute had been referred to the law advisers of
+the crown, who decided in favor of the Hawaiian Government on every
+point except the Charlton land claim. At length, on the 28th of
+November, 1843, the two governments of France and England issued a joint
+declaration in which they recognized the independence of the Islands,
+and reciprocally engaged "never to take possession, either directly or
+under the title of a protectorate, or under any other form, of any part
+of the territory of which they are composed."
+
+
+ORGANIZATION OF THE GOVERNMENT.
+
+Both the king and his advisers saw that in order to maintain a permanent
+government it was necessary to combine both the native and foreign
+elements together in one common organization, and to make the king the
+sovereign not merely of one race or class, but of all. During the next
+few years the executive departments of the Government and the judiciary
+were organized by a group of men of remarkably high character and
+ability.
+
+
+LAND TITLES.
+
+During the period of 1846-1855 the ancient tenure of land was abolished,
+and the foundation laid of individual property in land. In the first
+place, the king as feudal suzerain divided the lands of the kingdom
+between himself and each one of the chiefs, his feudatories, this
+partition being recorded in a book called the _Mahele_ Book, or Book of
+Division. After this first partition was closed, out of four million
+acres there remained in the king's hands about two and a half millions.
+The king then redivided the lands which had been surrendered to him,
+setting apart about a million and a half acres for the Government, and
+reserving for himself as his private domain, about a million acres,
+including the best of the lands. The common people were granted fee
+simple titles for their house lots and the lands which they actually
+cultivated for themselves, called _Kuleanas_ or homesteads.
+
+
+THE "REPRISALS" OF 1849.
+
+From 1843 till 1848 the most amicable relations continued to exist
+between France and the Hawaiian Government. But this state of things was
+then reversed by M. Dillon, the new French consul, who endeavored to
+reopen all old disputes and to create new grievances in every possible
+way. His principal grounds of complaint were the high duty on brandy and
+the alleged partiality shown to the English language. On the 12th of
+August, 1849, the French frigate "Poursuivante," Admiral De Tromelin,
+arrived at Honolulu, and was joined the next day by the corvette
+"Gassendi."
+
+On the 22d the admiral sent to the king ten demands, drawn up by M.
+Dillon, allowing the Hawaiian Government three days in which to comply
+with them.
+
+As these demands were firmly but courteously refused, an armed force was
+landed on the 25th, which took possession of the deserted fort, the
+custom house and other buildings, and the harbor was blockaded for ten
+days. The fort was dismantled and the king's private yacht confiscated
+by way of "reprisal," after which the "Poursuivante" sailed for San
+Francisco, taking M. Dillon as a passenger.
+
+
+THE SECOND EMBASSY TO FRANCE.
+
+The king immediately sent Dr. Judd as special commissioner to France,
+accompanied by the two nephews of the king, Alexander, the
+heir-apparent, and Lot Kamehameha.
+
+But on arriving in Paris they found that M. Dillon had preceded them,
+and still retained the confidence of the Minister of Foreign Affairs.
+
+The embassy, however, agreed with Lord Palmerston upon the basis of a
+new treaty with Great Britain.
+
+
+THE U. S. PROTECTORATE.
+
+The French corvette "Serieuse" arrived at Honolulu, December 13, 1850,
+bringing M. Perrin, Commissioner of France, and remained in port three
+months.
+
+To the surprise of all, he presented again the identical ten demands of
+his predecessor, and resumed his policy of petty annoyance and
+interference with internal affairs of the kingdom. At length his
+attitude became so menacing that the king and privy council passed a
+proclamation placing the Islands provisionally under the protectorate of
+the United States. This action was ratified by the next Legislature.
+Although it was finally declined by the United States, it had the
+desired effect, and the obnoxious demands were dropped.
+
+
+THE CONSTITUTION OF 1852.
+
+Was a very liberal one for the times, and has formed the basis of all
+succeeding constitutions. The nobles were to be appointed by the kings
+for life. The representatives, who were to be not less than twenty-four
+in number, were to be elected by universal suffrage.
+
+
+INDUSTRIAL PROGRESS.
+
+Between the years 1850 and 1860 a large part of the government land was
+sold to the common people in small tracts at nominal prices.
+
+The rapid settlement of California opened a new market for the
+productions of the Islands, and gave a great stimulus to agriculture.
+For a time large profits were made by raising potatoes for the
+California market. Wheat was cultivated in the Makawao district, and a
+steam flouring mill was erected in Honolulu in 1854. The next year 463
+barrels of Hawaiian flour were exported. A coffee plantation was started
+at Hanalei, Kauai, in 1842, and promised well, but was attacked by
+blight after the severe drought of 1851-2. The export of coffee rose to
+208,000 pounds in 1850, but then fell off. The export of sugar only
+reached 500 tons in 1853. The sugar mills were generally worked by oxen
+or mules, and the molasses drained in the old fashioned way.
+
+
+THE UNFINISHED ANNEXATION TREATY.
+
+The year 1853 was rendered memorable by a terrible epidemic of
+small-pox, which carried off several thousand people on the Island of
+Oahu. During that and the following year there was an active agitation
+in Honolulu in favor of annexation to the United States. The king
+favored it as a refuge from impending dangers. The missionaries
+generally opposed it, fearing that its effects would be injurious to the
+native race. The negotiations were carried on between Mr. Gregg, the
+American Minister, and Mr. Wyllie, the Minister of Foreign Affairs, and
+a draft of the treaty was completed in June, 1854.
+
+The representatives of France and Great Britain remonstrated with the
+king against it, while the heir-apparent was also opposed to it. The
+negotiation was still pending when the king suddenly died on the 15th of
+December, 1854.
+
+His adopted son and heir, Alexander Liholiho, was immediately proclaimed
+king, under the title of Kamehameha IV.
+
+
+THE REIGN OF KAMEHAMEHA IV.
+
+Was uneventful. He was married to Emma Rooke, a chiefess partly of English
+descent, who both by her character and her talents was worthy of the
+position. By their personal exertions the king and queen succeeded in
+raising the funds with which to found the "Queen's Hospital" at
+Honolulu. Their little son, the "Prince of Hawaii," died in 1862, at
+four years of age, and with him expired the hope of the Kamehameha
+dynasty. During the same year Bishop Staley, accompanied by a staff of
+clergymen, arrived at Honolulu and commenced the Anglican Mission.
+
+During the following year the king was rapidly failing in health, and on
+the 30th of November, 1863, he died, at the early age of twenty-nine,
+and was succeeded by his elder brother, Prince Lot Kamehameha.
+
+The development of the country during his reign was nearly at a
+stand-still. The cultivation of wheat as well as that of coffee was
+given up, but the culture of rice was commenced in 1860, and proved to
+be a great success.
+
+
+THE REIGN OF KAMEHAMEHA V.
+
+The reign of Kamehameha V. was memorable for the change of the
+constitution which he made on his own authority, soon after coming to
+the throne. The right of suffrage was made to depend on a small property
+qualification and on ability to read and write. The Nobles and
+representatives were henceforth to sit and vote in one chamber. During
+his reign the Board of Education was constituted, the Bureau of
+Immigration formed, and the Act passed in 1865 to segregate the lepers.
+
+A treaty of reciprocity with the United States was negotiated, but
+failed of ratification by the Senate.
+
+A destructive eruption from Mauna Loa took place in 1868, in the
+District of Kau. The almost total destruction of the whaling fleet in
+the Arctic Sea in 1871 was a serious blow to the prosperity of the
+Islands.
+
+The King died suddenly December 11th, 1872, and with him ended the line
+of the Kamehamehas.
+
+
+THE REIGN OF LUNALILO.
+
+As Kamehameha V. died without appointing any successor, the choice
+devolved upon the Legislature, which met on the 8th of January, 1873,
+and elected William Lunalilo, cousin of the late king, by a large
+majority, amid general rejoicing. During that year, the proposal to cede
+or lease Pearl Harbor to the United States in consideration of a treaty
+of commercial reciprocity gave rise to an extensive agitation, which
+intensified the suspicion and race prejudice that already existed.
+
+The execution of the law for the segregation of lepers helped to widen
+the breach, and the effects were seen in the mutiny of the household
+troops in September, 1873, which had the sympathy of the populace.
+
+The King's health was already failing, and on the 3d of February, 1874,
+he died of pulmonary consumption. By his will he left the bulk of his
+real estate to found a home for aged and indigent Hawaiians.
+
+
+ACCESSION OF KALAKAUA.
+
+Again the Legislature was called together to elect his successor on the
+12th of February, 1874. The two rival candidates were the Queen-Dowager
+Emma and David Kalakaua, the latter of whom was elected by thirty-nine
+votes to six. A large mob, composed of Queen Emma's partisans,
+surrounded the court house during the election, after which they broke
+into the building and assaulted the members of the Legislature.
+
+At the request of the Cabinet, a body of marines was landed from the U.
+S. ships "Tuscarora" and "Portsmouth," and another from H. B. M.'s ship
+"Tenedos," which dispersed the rioters and guarded the public buildings
+for a week. Kalakaua was sworn in at noon the next day, and duly
+proclaimed King.
+
+
+THE RECIPROCITY TREATY.
+
+During the next year negotiations were opened with the United States for
+a treaty of commercial reciprocity, which was ratified in June, 1875,
+and finally went into operation in September, 1876, in spite of bitter
+opposition in both countries. The development of the resources of the
+Islands, which has resulted from this treaty, has surpassed all
+expectation. In connection with it there has also been a large increase
+of the foreign elements in the population.
+
+
+THE KING'S TOUR AROUND THE WORLD.
+
+On the 20th of January, 1881, King Kalakaua set out on a tour around the
+world, accompanied by the late Col. C. H. Judd, and Mr. W. N. Armstrong.
+He was received with royal honors in Japan, and afterwards visited
+China, Siam, Johore and British India. After visiting the Khedive of
+Egypt, the party made the tour of Europe, and returned home by way of
+the United States, arriving in Honolulu Oct. 29, 1881.
+
+
+REACTIONARY POLICY OF KALAKAUA.
+
+Unlike his predecessors, Kalakaua seemed to regard himself as merely a
+king of the native Hawaiians, and foreign residents as alien invaders.
+It also seemed to be his chief aim to change the system of government
+into a personal despotism, in which he should have unchecked control of
+the Government Treasury. Thus he took it upon himself in July, 1878, and
+again in August, 1880, to dismiss a Ministry, without assigning any
+reason, immediately after it had been triumphantly sustained by a vote
+of the Legislature. On the latter occasion, his appointment of Celso
+Caesar Moreno as premier called forth the protest of the representatives
+of three great Powers, and such an uprising of the people that he had to
+give way. Adroit politicians were not wanting to flatter his vanity,
+defend his follies, and show him how to violate the spirit and intent
+of the Constitution, while keeping within the letter of the law. The
+Legislatures were packed with subservient office-holders, while every
+artifice was used to debauch the native electorate and to foment race
+prejudice. The national debt grew up from $389,000 in 1880 to $1,936,000
+in 1887. At the same time, under the existing law, no foreigner could be
+naturalized without the King's approval.
+
+[Illustration: MASONIC TEMPLE.]
+
+[Illustration: KAMEHAMEHA MUSEUM.]
+
+
+THE REVOLUTION OF 1887.
+
+After the legislative session of 1886, the King was virtually his own
+prime minister, and went from one folly to another, until his acceptance
+of two bribes, one of $75,000 and another of $80,000 in connection with
+the assignment of an opium license, precipitated the revolution of
+1887. Overawed by the unanimity of the movement, and deserted by his
+followers, the King yielded without a struggle. The Constitution
+which he was pleased to sign on the 7th of July, 1887, was a revision
+of that of 1864, intended to put an end to mere personal government,
+and to make the executive responsible to the representatives of the
+people. Office-holders were made ineligible to seats in the Legislature.
+The Ministers were henceforth to be removable only upon a vote of want
+of confidence passed by a majority of all the elective members of
+the Legislature. The Nobles, instead of being appointed by the King,
+were to be elected for terms of six years, by electors who should
+be possessed of taxable property worth $3,000, or in receipt of an
+annual income of $600.
+
+
+THE INSURRECTION OF 1889.
+
+The opposition of the Court and of other adherents of the old regime, to
+the reforms of 1887, led to an insurrection headed by R. W. Wilcox, on
+the 30th of July, 1889 which was promptly put down, but not without
+bloodshed. Seven of the rioters were killed and a large number wounded.
+
+There can be little doubt that the late King and his sister were
+accessory to this ill-advised outbreak.
+
+
+ACCESSION OF LILIUOKALANI.
+
+In order to recruit his health, the King visited California in November,
+1890. In spite of the best medical attendance, he continued to fail, and
+breathed his last on the 20th of January, 1891, in San Francisco. His
+remains were brought to Honolulu in the U. S. S. "Charleston," arriving
+there January 29th, 1891. On the same day, his sister took the oath to
+maintain the Constitution, and was proclaimed Queen, under the title of
+Liliuokalani.
+
+
+THE REVOLUTION OF 1893.
+
+The ex-Queen in a published statement has since declared that she signed
+the Constitution unwillingly. The history of her short reign shows that
+it was her unaltered purpose to restore autocratic government. In short,
+she was determined to govern as well as to reign.
+
+The decision of the Supreme Court that the term of the last Cabinet
+expired with the King, gave her an opportunity (which she improved), to
+dictate terms in advance to the incoming Cabinet, and to secure control
+of all appointments. The legislative session of 1892 was protracted to
+eight months chiefly by her determination to retain her control of the
+Executive, as well as to carry through the opium and lottery bills.
+Meanwhile she had caused a Constitution to be drawn up, which would
+practically, have transformed the government from a limited to an
+absolute monarchy, besides disfranchising a class of citizens who paid
+two-thirds of the taxes. This Constitution she undertook to spring upon
+the country by a _coup d'etat_, on the day of the prorogation of the
+Legislature, January 14th, 1893.
+
+Fortunately, at the critical moment, when her preparations were
+complete, her Ministers shrank from sharing the responsibility of
+such a revolutionary act, and induced her to postpone it. In such
+an undertaking to hesitate is fatal.
+
+Again there was a general uprising of the conservative part of the
+community similar to that of 1887. But this time public opinion
+condemned all half way measures, and declared the monarchy to be
+forfeited by its own act.
+
+The Reform leaders reorganized their forces, and formed a Provisional
+Government, which was proclaimed January 17th, 1893 from the Government
+Building. The U. S. S. "Boston," which had unexpectedly arrived from
+Hilo on the day of the prorogation, landed a force on the 16th, to
+protect the lives and property of American citizens, in case of disorder
+or incendiarism. The Queen's ministers availed themselves of the
+presence of these troops on shore as an excuse for their inaction, and
+persuaded the Queen to resign under protest, and to appeal to the
+government of the United States.
+
+A treaty of annexation was soon after negotiated with the United States
+during President Harrison's administration, which was withdrawn by
+President Cleveland immediately after his accession. The failure of his
+attempt to restore the monarchy by diplomacy is well known.
+
+
+THE REPUBLIC OF HAWAII.
+
+During the next year a convention was elected, which sat in Honolulu
+during the month of June, 1894, and framed a new Constitution for the
+country, and the Republic of Hawaii was formally proclaimed July 4, 1894.
+
+Another royalist conspiracy was formed during the fall of that year,
+which resulted in the insurrection of January 6th, 1895, which was
+promptly crushed by the patriotic citizens of the Republic.
+
+A dangerous epidemic of Asiatic cholera in the following September, was
+stamped out by the united efforts of the public spirited citizens of
+Honolulu.
+
+For four years, in spite of hostile influences from without and enemies
+at home, the Republic has maintained peace and order, administered
+justice, carried on extensive internal improvements, advanced education,
+and kept the financial credit of the nation above par in the markets of
+the world.
+
+
+OFFICIAL DIRECTORY, REPUBLIC OF HAWAII.
+
+EXECUTIVE COUNCIL.
+
+Sanford B. Dole, President of the Republic of Hawaii.
+
+Henry E. Cooper, Minister of Foreign Affairs.
+
+James A. King, Minister of the Interior.
+
+Samuel M. Damon, Minister of Finance.
+
+William O. Smith, Attorney-General.
+
+
+COUNCIL OF STATE.
+
+William C. Wilder,
+
+Cecil Brown,
+
+P. C. Jones,
+
+J. A. Kennedy,
+
+C. Bolte,
+
+George W. Smith,
+
+John Phillips,
+
+D. L. Naone,
+
+A. G. M. Robertson,
+
+E. C. Winston,
+
+Mark P. Robinson,
+
+John Ena,
+
+Samuel M. Ka-ne,
+
+John Nott,
+
+J. P. Mendonca.
+
+
+SUPREME COURT.
+
+Hon. A. F. Judd, Chief Justice.
+
+Hon. W. F. Frear, First Associate Justice.
+
+Hon. W. Austin Whiting, Second Associate Justice.
+
+Henry Smith, Chief Clerk.
+
+Geo. Lucas, Deputy Clerk.
+
+James Thompson, Second Deputy Clerk.
+
+J. Walter Jones, Stenographer.
+
+
+CIRCUIT JUDGES.
+
+First Circuit--Alfred W. Carter, Antonio Perry, Oahu.
+
+Second Circuit--J. W. Kalua.
+
+Third and Fourth Circuits--S. L. Austin.
+
+Fifth Circuit--J. Hardy.
+
+Offices and Court-room in Court House, King street. Sitting in Honolulu:
+First Monday in February, May, August and November.
+
+
+DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS.
+
+Office in Executive Building, King street.
+
+Henry E. Cooper, Minister Foreign Affairs.
+
+George C. Potter, Secretary.
+
+Alexander St. M. Mackintosh, Clerk.
+
+Miss Kate Kelley, Stenographer.
+
+B. L. Marx, Clerk Executive Council.
+
+James W. Girvin, Secretary Chinese Bureau.
+
+
+DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR.
+
+Office in Executive Building, King street.
+
+James A. King, Minister of the Interior.
+
+Chief Clerk, John A. Hassinger.
+
+Assistant Clerks, James H. Boyd, H. C. Meyers, Stephen Mahaulu,
+  George C. Ross, Edward S. Boyd.
+
+
+CHIEFS OF BUREAUS, INTERIOR DEPARTMENT.
+
+Surveyor-General, W. D. Alexander.
+
+Superintendent Public Works, W. E. Rowell.
+
+Superintendent Water Works, Andrew Brown.
+
+Inspector Electric Lights, John Cassidy.
+
+Registrar of Conveyances, T. G. Thrum.
+
+Road Supervisor, Honolulu, W. H. Cummings.
+
+Insane Asylum, Dr. Geo. H. Herbert.
+
+
+BOARD OF FIRE COMMISSIONERS.
+
+Andrew Brown, Charles Crozier and J. H. Fisher.
+
+James H. Hunt, Chief Engineer, H. F. D.
+
+William R. Sims, Secretary.
+
+
+BUREAU OF AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY.
+
+President, the Minister of the Interior. Allan Herbert, Thomas King,
+  Wray Taylor, E. W. Jordan. Joseph Marsden, Commissioner and Secretary.
+
+
+DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE.
+
+Office in Executive Building, King street.
+
+Minister of Finance, Samuel M. Damon.
+
+Auditor-General, H. Laws.
+
+Registrar of Accounts, W. G. Ashley.
+
+Clerk of Finance Office, E. R. Stackable.
+
+Collector-General of Customs, James B. Castle.
+
+Tax Assessor, Oahu, Jonathan Shaw.
+
+Postmaster-General, J. M. Oat.
+
+
+CUSTOMS BUREAU.
+
+Office in Custom House, Esplanade, Fort street.
+
+Collector-General, James B. Castle.
+
+Deputy Collector, Frank B. McStocker.
+
+Harbor Master, Captain A. Fuller.
+
+Port Surveyor, George C. Stratemeyer.
+
+Storekeeper, .........
+
+
+DEPARTMENT OF ATTORNEY-GENERAL.
+
+Office in Executive Building, King street.
+
+Attorney-General, William O. Smith.
+
+Deputy Attorney-General, E. P. Dole.
+
+Clerk, J. M. Kea.
+
+Marshal, A. M. Brown.
+
+Deputy Marshal, H. R. Hitchcock.
+
+Jailor Oahu Prison, J. A. Low.
+
+Prison Physician, C. B. Cooper, M. D.
+
+
+DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION.
+
+Office in Judiciary Building.
+
+
+Henry E. Cooper, Minister of Public Instruction.
+
+Commissioners, Professor William Dewitt Alexander, Mrs. Emma Louisa
+  Dillingham, Mr. William A. Bowen, Mrs. Alice Clark Jordan,
+  Mr. H. M. von Holt.
+
+H. S. Townsend, Inspector-General of Schools.
+
+J. F. Scott, Deputy Inspector-General of Schools.
+
+C. T. Rodgers, Secretary of Department.
+
+
+BOARD OF IMMIGRATION.
+
+Office in Judiciary Building.
+
+President, James A. King.
+
+Members of Board of Immigration, J. B. Atherton, Joseph Marsden,
+  D. B. Smith, James G. Spencer, J. Carden. Secretary, Wray Taylor.
+
+
+BOARD OF HEALTH.
+
+Office in Judiciary Building.
+
+President, William O. Smith.
+
+Secretary, Charles Wilcox.
+
+Members, D. Keliipio, C. A. Brown, N. B. Emerson, M. D.;
+  F. R. Day, M. D.; C. B. Wood, M. D., and T. F. Lansing.
+
+Port Physician, Dr. Francis Day.
+
+Dispensary, Dr. H. W. Howard.
+
+Leper Settlement, Dr. R. K. Oliver.
+
+
+POLICE COURT.
+
+Police Station Building, Merchant street.
+
+George H. de la Vergne, Magistrate.
+
+William Cuelho, Clerk.
+
+[Illustration: KAWAIAHAO CHURCH (Hawaiian).]
+
+[Illustration: CENTRAL UNION CHURCH.]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+FOREIGN REPRESENTATIVES IN HONOLULU.
+
+_Diplomatic._
+
+United States--Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary,
+  Albert S. Willis, Esq.; residence, King St. Ellis Mills, Esq.,
+  Secretary of Legation.
+
+Portugal--Charge d'Affaires and Consul-General, Senhor A. de Souza
+  Canavarro; residence, Beretania St.
+
+Great Britain--Commissioner and Consul-General, Captain A. G. S. Hawes.
+
+Japan--Diplomatic Agent and Consul-General, Mr. H. Shimamura;
+  residence, Nuuanu Ave. H. I. J. M. Eleve Consul, Mr. K. Mimashi,
+  Secretary H. I. J. M. Consulate-General.
+
+France--Consul and Commissioner, Mons. Louis Voisson; Chancellor
+  of Legation, Mons. A. Vizzavona.
+
+
+_Consular._
+
+United States--Consul-General, Ellis Mills. W. Porter Boyd, United
+  States Vice and Deputy Consul-General.
+
+Italy--F. A. Schaefer, Consul. (Dean of the Consular Corps.)
+
+Netherlands--J. H. Paty, Consul.
+
+Denmark--H. R. Macfarlane, Consul.
+
+Mexico, H. Renjes, Consul.
+
+Peru--Bruce Cartwright, Consul.
+
+Chile--Julius Hoting, Consul.
+
+Austria-Hungary--J. F. Hackfeld, Consul.
+
+Germany--J. F. Hackfeld, Consul.
+
+Belgium--H. Focke, Consul.
+
+Great Britain--T. R. Walker, Vice-Consul.
+
+Spain--H. Renjes, Vice-Consul.
+
+Russia--J. F. Hackfeld, Acting Vice-Consul.
+
+Sweden and Norway--Charles Weight, Acting Consul.
+
+China--Goo Kim Fui, Commercial Agent; Wong Kwai, Assistant
+  Commercial Agent.
+
+U. S. Consular Agent, Kahului, A. J. Dickens, Acting.
+
+U. S. Consular Agent, Mahukona, C. J. Falk.
+
+U. S. Consular Agent, Hilo, Charles Furneaux.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+PRINCIPAL HAWAIIAN REPRESENTATIVES ABROAD.
+
+
+_United States._
+
+Washington, D. C.--Francis M. Hatch, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister
+  Plenipotentiary; Major Frank P. Hastings, Charge d'Affaires and
+  Secretary of Legation.
+
+New York--E. H. Allen, Consul-General.
+
+Chicago--Fred W. Job, Consul-General for the States of Illinois,
+  Michigan, Ohio, Indiana and Wisconsin.
+
+San Francisco--Charles T. Wilder, Consul-General for the Pacific
+  States, California, Oregon, Nevada and Washington; J. F. Soper,
+  Vice and Deputy Consul-General.
+
+Boston--Gorham D. Gilman, Consul-General.
+
+Portland, Oregon--J. McCracken, Consul.
+
+Port Townsend--James G. Swan, Consul.
+
+Seattle--John H. Carter, Consul.
+
+Tacoma--J. T. Steeb, Acting Consul.
+
+Philadelphia--Robert H. Davis, Consul.
+
+San Diego--H. P. Wood, Consul.
+
+Detroit--A. L. Bresler, Consul.
+
+
+_Great Britain._
+
+London--Manley Hopkins, Consul-General; Cyril Hopkins, Vice-Consul.
+
+Liverpool--Harold Janion, Consul.
+
+Bristol--Mark Whitwill, Consul.
+
+Hull--W. Moran, Consul.
+
+Newcastle-on-Tyne--E. Biesterfeld, Consul.
+
+Falmouth--Cecil Robert Broad, Consul.
+
+Dover (and the Cinque Ports)--Francis Wm. Prescott, Consul.
+
+Swansea--H. Goldberg, Consul.
+
+Cardiff--J. Bovey, Consul.
+
+Edinburgh and Leith--E. G. Buchanan, Consul.
+
+Glasgow--Peter Denniston, Consul.
+
+Dundee--J. G. Zoller, Consul.
+
+Dublin--R. Jas. Murphy, Consul.
+
+Queenstown--Geo. B. Dawson, Consul.
+
+Belfast--W. A. Ross, Consul.
+
+Middlesborough--B. C. Atkinson, Consul.
+
+
+_British Colonies._
+
+Toronto, Ontario--J. Enoch Thompson, Consul-General; Col. Geo. A. Shaw,
+  Vice-Consul.
+
+St. John's, N. B.--Allan O. Crookshank, Consul.
+
+Rimouski--J. N. Pouliot, Vice-Consul.
+
+Montreal--Dickson Anderson, Consul.
+
+Yarmouth, N. S.--Ed. F. Clements, Vice-Consul.
+
+Victoria, B. C.--R. P. Rithet, Consul-General for British Columbia.
+
+Vancouver, B. C.--J. W. McFarland, Vice-Consul.
+
+Sydney, N. S. W.--W. E. Dixon, Consul-General.
+
+Melbourne, Victoria--G. N. Oakley, Consul.
+
+Brisbane, Queensland--Alex. B. Webster, Consul.
+
+Hobart, Tasmania--Hon. Audley Coote, Consul.
+
+Launceston, Tasmania--Geo. Collins, Vice-Consul.
+
+Newcastle, N. S. W.--W. J. Gillam, Consul.
+
+Auckland, N. Z.--James Macfarlane, Consul.
+
+Dunedin, N. Z.--W. G. Neill, Consul.
+
+Gibraltar--H. Schott, Consul.
+
+
+_France and Colonies._
+
+Paris--Alfred Houle, Charge d'Affaires and Consul-General;
+  A. N. H. Teyssier, Consul.
+
+Marseilles--........, Consul.
+
+Bordeaux--Ernest de Boissac, Consul.
+
+Dijon--H. F. J. Vieilhomme, Consul.
+
+Liborne--C. Schaessler, Vice-Consul.
+
+Cette--Julius Chavasse, Vice-Consul.
+
+Grenoble--J. L. Garcin, Vice-Consul.
+
+Papeete, Tahiti--E. A. Bonet, Consul.
+
+
+_Spain._
+
+Barcelona--Enrique Minguez, Consul-General.
+
+Cadiz--J. Shaw, Consul.
+
+Valencia--Julio Soler, Consul.
+
+Malaga--F. T. de Navarra, Consul.
+
+Cartagena--J. Paris, Consul.
+
+
+_Portugal and Colonies._
+
+Lisbon--A. F. de Serpa, Consul-General.
+
+Oporto--Narciso T. M. Ferro, Consul.
+
+Madeira Island--L. D. F. Branco, Consul.
+
+Cape Vincent, Cape de Verde Islands--Clarimundo Martins, Vice-Consul.
+
+Lagos, Cape de Verde Islands--Manuel Jose Barbosa, Vice-Consul.
+
+
+_Azores Islands._
+
+Ponta Delgardo (St. Michaels)--Senhor Bernardo Machado de Faria Maia,
+  Consul-General; A. da Silva Moreira, Consul.
+
+
+_Italy._
+
+Rome--Dwight Benton, Consul-General; Hale P. Benton, Vice and Deputy
+  Consul-General.
+
+Palermo, Sicily--A. Tagliavia, Consul.
+
+Genoa--Raphael de Luchi, Consul.
+
+
+_Holland._
+
+Amsterdam--D. H. Schmull, Consul-General.
+
+Dordrecht--P. J. Bouwman, Consul.
+
+
+_Japan._
+
+Tokio--R. W. Irwin, Minister Resident.
+
+Kobe--C. P. Hall, Vice-Consul.
+
+Yokohama--B. C. Howard, Consul; Dr. Stuart Eldridge, M. D.,
+  Sanitary Inspector.
+
+
+_China._
+
+Hong Kong--J. J. Bell Irving, Acting Consul-General; Dr. Gregory P.
+  Jordan, M. D., Sanitary Inspector.
+
+Amoy--Robert H. Bruce, Consul; Dr. Hugh MacDougald, M. D.,
+  Sanitary Inspector.
+
+
+_Belgium._
+
+Antwerp--Victor Forge, Consul-General.
+
+Ghent--E. Coppieters, Consul.
+
+Liege--J. Blanpain, Consul.
+
+Bruges--E. Van Den Brande, Consul.
+
+
+_Sweden and Norway._
+
+Stockholm, Sweden--C. A. Engvalls, Consul-General.
+
+Christiana, Norway--L. Samson, Consul.
+
+Gothemburg, Sweden--Gustaf Kraak, Vice-Consul.
+
+
+_Austria._
+
+Vienna--Hugo Schonberger, Consul.
+
+
+_Germany and Colonies._
+
+Bremen--H. F. Glade, Charge d'Affaires and Consul-General;
+  J. F. Muller, Consul.
+
+Hamburg--E. F. Weber, Consul.
+
+Frankfort-on-Main--J. Kopp, Consul.
+
+Dresden--A. P. Russ, Consul.
+
+
+_Canary Islands._
+
+Las Palamas--L. Falcon y Quevedo, Consul; J. B. De Laguna, Vice-Consul.
+
+Santa Cruz de la Palma--Antonio C. de las Casas, Vice-Consul.
+
+Areciefe de Lanzarote--E. Murales, Vice-Consul.
+
+
+_Mexico._
+
+Mexico--Col. W. J. De Gress, Consul-General; R. H. Baker, Vice-Consul.
+
+Manzanillo--Robert James Barney, Consul.
+
+Ensenada--James Moorkens, Vice-Consul.
+
+
+_Central and South America._
+
+Valparaiso, South America--David Thomas, Charge d'Affaires and
+  Consul-General.
+
+Lima, South America--F. L. Crosby, Consul.
+
+Montevideo, South America--Conrad Hughes, Consul.
+
+
+_Philippine Islands._
+
+Iloilo--Geo. Shelmerdine, Consul.
+
+Manila--Jasper M. Wood, Consul.
+
+Cebu--Geo. A. Cadell, Consul.
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber's Note
+
+With the exception of OCEANIC STEAMSHIP AUSTRALIA, the illustrations and
+cover image come from a slightly different printing of the pamphlet than
+the text.
+
+Minor typographical errors and irregularities have been corrected.
+
+The table of contents and list of illustrations have been added for the
+reader's convenience.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Hawaiian Islands, by
+The Department of Foreign Affairs
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS ***
+
+***** This file should be named 29383.txt or 29383.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/9/3/8/29383/
+
+Produced by Steven Giacomelli, Andrew D. Hwang and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+(This file was produced from images generously made
+available by Case Western Reserve University Preservation
+Department Digital Library)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/29383.zip b/29383.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb15850
--- /dev/null
+++ b/29383.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a84c69b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #29383 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/29383)